Chapter 1: An Unexpected Intro
Chapter Text
Hey there!
The name's HotPatooty! If this is our first meeting, then nice to meet ya! If it ain't, then good to see you again!
This chapter isn't necessarily a chapter, more of an intro to the story to come. If you're reading this at a later date, then by all means, skip ahead!
For those of you who don't know, for the last three months I've written an Encanto and HTTYD crossover story, known as The Dragon and the Butterfly.
It was kind of a big hit, which still shocks me if I'm being honest. Thanks to everyone who enjoyed it!
Last week, I finally wrapped the story up. And swore that I'd give myself a good long break from writing.
But then, something funny happened.
As it turns out, during the process of making my first story, writing has become a form of stress relief for me.
And sure, when you're up at six AM every night cranking out chapters so you can get your beloved readers their daily uploads...
Taking a few months off sounds awesome!
But once I was actually on that break, twiddling my thumbs, trying to fight my naturally creative urges...it wasn't working out.
I couldn't help myself! I'm a storyteller, this is what I was made for!
Any plan I had to put off writing for months and months was scrapped. There was more I had to say, and I was quickly growing tired of repressing the urge to say it.
But I also value a healthy sleep schedule, so I think I've managed to reach a compromise.
This fanfic here isn't gonna be a long-running, consistent narrative. It's a collection of short stories, with the occasional two-parter here and there. It'll be easy to take a few hours out of my day, and write a cute or funny scenario.
Also, I'm not gonna devote myself to daily uploads anymore. If I just so happen to have a few chapters ready to go back-to-back, then great! But if not, I'm sure no one will mind waiting a few days. This fanfic's upload schedule will be much more relaxed.
But I won't leave you guys waiting for weeks and weeks, don't worry!
It was my decision to sacrifice my health for the story, and I'm not blaming anyone for it. But it's also not something I plan to repeat.
So with that said...
Welcome to Dragons, Butterflies, And Who Knows What Else?
(Funny title, right?)
As I said, it's a collection of short stories! From anywhere in the TDATB timeline, even a bit before or after the events of the main plot!
I think it'll be fun, getting glimpses of events that weren't shown in the story. There's a couple time skips, in that fic. Plenty of gaps for me to fill in!
I'll also be fudging the early events in the timeline just a smidgen, to give Hiccup and Mirabel more time to interact before the events of Encanto take place. In hindsight, I think I could've handled that a bit better. But I was a very inexperienced writer, so y'know...
For the readers who like sharing their lovely ideas, I'm open to accepting prompts! Just drop a concept you have for a chapter in the comments, and I'll check it out and see if I can make it work. And don't worry, any ideas I use will most definitely be credited!
This new adventure is set to begin in the first half of May! It sounds a bit far, but if you look at a calendar, it's a week or two away. I hope to see you there!
And before I go, there's just one last thing I'd like to share.
The currently untitled proper sequel for The Dragon and the Butterfly is in development. I'm working out the plot's kinks, and I plan to start actually writing it during the summer. Perhaps it'll release in the fall, but we'll see.
It'll run concurrently with this story. This is where I'll drop fluffy one-offs, silly shenanigans, and other ideas. While the sequel is where the real story is gonna go down!
There's not much I can say about it now, but Hiccup, Mirabel, their triplets, and all our other favorites are in for a wild ride.
And the last bit I'll reveal is that the story's main antagonist will be...
...Uh...
...I'm blanking on the name...
...Something...something...
Dargo Bloody-Fist?
Whatever.
Alright, that's enough yakking from me!
For those of you in the present, I'll see you in a few weeks! And for those in the future, what are you still doing here? Skip ahead, and get to reading!
And now, there's nothing else to say but...
It's good to be back!
See you soon!
Chapter 2: Walking and Talking
Summary:
Mirabel has a chat with the strange boy who literally crashed into her village.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Encanto.
A mystical place of wonder, made to protect its inhabitants from the dangers of the outside world.
Hidden in between towering, insurmountable mountains. And cradled in the heart of the tropical jungles of Colombia.
A peaceful, vibrant village. Populated by carefree townsfolk.
This magical land…
Has been invaded.
And currently, the young invader was out for a walk. Being led through the town by a bespectacled girl.
Hiccup Horrendous Haddock III, a young Viking of fifteen years, had recently crash landed in this strange place. Tumbling through the skies on the back of his dragon, a Night Fury he’d named Toothless.
Lost, confused, and more than a bit scared, a local girl had taken it upon herself to be his guide.
Fellow fifteen-year-old Mirabel Madrigal, youngest granddaughter to an incredible family. And perhaps the best choice to be his guide, considering her sheer love for her home.
With a skip in her step, and a bright smile, Mirabel took Hiccup on a tour of her village.
He’d only been here a few short days. And while it was a small town, he still hadn’t seen all there was to see.
She wouldn’t feel right as his guide, if he wasn’t acquainted with every inch of the Encanto.
As they strolled, one teen merrily marching along, and another slouching after her, they couldn’t help but notice the legion off odd looks they were getting.
The usually happy-go-lucky inhabitants of the Encanto eyed the duo with trepidation, and more than a bit of fear. The scrawnier of the teens, specifically.
When they first arrived, Hiccup had wanted to lay low. But when Toothless got roped into playing with a young and rather fluffy boy by the name of Antonio, the locals freaked out. Terrified that some sort of demon was coming after the children.
Hiccup of course came to his friend’s defense. And now the whole town saw him as a crazy, unnaturally skinny, child-kidnapping dragon boy.
He didn’t entirely blame them, it’s not like he made a great first impression. But it was still disheartening, to be hated by an entirely different village than the one he came from.
He released a sullen sigh, one that wasn’t missed by his guide.
Mirabel looked back, a glint of concern in her deep brown eyes.
“You still worried about everyone being afraid of you?” She asked.
Hiccup took a moment to survey their surroundings, taking note of the townspeople hiding behind anything they could. Of the mothers pulling their children closer. Of the villagers stepping outside, before quickly rushing back in when they saw him passing by.
And he shrugged.
“That’s a possibility…” He answered, sardonically.
Mirabel caught onto his sarcasm. She turned around, now walking backwards, and tried to cheer him up.
“Hey, it’ll be okay!” She said, a bright smile on her face. “You just kinda…spooked everybody!”
“Give them some time. Once everyone knows the real you, I’m sure they’ll warm up to you!”
Hiccup severely doubted that. Everyone who knew the real him hated him even more.
But he kept that comment to himself, as the girl continued her rather impressive reverse walking.
“Trust me! All you gotta do is- “
Mirabel’s reassurance was cut off, when she knocked into with something. She fell forwards, catching herself on the ground.
She had collided with someone. Someone neither she nor Hiccup had seen, as they were turning a corner.
“Sorry!” Mirabel quickly apologized, as Hiccup helped her to her feet.
That someone was Isabela, Mirabel’s oldest sister. And she regarded her younger sibling with a sneer.
“Ugh! Would it kill you to not be in the way for once?” She groaned, smoothing her flowing dress of any and all wrinkles.
The bespectacled girl’s apologetic face twisted into one of annoyance, while Hiccup cowered behind her.
“I said I was sorry.” She said, exasperation already seeping in.
Isabela leaned in, a harsh whisper on her lips.
“And yet, you keep doing it.”
The woman backed away, and sauntered around the two. Like a predator circling its prey.
“Honestly, how desperate for attention are you?” She asked. “You know most people grow out of that phase after kindergarten, right?”
Mirabel crossed her arms, a deep glower forming.
Hiccup felt incredibly awkward.
“Don’t you have anything better to do?” Asked the girl, in a hushed voice. Her gaze was fixed firmly on the ground, refusing to look up even for a moment.
“I do, actually…” Isabela nodded. “I’m gonna be really busy, contributing to society.”
“You should try it sometime!”
With that, she began to leave. A trail of petals flowing behind her.
Though before she was gone, she spotted Hiccup. Just a bit behind her sister.
It seemed she hadn’t even noticed him.
Immediately, her face morphed into a kindly and demure smile. A stark contrast to the smugness and arrogance on display a few moments ago.
“Oh, buenos días Hiccup!” She greeted, suddenly all too cheery. “Have you been keeping well?”
Hiccup froze for a second.
Because he was terrified of Isabela.
On the day of his tumultuous arrival, the village elder brought him in for an interrogation. And with the assistance of the botanical woman, an assortment of whip-like vines were used to keep him contained.
It was the first real magic he’d ever witnessed, and it scared the daylights out of him.
He couldn’t even look at a grape vine anymore without breaking into sweats.
Jittering with fear, he gave a shaky nod.
“Y-Yeah, I’ve been alright!” He answered, mostly just trying to avoid incurring her wrath.
He was sure that one day, she’d take him out. And make it look like an accident.
She gave a dainty titter, despite the fact that he didn’t say anything funny.
“Perfect!” She replied.
And with a practiced wave, she bid him adieu. Sashaying off into town with graceful movements.
Leaving a fuming Mirabel, and a confused Hiccup.
“So…what was that about?” The boy asked, referring to the woman’s earlier behavior. “I-I mean, I don’t mean to pry, but…”
“I’ve never had any siblings, but I really don’t think they’re supposed to act like that…”
Mirabel huffed, her aggravation only increasing.
“Someone needs to tell that to her!”
With frustrated stomps, she trudged over to a nearby bench. Plopping down with irritation. Hiccup took an apprehensive seat next to her.
“Y-You don’t have to tell me about it, if you don’t want to…” Quickly added the scrawny teen. He didn’t want to make the only person in this town who tolerated him uncomfortable.
But Mirabel did feel like talking.
“She’s been like that for almost as long as I can remember!” She groaned. “All nice and sweet with everyone else, and a total jerk to me!”
“She acts like I’m such an inconvenience to her! Like I’m stopping her from tossing a rose petal in the air, or making goo-goo eyes at her boyfriend, or any of the other oh-so important things she does…”
Something about what she’d said shocked Hiccup.
“She has a boyfriend?” He asked, in disbelief.
When Mirabel nodded, the boy could only release a sigh of pity for the man.
“He’s not gonna last…”
“Well, they’re getting married, so…” His guide shrugged.
“No, I mean she’s gonna kill him.” Hiccup clarified.
Mirabel looked to him, stunned into silence-
Before she burst with laughter.
In her mind, he was referring to the woman’s frustrating nature sending her partner to an early grave.
But Hiccup was completely serious. He thought Isabela would take that man’s life.
Her giggling died down, and the young Madrigal soon wore a somber expression.
“She’s always so…mean to me. Insulting me, and…y’know…” She sighed. “And I don’t know why! I never did anything to her!”
Hiccup’s face became one of dawning realization.
“Oh, I get it!” He gasped. “She’s your Snotlout!”
Mirabel faced him with a baffled expression, having no clue what the word he just spoke meant.
“She’s my what?”
The scrawny teen elaborated.
“Snotlout was a guy I knew, back in my old village.” He explained. “I think we’re technically distant cousins?”
“But clearly he wasn’t feeling the familial love, because that guy hated me…”
Mirabel listened intently. She knew very little of the outside world, besides what she’s read in books. Having this harmless invader tell her about a village beyond her own was very interesting.
“He was always making fun of me, bragging about how much of a real Viking he was, and kicking me around…” The boy grew a grimace, as unpleasant memories resurfaced. “And he did it in broad daylight! Nobody stopped him!”
Mirabel gave an understanding nod, though her circumstances were a bit different.
“Isa makes sure to bully me when no one else is listening. So I look crazy when I try to tell somebody…”
The girl then put on a snooty voice, as if imitating someone.
“Why would the perfect princesa pick on you? Stop lying about your sister, Mirabel!”
Hiccup released a few snickers.
“You sound like the chief.” He said. “Your grandma.”
“That’s who I was going for…” Replied the girl.
And now that the topic of her grandmother had been raised, she had a whole new list of grievances to air.
“Don’t even get me started on my abuela…” She groaned.
“All I wanna do is help the town, like the rest of my family! All I wanna do is make them proud, and maybe get a little respect!”
“But every time I do, something goes wrong!” She exclaimed. “And if it doesn’t, that just so happens to be the time when no one is around to notice!”
This all sounded very familiar to Hiccup.
“And Abuela…I swear, it’s like she’s trying to forget that she has a fourth granddaughter!”
“She’ll address everyone in the family, except for me! She’s got something to say to everybody at breakfast, except for me! She’ll walk right by me, sometimes! But she makes sure to greet everyone else in the house!”
The girl’s crossed arms tightened their fold.
“The only times she does notice me, is when I screw something up…”
“She doesn’t want me out in the town, helping. She doesn’t want me out there with my family.” Mirabel muttered. “She wants me to stay out of the way, and out of her sight. She wants me to just…”
“Stay inside…”
Mirabel looked over, as Hiccup finished her sentence.
“Stay inside…so she doesn’t have to think about you…” He added, in a whisper.
He noticed the shocked expression he was being given, and grew an awkward smile.
“I-I’ve had some experience, with this sort of thing.” He admitted, with a shrug.
“All you wanna do is help your people, make your family proud. But you’re different…” He said. “You’re different than how everyone thinks you should be.”
Mirabel nodded along, agreeing wholeheartedly.
“And you keep trying, despite that! You keep trying to prove that you can be a worthwhile part of the community!” She continued. “To prove that you’re not- “
“Useless.” Hiccup finished. The word leaving a bitter taste in his mouth.
That very same word, and the way he said it, resonated throughout Mirabel’s entire being.
“You keep trying…” He repeated. “Even when everyone’s telling you to give up.”
Mirabel couldn’t entirely relate to that last bit.
Her parents tried very hard to be there for her, even if it was clear that neither of them understood what she was going through.
But…somehow…
This scrawny invader did.
When she was with him, she didn’t feel like she usually did.
She didn’t feel like she was being was pitied, for being the gift-less Madrigal. Or that he didn’t think she was worth his time. When he could be talking to Isabela, or Luisa, or Camilo.
She felt something she, in truth, had never felt before.
She felt like she found someone who got it.
Someone who knew what it was like to be her, at least a little.
And Hiccup felt the same.
He didn’t feel like he was being looked down on, for not being able to hold an axe or a hammer. Or that they were laughing behind his back, because his very existence clearly must be a cruel prank at his father’s expense.
He felt like he found someone who got it.
They both sat on the bench, staring at each other with odd expressions.
Neither of them had ever felt this way before.
Neither of them had ever felt truly understood.
They couldn’t even place a name to the feeling, at the moment.
It was all just so strange.
This teen, who rode on the back of a dragon. Who’d managed to pierce the magic protecting their home. Who, despite a rocky introduction, just seemed lost and confused.
“Who is this boy?”
This teen, part of an incredible family. Yet she appeared to lack magic herself. But despite her circumstances, she still tried her best each and every day. Never losing that spark of optimism.
“Who is this girl?”
After an inordinate amount of time, just gawking at each other, Mirabel cracked a smile.
“It’s gonna get better!”
“Huh?” Hiccup asked, taken out of the impromptu staring contest.
The girl lightly took his hand, in a show of solidarity.
“I dunno when, and I dunno how…” She began. “But it’s gonna get better for me! Things can’t stay like this forever, I know it!”
“And I know things will start looking up for you too!” She said, with a beaming smile. “I’m not giving up, so that means you can’t either!”
Mirabel’s positive outlook seemed to clash so much with Hiccup’s cynical edge.
But it looked like they had more in common than they thought.
The girl’s energy was positively infectious, and soon Hiccup was slightly smiling as well.
“Now come on!” Mirabel said, as she brought him to his feet. “We aren’t done with the tour!”
“Lead the way!” Replied Hiccup.
And so, the two continued their stroll. Feeling more comfortable with each other than ever.
Neither of them knew it, not yet.
But in their hearts…
The fire of friendship had already been ignited.
Notes:
A simpler chapter, to start us off.
God it feels good to be writing again...
Just a reminder, I'm accepting prompts! Drop an idea you have in the comments, and I'll check it out. And if I use it, I'll totally credit you!
Chapter 3: Better Together
Summary:
Mirabel and Hiccup join forces.
Chapter Text
Mirabel and Hiccup had very similar habits.
Every day, they’d go out into their respective villages and try to help.
Try to be of assistance to their communities. Try to prove that they weren’t useless.
And they were usually left with a harsh scolding from their respective elders, and sent to their homes feeling like failures.
Only to get right back up, and try again the next day.
But these well-intentioned antics were always performed solo.
Now that they were in the same town…
What would happen if they combined their forces, and tried to help a village together?
The Encanto was bustling with activity.
Young Antonio’s gift ceremony was rapidly approaching, and everyone was devoted to making sure things went smoothly.
Especially because the last one…
Didn’t.
The already busy Madrigals were now even more busy.
And Mirabel knew.
This was her chance to strike.
With all the work that needed to be done, surely there was something she could help with.
While the rest of the family were all given various tasks for the day, Mirabel was given nothing. As usual.
Her abuela used to dress it up as something nice.
“You get a day to relax, how wonderful!” The old woman would say.
Now, she didn’t even bother. Barely acknowledging Mirabel in any real capacity.
But that was just fine.
If no one wanted to give her anything to do, Mirabel would just find something herself.
With determination in every step, the girl made her way into town. Weighing her options as she did.
Whatever Isabela was doing, she wanted no part of it. That woman was positively insufferable, and she didn’t feel like being insulted today.
Her mother’s food stand was always open to her, and she was truly grateful for that. But there were times where she couldn’t help but feel like it was an act of pity. Something to appease the gift-less Madrigal, and make her feel useful for an hour or two.
Mirabel needed something different. Something that’d really show everyone that she could do her part, just like the rest of her family. Gift or no gift.
As Mirabel was pondering her situation, she wasn’t exactly watching where she was going. And she suddenly collided with a wall, before falling onto her rump.
Looking up, the teen saw that it wasn’t a wall. But the wall of muscle that was her sister.
“Woops! Sorry, sis!” Spoke Luisa, as she moved to assist her sibling.
With a powerful yank, Mirabel was back on her feet. She had to fight not to fall over on her front, from the strength of the tug.
Mirabel looked to her sister, ready to thank her.
But she was a bit taken aback, from just how haggard the woman seemed.
From the glint of sweat on her forehead, the gritting of her teeth, and the slight twitch in her eye, she was clearly very stressed.
“Are you okay?” Mirabel asked, overcome with concern.
“I’m fine.” Luisa quickly answered, not even taking a moment to think about. “There’s just a lot that I gotta get done.”
The hulking girl began stomping forth, in search of her first objective. Mirabel scrambled to keep up.
“I gotta reroute the river, again. And the foundations for the new houses need to be built. And I gotta flatten out the cobblestone on the new roads. And there’s the decorating for Toñito’s party…”
Luisa then released a frustrated sigh.
“And, of course…the donkeys are out again…”
Mirabel paused, her eyes widening.
Just like that, she’d been given her opportunity.
And she spoke three words. Words she found herself saying a lot.
“I can help!” She squealed, quickening her pace to walk side-by-side with her sister.
A look of doubt crossed Luisa’s features.
“I dunno, sis. You can’t do…anything that I can.”
Ignoring the pang of insecurity that stabbed at her heart, Mirabel continued to smile brightly.
“I may not be able to reroute rivers or flatten roads…” She began. “But I can herd a couple donkeys!”
Her massive sister was still unsure.
“They’re really tricky!” She stressed.
But Mirabel responded with a relaxed grin.
“Think about it.” She requested, leaning against a building. “It’ll be one less thing for you to worry about!”
And that made Luisa pause.
She definitely wasn’t feeling overworked. She could handle everything just fine.
But the thought of having just one obligation taken off her already overloaded plate…
It was an enticing one.
Luisa knew she was wasting time. Time she should be using to work.
So she made a split-second decision, and hoped it wouldn’t come back to bite her in the butt.
“Okay, fine!” She agreed, launching into another march. “You handle the donkeys!”
Mirabel pumped a fist in joy.
Yes! Finally! A chance to prove herself!
“I promise! I won’t let you down- “
“Alright, alright, alright!” Luisa quickly cut off what was sure to be an inspirational statement. She simply didn’t have the time.
“They’re in the plaza.” She said. “They’re all over the place, you can’t miss them!”
After thanking her sister profusely for the opportunity, Mirabel set off into town. The spark of joy, swelling in her heart.
She would succeed.
She would show everyone that she could be just as useful as the rest of her family.
This was going to be great!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Things were not going great.
Luisa had said the donkeys would be tricky, but Mirabel wasn’t expecting them to be downright impossible.
The hot sun kissing her bronze skin, Mirabel peppily found herself in the plaza.
And as expected, an assortment of donkeys were milling around in the square.
Looking upon all the laid-back animals, Mirabel grew a grin.
This would be easy!
Unfortunately, it was anything but.
They’d mosey about their immediate area. Nipping at grass that peeked through the cobblestone, with lackadaisical expressions on their muzzles.
And as soon as the girl came close…
That’s what they continued to do.
They just loitered around, at their own paces. And nothing could move them.
No amount of gentle urging, or stern commands, would get them to budge.
Any attempts to entice them with carrots resulted in the vegetables being snatched up, with an unnatural quickness.
And when all else failed, Mirabel opted to try and shove the creatures along herself.
Rolling her shoulders to ready herself, the girl marched for the nearest donkey.
Planting her feet on the ground, gripping her hands on the animal’s sides, and ignoring the smell, Mirabel pushed with all her might.
Every ounce of strength in her body was used to nudge the donkey towards the farm, and she could already feel her muscles trembling.
The donkey was barely moving an inch.
As Mirabel continued this harrowing ordeal, and the donkey remained as carefree as ever, she heard a voice.
“Uh…what exactly am I looking at?”
Opening her eyes, shut tight from the exertion, the young Madrigal spotted the one who made that comment.
It was the Encanto’s recent invader, who was far too skinny to pose a threat, Hiccup.
He regarded the odd situation before him with a raised eyebrow, and a confused frown.
Still pushing as much as she could, Mirabel managed a friendly smile.
“H-Hi, Hiccup!” She greeted, voice quivering just a bit. “What are you up to?”
“I think you’re the one who needs to answer that question…” The boy snarked, while he tugged at his green tunic’s collar.
He really wasn’t accustomed to this heat.
“Oh, y’know…just trying to herd these donkeys!” Mirabel casually replied, switching from pushing with her hands to pushing with her back.
Hiccup took note of the minimal progress she was making.
“…And how’s that working out for you?” He asked, already knowing the answer.
Mirabel huffed, and stopped shoving for a moment.
“At this rate, I’ll be done in about…” She placed a hand to her chin, and nodded with thought. “Twenty-five years.”
Hiccup laughed, surprised by her quip. And she gave a few chuckles as well.
Though soon after, she sighed. And slumped into a sitting position.
“I just…I really don’t wanna screw this up…” She admitted. “This could be my chance, y’know?”
Hiccup did know.
He’d been in her exact same position for pretty much his entire life.
The only reason he wasn’t anymore, is because he had no village to prove himself to. No family to make proud.
But she did.
And after all the help she’s given him, asking for nothing in return…
The scrawny teen was suddenly filled with a strong drive, to assist her in any way he could.
But how?
Hiccup surveyed the area, trying to spot something that could help.
He saw a pair of unaccompanied wagons, a few feet away.
And suddenly, his inventive mind was overflowing with ideas.
Mirabel was stewing in her insecurities, just a little. So when Hiccup spoke again, it shocked her slightly.
“There’s no way you can move that donkey yourself.” He said.
This made the girl groan a bit.
“Thank you, for your overwhelming confidence in me…” Mirabel grumbled.
With a nervous smile, Hiccup continued.
“But! Maybe we can make you something that can!”
This captured Mirabel’s curiosity.
“What do you mean…make me something?” She asked.
The trepidation in the boy’s grin turned into eagerness.
“Just gimme half an hour!”
Without a word, he sprinted over to the nearby wagons.
Mirabel watched with confusion, as he wheeled them into the blacksmith’s shop. Which was close by.
Hiccup had stricken up a deal with the shop’s owner, and was allowed to use the smithy for the duration of his short stay in the Encanto.
Meaning he had everything he needed to do what he needed to do.
The bespectacled girl followed the scrawny teen into the forge, still not quite understanding what was happening.
Hiccup quickly ran up the stairs, before coming back down with what looked like a shower curtain in his arms.
“It’s the spare!” He reassured.
The girl’s confusion increased tenfold.
After taking a moment to gather the necessary tools, the young inventor got to work.
Sawing through wood, welding together chunks of scrap metal, cutting and sewing fabric into shape…
Mirabel’s eyes were sparkling with intrigue, as she watched the boy construct complex mechanisms.
And he was moving fast.
With practiced hands, and a precision he didn’t display anywhere else, Hiccup brought his latest contraption to life.
And finally, after twenty-nine minutes and forty-five seconds, it was complete.
Wiping his forehead of sweat, Hiccup took a step back. Standing beside Mirabel, to get a good look at his work.
The two wagons had been fused, joined together by newly added metal bits. Creating a double-sized wagon, capable of carrying much more cargo. A pedal was implemented on its side.
At the wagon’s front, lied a small platform. Held in place by steel rods. Towards the back, the curtain was turned into a large net. Standing vertically behind the wagon’s handle.
While it definitely appeared slapped together, it also had a sophisticated edge to it. Mirabel had to admit, it looked kind of cool. And the fact that he made it so fast was supremely impressive.
Now if only she knew its purpose.
“So...what is it?” She wondered.
“I’m glad you asked!” Hiccup replied, bursting with the joy of a creative.
“Presenting…the Bane of Donkeys!”
Mirabel’s eyes widened, at such an overdramatic name.
Hiccup then proceeded to detail the contraption’s primary function.
“Here’s how it works! You put a carrot or something onto the platform…”
“Then…” He placed his foot on the machine’s side. “Once the donkey is in place, you push the pedal!”
The platform then sprang up, swiveling backwards.
“The donkey will be launched into the net, which’ll drop them into the wagon!”
“And then you can wheel them back to the barn!” He finished, proudly patting his creation.
Mirabel took a moment to take in just what he was saying.
“…You built this whole thing out of two wagons, a shower curtain and some scrap metal?”
Caught off-guard by her shocked tone, the boy’s enthusiasm died down a bit. He tentatively nodded.
That left the young Madrigal with another question.
“And you made it…for me?”
Hiccup glanced away, and fiddled with his hands anxiously.
“W-Well, y’know…you’ve been helping me so much lately.” He stuttered. “I-I figured I’d return the favor…”
An appreciative smile grew on the girl’s lips.
“Okay, first of all, you’re a genius!” She praised, as she moved to take the wagon’s handle.
The genuine compliment shocked him to his very core.
Hiccup’s stuttering turned into sputtering. “I-I dunno about genius…”
“And second of all…thanks!”
As she said that, she began to wheel the wagon outside. Ready to test it out on any offending animals.
“Rounding up those donkeys is gonna be a breeze with this- “
“HOLD ON!”
Hiccup’s hasty cry stopped her in her tracks, as he shuffled in front of her.
“We have to test it out first!”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Luckily, Hiccup knew the perfect test subject.
“Hey Toothless!”
At the boy’s call, the unsuspecting dragon plodded down the stairs.
Every time Mirabel saw this creature, it was still such a surprise. Even though she’d known him for a few days now.
It was simply astounding to her. Dragons, beasts from fairy tales, were real. Or at least this one was, but Hiccup insisted that there were more out there.
And considering she lived in a magical village, she supposed fantastical things had a habit of being more than just fiction.
Toothless greeted Mirabel with a sociable warble, and the girl was shocked at how friendly he looked. A stark contrast to how horrifying he appeared, on his first day here.
But she knew. She knew he was a gentle creature. With a kind heart, and just a twinge of sarcasm.
“Hola, perro lagarto!” Mirabel cheerily said, as she scratched under the dragon’s chin.
When he started writhing with delight, she giggled.
“Alright, guys.” Hiccup called, while he wheeled the Bane of Donkeys outside. “This way!”
Once they followed him, it was time to begin the test.
“Okay, bud. Just stand right here!”
Following his rider’s instruction, Toothless stood on the machine’s platform. Eyeing it with curiosity.
Hiccup waved Mirabel forward, with an over-the-top flourish.
“Would you like to do the honors?” He asked.
The girl stepped forward, and placed her foot on the pedal. With a firm push, the machine sprang into motion.
In an instant, Toothless was launched backwards. Tossed into the air with a surprised shriek.
He was then caught by the net, and deposited into the wagon.
The whole process went relatively smoothly, and only took a few seconds.
And considering a Night Fury was far heavier than the average burro…
The Bane of Donkeys was a success.
Mirabel was amazed.
Hiccup was ecstatic.
And Toothless had never felt so humiliated.
With an agitated rumble, he slunk out of the wagon. Glaring at his best friend on the way back inside.
But the dragon’s disapproval did nothing to sour Hiccup’s mood. He was just so happy.
Not only had he created a properly functioning invention, a rare occurrence for him, he’d be able to help his guide.
Mirabel was quite pleased herself.
With this, she could complete her task with ease. And maybe she could show everyone, her grandmother in particular, that she was more than just wasted space.
The girl grabbed Hiccup’s hand, and feverishly shook it. Jostling him about as she did so.
“Thank you, thank you, thank you!” She joyfully said, smiling brightly.
“D-Don’t m-mention it…” The young inventor replied, his speech wavering from the forceful shake.
Now armed with a powerful tool to use against the donkey menace, Mirabel set off to finally get her job done.
“If you run into any problems, just come and get me.” Hiccup said, as she began to leave.
But once he stopped talking, Mirabel stopped moving.
She’d just gotten an idea.
“Actually…”
She turned around, and faced him.
“There’s no telling what could happen, out there on the field…” Mused the girl. “Maybe it’d be better if you were around, in case something goes wrong.”
Hiccup gained a stunned expression.
“…A-Are you asking me to…”
His unfinished question was answered, by another question.
“You wanna come with?” Mirabel asked, wearing a small grin.
For reasons she both understood and didn’t, she felt good whenever she was with this boy. Talking to him, laughing with him, showing him things, even just hanging around him.
Hiccup felt the exact same.
Their collective inexperience in this field meant neither of them really got it. Not yet. At least.
But what they were feeling was the warmth of friendship.
And they wanted more of it.
Meeting her eager grin with a lopsided smirk, Hiccup joined her in her quest.
And together, bespectacled girl and scrawny teen wheeled their way into town. In search of rogue donkeys.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hiccup’s invention wasn’t just a success, it was a rousing success.
With two pairs of hands on the Bane of Donkeys’ handle, Mirabel and Hiccup rushed throughout the village.
Using carrots and apples as their lures, any and all donkeys were swiftly scooped up into their oversized wagon.
No matter where they were, they were found, and they were caught. Any that tried to run were rounded up by a helpful Toothless.
It wasn’t very long at all before it seemed that all the creatures were apprehended. And so the teens pushed their fully loaded cart towards the fields.
It took a lot of effort, on both their parts. Those donkeys were heavy.
Soon they arrived at the farmland, and tipped their wagon over. Dumping the donkeys into their barn.
And once those red doors closed…
They’d done it.
They succeeded in their task.
Mirabel helped the village, and her family. And she hadn’t gotten in anybody’s way.
Hiccup created a functioning invention, that served its purpose well.
They were feeling pretty good about themselves, right now.
“We did it!” Mirabel cheered. Releasing a celebratory hoot.
“Yeah…I guess we did!” Hiccup replied, slightly in disbelief.
His eyes then widened, when he saw what his companion did next.
Grinning widely, Mirabel held her open palm out. And kept it there.
The Viking eyed it with confusion, and a drop of distrust.
It looked like she was trying to hit him. Very, very slowly…
“Come on!” Said the girl. “Don’t leave me hanging!”
Hiccup continued to gawk at her hand, and leaned away a bit.
And she could tell something was up, because her grin started to fall. As did her outstretched arm.
“I-It’s okay. We don’t have to high-five, if you don’t want to…” She muttered, the slightest bit disheartened.
She supposed it made sense. She didn’t know why she thought he’d want to high-five someone like her…
Though before she could slip further into insecurity, her cohort’s eyebrows fell.
“No, it’s just…”
Hiccup gave a brief sigh.
“I’ve never done it before…” He said. “I’ve never exactly had friends…”
Mirabel’s smile faltered, briefly being overtaken by a wince.
“Yeah…m-me neither…”
Once again, the beaming smile returned.
“But that changes for both of us! Today!”
She held her hand back out, enthusiastically.
And Hiccup couldn't help but share in her energy.
A moment later, his palm met hers. With a quiet slap.
And, almost mystically, they could feel it.
The energy, coursing through his body. Racing up into his arm, and onto his palm.
It then transferred onto her palm, and flowed into her body as well.
The connection had been established.
Their fates were sealed.
There was no going back.
They were buds now.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The two teens returned to the plaza, Hiccup taking the now empty wagon.
They strolled, casually. Basking in the glow of their victory over the donkeys. Making idle banter as they did so.
The scrawny teen was in the middle of trying to convince the bespectacled girl of something.
“I know it sounds gross, but I’m telling you! On a cold winter night, it hits the spot!”
“It doesn’t just sound gross, it sounds like the work of the devil.” Mirabel shot back.
“First of all, I don’t know who that is…” Hiccup replied. “And second of all, don’t knock It ‘till you’ve tried it!”
“I will knock it, and I’m never trying it!” His companion grimaced. “Seriously, I dunno how you could possibly eat something like eel soup- “
Their conversation was interrupted by a stern shout. One Mirabel was unfortunately very familiar with.
“LUISA!”
Both teens watched as Alma hastily stepped towards the hulking girl, who was in the midst of carrying lumber elsewhere.
“Abuela?” Luisa asked, in a voice far too small for one as big as her.
The old woman regarded her granddaughter with a strict glare.
“Weren’t you supposed to be handling the donkeys today?” She questioned.
Luisa nodded. Not quite knowing what was happening, and already not liking it.
“Si, I was…”
This answer displeased the matriarch.
“Then can you tell me what that is?”
With a harsh finger, she pointed to a nearby shop.
Luisa, as well as Mirabel and Hiccup, followed her gesture.
And they all shared simultaneous gasps.
There was one remaining donkey. One the teens had missed.
It stood outside a store, lazily flicking its tail. As if it hadn’t done anything wrong.
But the inside of the building was a wreck.
It was, or it used to be, a shop devoted to selling plates, bowls, and mugs. All made out of porcelain.
But all that remained was a pile of broken glass shards. As well as toppled shelves, and the store’s busted window. Where the creature must've made both its entrance, and exit.
Not a single plate was intact.
Someone’s livelihood had been completely annihilated.
It was a good reminder as to why the donkeys shouldn’t be allowed to roam freely.
“If you were handling the donkeys, then how could you allow this to happen?” An unhappy Alma asked.
In her mind, mistakes of any kind were undesirable. And this was a big mistake.
Luisa quaked under the power of her grandmother’s scolding, and flailed for a response.
“Uh-I…I didn’t-Uh- “
Watching her sister under such scrutiny put a pit of guilt in Mirabel’s stomach.
She promised to handle the donkeys.
This was her responsibility.
And she wasn’t about to let someone else take the fall for her mistake.
“It was me.”
Alma ceased her reprimanding, and turned to her youngest granddaughter.
“What was that?”
Mirabel took a brief exhale, knowing this wasn’t about to end well for her.
“I asked Luisa to let me look after the donkeys.” She admitted. “This is my fault.”
For a moment, the old woman’s face was one of sheer confusion.
Though soon, it fell into a massively disappointed scowl.
Of course.
She should have known Mirabel was behind this.
Whenever things go wrong, that’s usually the reason.
“Mirabel!” She snapped. “What have I told you about interfering?”
The girl held her hands up, and backed up a bit. Inadvertently bumping into Hiccup.
All the while she tried to defend herself.
“I-I know! But I really wanted to help, and Luisa seemed so stressed- “
“Luisa is fine!” Interrupted Abuela. “And she doesn’t need you bothering her while she’s trying to work!”
Mirabel averted her gaze, her hands clasped together with uncertainty. She spoke in a small, pitiful voice.
“I just wanted to help…”
Alma gave a huff, and pointed to the donkey induced destruction before them.
“And look what that caused.”
The girl seemed to wince, and shrink even further into herself.
Her abuela gave another sigh, her anger fading just a bit. And she spoke more softly.
“Look, this community depends on the family.”
Mirabel caught the use of “The family” and not “Our family”. She didn’t say anything, but she caught it.
“They rely on us to keep things running smoothly…” Said Alma. “And I know you want to help. But whenever you do…things like this happen!”
Hiccup was suddenly hit with the strongest sense of déjà vu.
He’d been in this scenario a million times before. He’d heard these words spoken to him nearly everyday of his life, up until recently.
She really was just like him.
Despite how frightened he was of the village elder, he mustered up an ounce of confidence. And decided to do what no one would’ve done for him.
Stick up for the hiccup.
“That’s not entirely true.”
Mirabel, Alma, as well as Luisa all looked to the boy with surprise. Mirabel hadn’t expected him to speak up, and the others had forgotten he was here.
“She caught all the other donkeys.” Hiccup said, stepping forth to stand beside his companion. “They’re all at the barn, right now. Safe, sound, and not bothering anybody.”
“A-And yes, one donkey was missed. And it kinda caused a huge mess, and this really isn’t an ideal situation…”
“But…can you really say she hasn’t helped at all?” He asked. “She did her job! Most of the donkeys were taken care of!”
“Look, I-I’m just saying…” His boldness was rapidly fading, as he nervously rubbed the back of his neck.
“Maybe cut her a little slack?”
Mirabel was positively dumbfounded.
No one-
Ever-
Stood up to her abuela.
And for such a meek and skinny boy to do just that…
In defense of her?
It was mindboggling, to say the least.
Alma, on the other hand, turned her frustrations to the talking fishbone.
“Don’t you take that tone with me, young man!” She demanded, hitting him with the full force of her grandmotherly abrasiveness.
“What are you even doing out here?” He was asked. “Shouldn’t you be working on your device, so you can leave?”
Hiccup knew he should probably keep his stupid mouth shut. But under the domineering stare of a surprisingly intimidating old woman, he found himself compelled to reveal the truth.
“She needed help, with the donkeys…” He admitted, pointing to the wagon behind them. “S-So I made something for her…”
Alma eyed the Bane of Donkeys with increasing agitation.
“See? This is exactly what I mean!” She huffed, looking back to Mirabel.
“You couldn’t do anything without some sort of contraption, while Luisa could’ve done it just fine by herself!”
Once again, her frustration cooled. And she regarded the girl with an almost pleading look.
“Please, just…stop.” She implored. “Just stand back, and let us handle things. It’s better for everyone that way.”
The light in Mirabel’s eyes seemed to fade, and a deep frown worked its way onto her face. Sluggish arms rose, crossing themselves morosely in front of her belly.
She didn’t give any other response.
Alma then faced Hiccup again, stern glare returning.
“And you! If you have time to make donkey-machines, you have time to make that device for the dragon!”
“I want you back in the forge, at once!” She commanded.
With a heavy sigh, she left both teens to think about what they’d done.
“Take the donkey, por favor…” She said to Luisa, who swiftly did as instructed.
Properly assessing the damage, she could already see the repair costs in her mind. And she wasn’t liking how high the number was.
“MY SHOP!”
An anguished cry alerted them to a man, who was currently on his knees. Looking at the busted building with watery eyes.
“My plates!” He wailed. “My precious plates!”
His shouting had started to garner a bit of a crowd, all looking at the destroyed dinnerware with shock.
And from that crowd, came a graceful voice.
“Don’t worry!”
The people parted, to allow Isabela entry. She sauntered forth with the poise of a princess.
Upon seeing her, Mirabel’s already sour evening just got worse.
Upon seeing her, Hiccup resumed internally writing his will.
Isabela sashayed up to the disheartened man, and gave him an encouraging smile.
“Even in tragedy, there can be beauty!”
With the flick of her wrist, the busted shop was coated in beautiful flowers.
The crowd released oohs and ahs, applause was had, and the shop owner was now crying tears of joy.
Grinning proudly, Alma proclaimed something about her eldest granddaughter being a perfect princesa. While Isabela waved to her audience.
Hiccup was floored.
“She didn’t even do anything!” He noted. “The shop is still wrecked, now it’s just a wreck that’s covered in flowers!”
Mirabel rolled her eyes, agreeing with him completely.
“Welcome to my world…” She groaned.
The day had been going so well.
And yet, it still ended up how most of their days did.
A harsh scolding from an elder.
But even though it certainly disheartening…
Neither of the teens could say that they felt as bad as they usually did, in this moment.
Because now they had someone who understood.
Someone who knew exactly what this felt like, when no one else did.
They weren’t alone anymore.
And even though today didn’t go as they would’ve hoped…
They both knew.
They were going to get right back up, and try again the next day.
And they’d do it together.
Chapter 4: What's in a Name
Summary:
Mirabel and Hiccup learn the truth behind their daughter's forbidden name.
Chapter Text
Peep.
It was a forbidden name.
A terrible, horrible name.
One that struck fear into the hearts of Berkians.
One that was said to be able to end lives, at just its utterance.
So imagine Stoick’s surprise when he learned of his second granddaughter’s name.
“You named her WHAT!?”
The man’s frightful shouting agitated the babies, and all three began crying soon after.
Much to the annoyance of his wife, his son, and his daughter-in-law.
“Thanks for that, dad. Really…” Hiccup groaned.
“Just got them to sleep…” Mirabel added.
Valka lightly swatted her husband’s beefy arm, with a disapproving glare.
“Honestly! Your first time meeting your grandchildren, and this is how you behave?”
Casita’s nursery was filled with the sound of three wailing babies.
Karla, Pedro, and Peep. Mirabel and Hiccup’s triplets.
A few days after their birth, Stoick and Valka had come to meet the little ones. And apparently, a certain name was quite unexpected.
The grandfather coughed awkwardly into his hands, while the new parents tried to soothe their babies.
“Sorry about that…” He said. “It’s just…of all the names in that book, why’d you have to pick that one?”
“It’s cute!” Mirabel shrugged, before looking down at the whining bundle in her arms.
“Isn’t that right, mi amor?” She cooed. “Isn’t your name just the cutest little thing?”
Her mother’s loving voice calmed Peep down, just a little.
“I really don’t see what’s so bad about it.” Stated Hiccup, before blowing a raspberry on Pedro’s tummy. Making the infant giggle.
“You shouldn’t have said that.” Valka chided, running a gentle hand through Karla’s red hair. “Now he’s going to launch into a tall tale…”
And sure enough, soon Stoick was speaking in a grave tone.
“Not so bad, you say?” He asked, rhetorically. “We’ll see how you feel after you know the truth.”
“This is the true story, of why that name is forbidden…”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Almost two-hundred years ago, on a little island known as Berk, a baby was born.
A girl, who was given the name Peep.
And through the years, as she grew, one thing became very clear.
Peep was nuts.
At the age of five, she tackled an entire flock of Monstrous Nightmares. And she tore them to shreds.
With her teeth.
When she was ten, she ate a wasp hive. Full of live insects.
And then she did it again, for every meal. Claiming it was delicious.
When she was a teenager of fifteen, she tore all the spines off a Nadder’s tail. And used them to repeatedly stab a boy who broke her heart.
They weren’t romantically involved at all, but she decided they were. And when she caught him talking to his actual girlfriend, she didn’t take it well.
And when she grew into a woman…
She was terrifying.
Standing at a monstrous ten feet tall, with rippling muscles, demonic eyes, and an animalistic grin-
Peep was a force to be reckoned with.
For a time, dragon raids were barely an issue. She could solo them by herself.
Until the day when she got bored, and started attacking with the dragons. Just to entertain herself.
On some occasions, she’d level the entire village with her bare hands. And then build it back up, just to tear it down again.
And of course there was the grotesque instance where she devoured a whole sheep. While it was still alive.
In front of the whole village.
She was unpredictable, unstable, and unstoppable.
Her very presence was a danger to the people, and so she was banished.
They tried to ship her out to sea, but she just tore through the rope and hopped off the boat. Climbing back onto the island by sinking to the bottom of the seafloor, and walking.
They tried to slay her, but her dense muscles rendered her invulnerable to most attacks.
It was almost like she was invincible.
And so, with no other options, they locked her away.
Deep, deep underground. In the core of the island. Chained to the very earth.
But that did nothing to end her reign of insanity.
With every pull of her chains, the island would begin quaking.
They said she could twitch her neck, and pinpoint the exact locations of villagers. Specifically to target them, and send something like an avalanche of boulders to their home.
Fear took hold of every heart. Each and every person prayed and prayed that they weren’t next on her list.
It got so bad, that even just speaking her name would make weaker men faint. And in some cases, the shock of hearing her name would cause heart attacks.
But one fateful day, after years of terrorizing the people, Peep’s life came to an end.
She planned to sink the island into the sea, just because it’d be funny.
After a rigorous session of chain pulling, causing earthquakes and landslides and other such things, the cavern she was imprisoned in began to collapse.
Before she’d even noticed what was happening, she was crushed.
But even though the mad woman was gone, her legacy remains.
To this day, even just hearing her name causes some to panic. Accounts of her monstrous mischief are told as ghost stories, or warnings for naughty children.
If you don’t clean your room, Peep will come for you in the night.
And seeing as how it was still such a sore spot for a lot of people…
The name Peep was outlawed on Berk.
No one dared to give their child such an accursed moniker, for fear that their baby would turn out just like the last.
For centuries, there were no more Peeps.
Until now.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“That sounds…highly implausible.”
The end of the tale was punctuated by this comment from Hiccup.
As Stoick finished his story, his audience of three was rather unimpressed.
“Yeah, I’m willing to bet none of that stuff happened.” Mirabel said.
“Ah, that takes me back. My parents used to tell me that Peep would come after me, whenever I misbehaved!” Valka sighed, nostalgically.
“I never believed them, but that’s what they told me…”
Stoick bristled with mild agitation, knowing his tale wasn’t being taken seriously.
“True or not, the name is still taboo!” He insisted.
Hiccup shrugged.
“Yeah, well…so was my name.”
“It was a name you gave to a kid who, supposedly, didn’t look like they would be worth anything.” He said, with a slight grimace.
Though that grimace soon lifted into a small smile.
“But we managed to change the name’s perception!”
“Weren’t there like, three Hiccups born on Berk this year?” He asked.
“Four.” Valka corrected.
Mirabel smiled warmly at her youngest daughter.
“We were hoping that maybe she could do the same thing.” She gently spoke.
“Take a bad name- “The word bad was joined by air quotes. “-And turn it around!”
“I can already tell, this kid’s gonna do great things!” Hiccup grinned. “Give it a couple years, and there’s gonna be a whole lot more Peeps!”
From within Hiccup and Valka’s arms, both Karla and Pedro began squirming. Whining with indignation.
The new father scrambled to fix his mistake.
“Y-You’re both gonna do great things too!” He sputtered. “I wasn’t trying to leave you guys out!”
As both parents would soon come to learn, balancing your attention between three children was very difficult.
Mirabel stood beside Stoick, and he looked down at the bundle she was holding.
From the baby’s dark little cheeks, her wispy black hair, and her pine green eyes, the same shade as he and his son’s…
Taboo name or not, she really was precious.
The young mother caught him staring, and smirked.
“You wanna hold her?”
His giant hands were as gentle as possible, as he graciously accepted her offer.
And the moment he held that wiggling little thing…
When those big eyes looked up at him…
And she made an adorable little gurgle…
Suddenly, he didn’t care if the name was forbidden or not.
In fact, he’d make in un-forbidden.
He was the chief, he could do that!
He’d do anything for any one of his darling grandchildren.
With a warm chuckle, he used a mighty finger to poke at the girl’s tiny belly.
And he spoke a name he swore never to speak.
“Hello, Peep. I’m your grandpa!”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The truth behind the banishing of the Peep name remains hidden.
Centuries ago, the people of Berk made a pact. They swore to keep a secret.
A secret that only the eldest of Berk’s elders knew, today.
The stories of Peep, of a brutish and nonsensical woman who terrorized the people…
Were entirely made up.
In truth, once upon a time, on a little island known as Berk…
A baby was born.
A girl, who was given the name Peep.
She was the second child of the then chief of Berk. Younger sister to the boy who’d take his father’s place, when he grew up.
She was an awfully tiny thing, smaller than all the other kids her age. And she was quite frail.
But she didn’t let that stop her.
Peep had a positively insatiable curiosity. No matter what it was, she wanted to know more about it.
She also had a great love of adventure. Fearlessly braving the wilds, in search of treasure to acquire or foul demons to slay.
But for such a small and fragile girl, the big wide world was a very dangerous place.
Her father and her brother tried to keep her safe, tried to keep her inside. But she was always finding ways to wiggle out of their sight, and get wrapped up in something else.
She had no sense of fear, or danger. Anything and everything was just a new adventure to her.
She was a handful, no doubt about that.
But her father loved her dearly.
All it took was one glance of her big, blue eyes, and he was putty in her hands.
But one fateful day, when Peep was out playing in the forests-
She saw a bird.
A beautiful blue bird, singing a cheery little song.
And when it started flittering away, of course she had to follow it.
She chased the bird, giggling with glee as she ran through the underbrush.
Her imagination was already envisioning how she’d catch it. How she’d feed it, and name it, and listen to its song as it woke her up each morning.
The world around her didn’t matter, her focus was solely on that bird.
She didn’t notice as she exited the forest.
She didn’t notice as she approached the cliffside.
She didn’t notice when she ran straight for the edge of the cliffside.
All that mattered was the pretty bird.
…
The chief was devastated.
He’d already lost her mother, to a complicated childbirth. And now he’d lost her too.
For months and months, he was drowning in his grief.
He’d stay holed up in his home, for weeks on end. Not even eating, or sleeping.
Just staring off into space.
The island tried to continue on as normal, but without leadership, things were getting rough.
His teenaged son, who was dealing with his own grief, tried to step in. But he was still only a boy. The people needed their chief back.
One night, the boy had a talk with his father. No one knew what he said.
But the next morning, the chief was back to running things as normal.
The sudden turnaround was quite shocking. One would think he didn’t just lose his daughter.
Unless her name was mentioned.
Offers of condolence, questions regarding a funeral, or even if someone else with the name was nearby…
Any utterance of Peep led to the chief having a breakdown.
Collapsing to the ground, crying and wailing. Shouting broken apologies to the girl he couldn’t protect.
It was decided, in the interests of the village and for their chief’s mental health…
That the name Peep would be no more.
No one was to speak it. Anyone with the name would have to change it. Remove any references of historical Peeps from view.
It is forbidden.
And if ever an outsider, or future generations, were to ask what had transpired, a story was crafted.
The Berkian people told tall tales, in hushed whispers.
Tales of a horrible beast of a woman, as their reasoning for the name’s banishment.
Any natural disaster or mishap on the island was blamed on her. They said that she was haunting the island, still causing trouble to this day.
After long enough, to newer generations began to believe the stories.
People actually began quivering in their boots, if the name was mentioned.
So the name became taboo.
For centuries, there were no more Peeps.
Until now.
Chapter 5: Severed
Summary:
After defeating the Red Death, the boat ride home is not very fun.
Notes:
Suggested by Bolbi2024 and GreenTagg!
(Brief description of some unsavory stuff, you'll know it when you see "combination of sounds". If you're not cool with that, skip ahead until you see "Eternity".)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The battle was won.
The Tyrant Lizard Queen…
The Red Death, queen of dragons, and hidden origin behind centuries of war on Berk…
Had been slain.
After a harrowing battle, a group of scrappy teenagers managed to fell the foul beast. With the help of their dragon companions.
And thankfully, there had been no casualties.
Though for a moment, it looked like there may have been one.
For a brief, horrifying moment, it seemed that a boy had been lost.
The son of Stoick the Vast, the young love of Mirabel Madrigal…
It looked like Hiccup had given his life, to end this war.
But miraculously, he survived.
He survived a fall from dizzying heights, hurtling through a cyclone of fire. Toothless risked everything to bring him back alive, and the dragon succeeded. To everyone’s eternal joy.
However…he wasn’t exactly in good health.
Underneath the grey skies, a single boat floated on the gloomy seas.
It was a bit scorched, and the sails were a bit tattered. But it was intact enough to be used.
The same couldn’t be said for the other ships.
All of their other boats had been destroyed by the monstrous reptile. The beast clearly intended to cut off any methods of escape.
A vast majority of the warriors who’d come on the excursion to Dragon Island had to be left on said island, as there was only one boat in sailing condition available.
The chief instructed them to stay behind, while they went to get some more vessels. Despite how irritable Vikings tended to be, no one made any arguments. The direness of the situation was understood by all.
This wasn’t just about getting back home.
They needed to get Hiccup medical attention as fast as possible.
Immediately after the queen dragon’s demise, Hiccup and Toothless were separated. Leaving the both of them flailing in the air, falling towards certain doom.
Toothless used every bit of power he had left in his being to surge forth, and catch his rider. To save his friend from death.
And the only way Toothless could catch him was with his mouth.
The Night Fury caught him by his ankle, and was successful in rescuing his friend. But unfortunately, his powerful jaws crushed the boy’s limb. Easily snapping through muscle and bone, and turning his foot into a mangled mess.
With a scattering of Madrigals here as well, a bit of magic food should have fixed that up in an instant.
But all the arepas Julieta had made for their journey were used up. The very last crumb was eaten by Mirabel, to heal a devastating burn wound.
Hiccup’s only hope was with Gothi, the healer. Back on Berk.
So that’s where they were heading.
The mood on the ship was dour, despite the fact that their greatest conflict was now over.
They should have been celebrating. Singing songs of victory, dancing and drinking and making merry.
But now was not the time.
Gobber steered the ship, trying his damnedest to get them home as soon as possible.
But the murky seas weren’t favorable today, as rough waves tossed the ship off course more than a few times. At this rate, it looked like their return would take longer than expected.
Mirabel, and her relatives were on the boat as well. Along with Stoick, and a more medically inclined Viking.
Their new dragons followed a bit behind, flying through the grey skies.
And a flightless Toothless remained as close to Hiccup as he possibly could, his green orbs filled with guilt.
None of them took their eyes off Hiccup, not even for a second.
The boy lied on a crate, large enough to support him. Stoick had removed his cape, and wrapped it around the teen’s body. And some rope was tied around his leg, just above his injury. To try and stop the bleeding.
It wasn’t working.
A trickle of red began soaking the fur cape, and dripped down the side of the crate he lied upon.
Isabela winced at the sight, and directed a glare to the front of the ship.
“Can’t this thing go any faster?” She demanded. “He needs help! Like, now!”
“I’m trying my best up here, lass!” Gobber shouted back, steering against the rocky waves.
She groaned, but didn’t say anything else. Returning her worried gaze to the injured teen.
“W-What if we took our dragons?” Camilo suggested. “We’d have him back in fifteen!”
The medic Viking shook her head, shutting down the idea.
“We need to keep him stable. In his condition, that much movement could make things worse.”
Stoick knew this woman, she’d studied under Gothi for years. He figured she of all people would know what to do, and that was exactly why he brought her with them.
But even with her knowledge, he still felt so lost.
They all did.
Until they returned to Berk, which may not be for some time considering the disagreeable ocean…
What could they do?
For a time, there was an uneasy silence. The only sounds coming from the creaking ship, the winds above, and the waters below.
But then, a noise.
Everyone jolted in surprise, when they noticed.
Hiccup was moving.
But while that should have been a positive thing, they would soon discover that this was bad news.
The boy’s condition had only worsened. His already pale skin now appeared devoid of color, and was covered in sweat. His breathing was harsh, rushed, and uneven.
The bleeding seemed to increase, creating a sickening pool on the deck. And he was weakly squirming about, using the minimal strength he had to twitch in pain. His face locked in a grimace.
Toothless rumbled with worry, and tried licking his friend’s face. This did nothing to relieve the boy’s suffering.
Mirabel was beginning to grow frantic, overcome with fright.
“W-What’s happening?” She questioned, scrambling closer to her boyfriend. “What’s wrong?”
The medic stepped forth. And after taking just one look at him, she grew a dire expression.
“Chief…he’s not going to make it to Berk.”
Feelings of horror gripped the hearts of everyone present.
They very much hoped she wasn’t implying what they thought she was implying.
“What do you mean?” Stoick asked, in a frightened whisper.
In response, she pointed to the boy’s injury.
“The leg.” She said. “It’s only getting worse.”
“We need to deal with it here, or he’ll die.”
Or he’ll die.
Die.
That little, three letter word sent waves of fear throughout those present.
“W-Well, how do we deal with it?” Wondered Luisa, her mighty frame beginning to quiver.
The woman released a deep sigh, knowing what she was about to say would be tough.
That noise told Stoick all he needed to know, as well as Gobber.
They’d seen situations like this before. Gobber had been in several.
Terrified realization dawned on both of them, as they understood what needed to be done.
But the four Madrigals were still in the dark.
“What do we need to do?” Mirabel asked.
To which the medic decided to cut to the chase, as they didn’t have much time.
“We have to amputate his leg.”
There was silence, again. It took the magical relatives a moment to fully grasp what she said.
But when they did…
“WHAT!?”
Mirabel rushed over, standing in between Hiccup and the medic.
“Are you crazy!?” She shouted. “You can’t take his leg! He needs it to walk, a-and- “
“Not the entire leg.” Argued the medic. “Just the lower- “
“NO!”
Mirabel feverishly denied anyone’s attempts to get close to the boy, even as he continued wriggling behind her.
He’d already been hurt enough. They weren’t taking a limb from him, she wouldn’t allow it.
Luisa tried to reason with her. “Sis, come on…”
But Mirabel wasn’t having any of it.
"There has to be another way!" The girl exclaimed.
“Please…” Stoick attempted. “We need to…”
She refused.
“You can’t! You can’t! I won’t let-I won’t-you can’t just- “
“LISTEN!”
It was the medic Viking’s turn to shout, they didn’t have time for this.
“Do you care about this boy?”
The question caught Mirabel off guard, and paused for a moment. Breathing heavily.
Then, she stiltedly nodded.
“I-I love him…”
Despite the ghastly situation they were in, her proclamation of affection still managed to touch the hearts of those present.
The older woman placed a surprisingly gentle hand on the girl’s shoulder. A pleading look in her eye.
“Then let me save him.”
Tentatively, the bespectacled girl looked back.
She saw the suffering, the sheer pain Hiccup was experiencing.
She began to calm down, realizing that she was acting irrational.
It's been a rough day. Her mental state wasn't entirely in peak condition right now.
She also realized something else.
It was only going to get worse.
If they didn't do something, anything...
Hiccup was only going to get worse.
She hated this. She hated it.
But…
If it was to save him…
Reluctantly, she stepped aside.
The medic gave a grateful nod, before she began to gather what she needed for the procedure.
Stoick glanced to the Madrigals, with a regretful expression.
“Head to the back of the boat, a-and turn around…” He softly commanded.
“You…You won’t want to see this…”
With heavy steps, they did as they were told.
Mirabel had to work very hard to convince Toothless to go with them, he was vehement about staying near the boy.
But once they were there. Once their backs were turned, and all they could see was the depressing ocean….
They waited.
They waited for it to start, souls filled with dread.
They all knew it was coming, but they didn’t know quite when.
Before it’d even started, they wanted it to be over with.
And just when it felt like the anticipation would kill them…
They heard the most horrifying combination of sounds.
A bloodcurdling, agonized scream.
Metal, cutting through flesh and bone.
The spurting of blood, the ripping of muscle and skin…
It was enough to make them sick to their stomachs.
Isabela tried to keep her composure, but her face was contorted with disgust and dismay.
Luisa kept her hands over her ears, trying to block out the atrocious noises. To little success.
Camilo couldn’t take it, and vomited over the side of the ship. Just hearing what was happening behind them was too much for his stomach.
Toothless released a distressed wail, and tried to hide himself within his wings. Shivering with guilt and sadness.
And Mirabel couldn’t help but let the tears flow.
She silently wept, as she was forced to listen to a loved one be put through such anguish.
She felt one, or perhaps several pairs of arms around her. But she couldn’t see who they belonged to.
She was too absorbed in her misery.
He didn’t deserve this.
None of them deserved anything like this.
But this was the reality.
The grisly, gruesome reality.
It was moments like this that really made them wish they were back. In their beautiful home, with their wonderful family.
Not having to deal with, or even think about things like…
This.
After what felt like an eternity, a torturous eternity, it was over.
Hiccup’s lower left leg was completely removed.
No one wanted to look at the wound.
But for as awful as that was…his condition had improved a little.
He was no longer writhing in pain, he simply lied there. Eerily silent.
They hoped, if he wouldn’t improve any more, he’d remain stable until they reached their destination. At the very least.
With wet eyes, sniffling noses, and heavy hearts, Toothless, Stoick, and the Madrigals gazed upon what remained of their Hiccup.
They had so many questions.
How would he walk?
Would he still be able to fly?
Would he be in constant pain?
Would he ever live a comfortable life again?
They all supposed their answers would have to wait, for when he woke up.
…
If he woke up.
Notes:
At first this was also going to show the week before Hiccup awoke, but I thought it'd be more intriguing if we left things here for now.
We'll definitely get a chapter about that later, though. Don't worry.
Chapter 6: First Fight
Summary:
Mirabel and Hiccup get into the first quarrel of their relationship.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Every couple has a fight, here and there.
It’s perfectly healthy. When two people form a partnership, there are bound to be disputes.
Though when a relationship is new, and the glow of the honeymoon period is just starting to wane…
The first fight can be quite the experience for those involved.
The sun shone down on another lovely day in the Encanto.
But despite the pleasant weather, a few individuals weren’t very happy right now.
Antonio Madrigal, the six-year-old animal whisperer, was overcome with sadness. While his cousin Mirabel, and her boyfriend Hiccup, tried their bests to comfort him.
Earlier in the day, a sullen toucan had the misfortune of bringing him some bad news.
One of the boy’s animal friends, a friendly old tapir who’d laxly roam the forests surrounding the Encanto, had been eaten by a panther.
The gentle hearted child broke down into tears on the spot, and was almost inconsolable.
It was especially jarring, because no one else in his family had any idea as to why he was so upset. Not until he managed a sniffly translation.
He received a lot of hugs and kisses and apologies, but nothing served to lift his mood.
And Mirabel, hating to see her darling primo like this, got an idea.
She knocked on his door, and offered to hold a funeral for the poor animal.
Hiccup had come to Casita to spend some time with his new girlfriend, and was invited to attend.
And now they all stood in Casita’s backyard, at the edge of the forest. Supposedly Señor Tapir’s favorite spot to graze. And they paid their respects.
“We are gathered here today to honor the life of Señor Tapir.” Mirabel morosely said, as she held a weeping Antonio’s hand.
“A kind soul, who never lifted a hoof to harm anyone. Taken from us far too soon…”
Antonio stepped forward, and softly placed a white flower on a mound of dirt.
“I’ll miss you, Señor Tapir…” Sniffed the boy.
Hiccup released a sigh, not enjoying seeing such a usually jovial child be so upset.
He bent down, and placed a hand on Antonio’s back. Patting it reassuringly.
“I’m really sorry about your friend…” He said, softly. “But y’know, sometimes these things happen…”
“I mean…that’s just nature. The circle of life.”
Antonio now looked quite fearful.
“The circle of life means all my friends are gonna die?” He shakily asked.
Hiccup scrambled to reply.
“No! Well, technically yes, but I mean- “
Mirabel butt in, an annoyed glare on her features.
“What are you doing?” She asked, in an irritated whisper. “Are you trying to make him feel worse?”
Hiccup glanced to her, shrugging.
“I-I’m just trying to let him know that this is a natural process, that everyone has to deal with!”
Those words seemed to frighten Antonio even more, his eyes wide with terror.
“EVERYONE I LOVE IS GONNA DIE!” He wailed, burying his face into Mirabel’s skirt.
She held onto him, trying to console him, while shooting her boyfriend another harsh look.
“Now look what you did!” She scolded.
Hiccup stood, and tried to get his point across.
“Look, it’s just a part of life!”
“Well it’s a part of life he shouldn’t have to worry about yet!” She griped. “He’s only six!”
“I had to learn about death from the moment I could walk!” Hiccup argued, throwing his arms up in his blue ruana.
A grimace worked its way onto Mirabel’s face.
“We’re not in Viking-land, Hiccup.”
The scrawny teen groaned, he was beginning to grow annoyed with this exchange.
“Right, of course. We’re in magic-land, where real-world concepts can just be ignored…” He mumbled, while rolling his eyes.
The continued crying of the child in her arms only served to upset Mirabel more.
Both with how sad he was, and with how clueless her boyfriend was being.
“Ya cállate mejor!” She snapped. “You’re just making it worse!”
Hiccup’s agitation faded, when he saw just how upset the child was.
Shame washed over him, and his expression became one of dejection.
“Listen, I-I was just trying to help…” He said.
To which Mirabel regarded him with a deep frown.
“And you screwed it up.”
That little string of words.
They shouldn’t have been significant at all.
But to Hiccup, they brought back flashes of every single time those words were uttered to him.
Every single time he was made to feel like a failure. A disappointment. A curse.
A hiccup.
And Mirabel could tell.
Because those words did the exact same things to her.
She could see it in his eyes, the moment the words left her lips. She could see the immediate sting of a familiar pain, followed by a deep resignation.
But she was too angry to care, right now.
Hiccup hung his head low, his hair covering his eyes.
“I’m sorry…” He whispered, before hastily making his way out of the forest.
He trudged his way through the backyard, heading back towards the town.
And on the way, he passed a pair of couples.
Julieta and Augustin, as well as Pepa and Felix.
Both pairs were coming to check on the kids, but they were surprised to see a dour Hiccup walking away from the girl he spent almost all his time with.
They saw his face, he looked quite gloomy. And when they looked to Mirabel, they could see she seemed very fristrated.
And they all knew what happened.
“Uh-Oh!” Felix laughed. “First fight!”
“I’m surprised it took them so long.” Pepa commented. “Honestly, those two are so cuddly!”
“That of course means the first fight aftermath…” Julieta sighed. Both concerned for her daughter, and also remembering the chaos that comes with a teenager’s romantic struggles.
“Should I get the ice cream ready?” Augustin asked, earning him a nod from his wife.
It was obvious that Mirabel’s parents would help the girl through the incoming storm of emotions that came with a couple’s initial disagreement.
But that begged the question of who’d help Hiccup through his tumultuous feelings. The boy didn’t exactly have parents.
Julieta and Augustin usually stepped in where they could, finding his lack of parental guidance disheartening. But they’d have their hands full with their daughter.
“I guess it’s up to us!” Pepa shrugged, grinning to her husband.
Felix chuckled at the idea. “Yeah, we got little bro!”
The other couple gave a small sigh of relief, happy that the scrawny teen was in good hands.
They’d grown awfully fond of the boy, recently.
And so, the two pairs set out.
To help each half of a young relationship through their first fight.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Soy tan estupida!”
Mirabel sat in her bedroom, a tub of ice cream in her grasp.
Now that the makeshift funeral was over, and Antonio had calmed down, she calmed down as well.
And she finally realized just how much she’d hurt her boyfriend’s feelings.
Yes, he was being a bit tactless. But that was no excuse to break their promise.
She lied upon her bed, face shoved in a pillow. Only looking up to grab another spoonful of ice cream.
“I ruined everything!” She cried, voice slightly muffled by the pillow.
“Now, now…I’m sure that’s not true…” Spoke a warm, soothing voice.
Julieta sat beside her daughter, on her bed. Augustin sat next to his wife.
They were both trying their bests to console the girl, who’d become sufficiently more upset over the ordeal.
“But it is!” Mirabel argued. “I broke our promise!”
“What promise?” Wondered her father.
“I said…”
Mirabel froze for a moment, the words feeling like they’d burn her tongue.
“I said he screwed up!”
Both her parents paused, and shared a confused glance. Not really getting the gist.
“That doesn’t seem like a big deal…” Julieta uttered.
“It is to us!” Countered the bespectacled girl.
“Those words mean something different to us! And when we started this relationship, we both promised to never say them to each other!”
“A promise I broke!” She groaned, downing another spoonful.
They got each other in a way most people just didn’t, Mirabel and Hiccup.
They both got the isolation of being an outcast. The pain of being considered the screwup.
When they were together, they felt understood. Appreciated.
And in her mind, Mirabel had completely botched it.
“He’s totally gonna dump me…” She moaned. “Probably for Paulita, her hair’s way prettier than mine…”
Augustin reached over, to rub his daughter’s back.
“First of all, your hair is beautiful!” He said. “And second of all, that’s just something you have to apologize for!”
Julieta nodded.
“If you make a mistake in a relationship, you try your best to fix it. And make it up to your partner.”
“I know you didn’t mean to hurt him, and I think he knows too.” She gently spoke. “So just…tell him you’re sorry. I’m sure he’ll understand!”
Mirabel looked to her parents with big, wet eyes.
“But what if he doesn’t want to forgive me?” She asked.
“Then give him a little time.” Answered her mother. “But I know he will eventually…”
Her grin grew a glint of mischievousness.
“He’s nuts about you, you know!”
The girl groaned, hiding her face in the pillow as her cheeks flushed with embarrassment.
“Mooooom!”
Augustin joined in on the teasing.
“No, she’s right!” He chuckled. “You can see it in his eyes! That boy’s thoughts are occupied solely by you!”
The girl rolled over, her back facing her parents. So they wouldn’t see just how red her cheeks were.
But while she was floundering in her flusterment, she was also filled with an unwavering determination.
To make things right with a certain scrawny teen. The boy she adored, and who adored her in return.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Gods, I’m stupid!”
Up in the clouds, his only company being the unholy offspring of lightning and death itself, Hiccup stewed in his previous foolishness.
“She was totally right!” He exclaimed. “That kid didn’t need the death talk yet!”
From beneath him, Toothless gave a concerned rumble.
To which Hiccup sighed.
“It doesn’t matter if I wasn’t trying to make him upset. It doesn’t change the fact that I- “
“WOAH!”
Toothless quickly had to dodge, as a lightning bolt struck just in front of them.
Before either of the two could react, another jolt hit just behind them.
And from the crackling in the air, it sounded like more were on the way.
“Come on, bud!” Hiccup said, as he urged his dragon to dive.
Evading more bursts of electricity, the two soon arrived at the surface. On a clearing, surrounded by towering palm trees.
And it was there they found Pepa and Felix.
“Impeccable aim, mi vida!” Felix complimented, planting a kiss on his wife’s hand.
The woman giggled, the storm cloud above her head becoming a rainbow.
She then lightly swatted him away.
“Not now, Felix!” She tittered. “We have a job to do!”
Hiccup took note of their presence, and thought back to the abrupt shift in weather a few moments ago.
He realized there could only be one responsible.
“So…you wanna tell me why you were trying to zap me?” Asked the boy, leaning on Toothless’ side. Crossing both his sandaled feet as he did so.
Felix laughed, as they both made to approach.
“We were just trying to get your attention, bro!”
“And a simple ‘Hey!’ wouldn’t suffice?” Snarked the teen.
Chuckling, they both stood on either sides of him. Though soon their amused countenances were overtaken by concern.
“So?” Pepa asked. “What happened back there?”
Hiccup’s gut reaction was to brush them off.
But, for whatever reason…
He always felt more comfortable sharing his feelings, when it came to this family.
Hiccup sighed, already beginning to slouch.
“I dunno, I just…I said something that was kinda insensitive.” He answered. “And I thought I was helping, but clearly I wasn’t…”
Once again, his big stupid mouth had gotten him into trouble.
All he could think about was the misery in Antonio’s eyes, and the anger in Mirabel’s.
Both emotions that he’d caused.
“I ruined everything!” He groaned, conking his head against a palm tree’s trunk.
Two hands found their way to his shoulders.
“Come on, chico!” Felix tried. “I’m sure it’s not that bad!”
“But what if it is?” Argued the despairing boy.
“What if I lost the most wonderful girl in the world, because I couldn’t keep my fat mouth shut!?”
And he was doing so well, too.
A few months into his life in the Encanto, and Hiccup could confidently say that no one hated him.
…He didn’t think Isabela hated him, just a very strong annoyance.
But not only had his moronic tendencies definitely gotten him on someone’s bad side, she just so happened to be the most amazing someone imaginable.
He was certain. He’d completely botched it.
“She’s totally gonna dump me…” Moaned the boy. “Probably for Mattias, that guy’s got abs for days…”
“And a brain the size of a pea…” Pepa added, in a mumble.
But now she had a question to ask.
“Did you mean to be insensitive, when you said those things?” The weather woman inquired. Earning a morosely shaking head from Hiccup.
She grew a small grin, and tried an encouraging pat on the back.
“Then all you have to do is say you’re sorry!”
“Actually, telling your girl you’re sorry is a good idea any time!” Chuckled the short man, as he elbowed the teen’s side. “Even if you did nothing wrong!”
Hiccup questioned that logic, but he figured a man who’s been happily married for decades would know better than him.
“Listen, Hiccup. Do you really think Mirabel is the type to hold a grudge?” Asked Pepa.
Hiccup didn’t even need a moment to think on it. He swiftly shook his head again.
She was too wonderful for something like that.
Pepa smiled brightly. “You see? So if you just apologize, I’m sure it’ll be fine!”
“And maybe make it up to her, by taking her out!” Felix suggested.
Toothless gave an agreeing rumble, to back up their statements.
Despite the usual anxieties threatening to cloud his perception, and convince him that everything was over, Hiccup tried to keep a clear mind about this.
He nodded, resolutely.
“You’re right.” He said. “I-I just gotta apologize.”
Both faces lit up, beaming with joy at their success.
“There you go!” Felix cheered, already shoving the boy to his dragon. “Now go on! Go find her!”
“I bet she’s forgiven you already!” Pepa said, with a teasing grin. “She’s head over heels for you, you know?”
They both snickered at the blush that overtook his pale face.
Mounting his dragon, Hiccup gave the two an appreciative smile.
“Thanks for the help, guys. Y-You didn’t have to- “
“Don’t even try it!” Felix interjected. “You know we all got your back, bro!”
Hiccup did.
And he was really grateful for it.
Pepa was curious about one more thing.
“So…what did you say?” She questioned, wondering just what started their disagreement in the first place.
Hiccup was about to answer.
But then he remembered that he’d be telling Pepa that he made her precious baby boy cry.
Intentionally or not, he didn’t feel like being shocked into cardiac arrest.
“LOOK AT THE TIME GOTTA GO BYE!”
With that abrupt shout, Toothless rocketed into the skies.
And as the wind shipped through his hair, he was filled with an unwavering determination.
To make things right with a certain bespectacled girl. The girl he adored, and who adored him in return.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
They found each other in their favorite spot.
That gorgeous river, that almost seemed like something out of a fairy tale.
But it was very real.
And when Hiccup soared over the lake, he spotted Mirabel waiting.
Was she looking for him? Or did she just…know that they’d meet here?
Either way, it was time to make amends.
Mirabel heard the familiar beating of mighty wings, and looked up to see her boyfriend. Descending onto the surface on the back of a Night Fury.
When he dismounted, and Toothless shuffled off to watch the butterflies, the two of them were left just ogling each other.
They simply stood there. Neither knowing how, or when to start.
Their hearts knew that they had to talk, but their bodies weren't cooperating.
Finally, they both decided to begin speaking.
At the same time.
“I want you to know…”
“I just wanted to say…”
They paused, and realized they were speaking over each other.
“Y-You go first.” Mirabel offered, nervously.
But Hiccup awkwardly declined. “No, by all means…”
And so, after a small exhale, the girl went first.
“I’m sorry!” She said, shocking Hiccup with her passion. “I’m sorry I called you a screw up!”
Hiccup was a bit taken aback.
“I-It’s fine!” He shakily answered. “I was acting like a muttonhead, you were just calling me out!”
“But I know what those words mean to us…” Mirabel sighed, somberness in her tone. “I know how much they hurt. And I still said it!”
“And you wouldn’t have felt the need to say it, if I handled myself better back there.”
“So…I’m sorry. F-For that.” Hiccup replied.
They both stood in a rather awkward silence. Their eyes anywhere else but each other’s.
“So…” Mirabel began, an anxious grin spreading. “Can we agree that we both messed up a little?”
Hiccup grew a lopsided smirk.
“Looks like we’re still just a couple of hiccups!” He said, making her laugh.
Soon her laughter was joined by his, and the two teens were content to just chuckle in each other’s company.
But once the laughter died down...
They crashed into each other, in an endlessly warm hug.
The embrace radiated with the power of their burgeoning love for each other.
In hindsight, their first fight really wasn’t a big deal.
A petty squabble, at worst. Definitely not a relationship ender.
And so, with their little crisis resolved, the young couple dislodged from the hug. And went off to find Toothless, hand in hand.
They both agreed that a romantic flight would be the best way to make this nonsense up to each other.
Notes:
Over a thousand hits? That's crazy!
Chapter 7: Baking and Bonding
Summary:
Hiccup gets adopted.
Chapter Text
Hiccup never knew his mother.
She died, before he even had the chance to properly know her.
And he’d gone his whole life without any sort of maternal figure. It wasn’t like any of the older women in his last village were fond of him.
The boy had never felt unfulfilled, or as if something was missing. Some people just didn’t have a mom, for one reason or another. He knew this.
But there was always that curiosity.
What would it be like, to have a woman like that in his life? A woman who loves you more than life itself, and slathers you with untold levels of affection. Even at the most embarrassing of times.
A woman who’ll always be there. To help you through or problems, or just talk about them for a while. Who can make anything and everything feel better with just a simple hug.
What would it really be like to have a mom?
It sounded awfully nice.
During the darker period in his life, before he’d found the Encanto, he began to think that perhaps it was better that he didn’t have a mom.
That meant one less person to disappoint. One less person to regard him as a mistake.
He didn’t know if he could take it. The woman who brought him into this world, seeing him as nothing more than a failure.
But that time in his life was over.
He was in a better place, both mentally and literally. Thanks to his wonderful life in his new village, and the support of a magical family. Who all accepted him as a friend.
And in some cases, just a little bit more.
Because among the Madrigals, Hiccup did have a mother.
But neither he, nor the woman in question, knew that quite yet.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
It was a simple request.
One she’d heard many times, from many people.
But coming from this boy in particular, it was rather surprising.
Though…when Julieta really thought about it…
It wasn’t that surprising.
Wanting to help was just in Hiccup’s nature.
Here in Casita’s kitchen, Julieta was doing what she usually did. Cooking.
Cooking for the entire village was a tiring task, one she had to repeat each day. But every time she saw a poor soul be filled with relief as their wounds were healed, it reminded her of why she loved what she did.
If she had the time, she liked to get started on the next day’s supply the evening before. On slower days, when there wasn’t much healing needed. A few hours before dinner would start.
Technically, it meant she’d spent the entire later half of the day cooking nonstop. But it gave her a bit less to do the following morning.
And as she was whipping up the batter needed for her trademark arepas, she heard a yelp from the skies.
Followed by a loud thumping, and the strangest collection of words.
“SON OF A HALF-TROLL!”
The odd swear was spoken by a familiar voice, a very nasally one.
Julieta left the kitchen, and made her way to the courtyard. To find a sixteen-year-old lying face first on the ground. Groaning with pain.
She was at his side in an instant, rolling him over before he had the chance to do so himself.
“Are you alright?” She asked, her natural caretaker tendencies activating.
His nose looked a bit red, and swollen. But otherwise, Hiccup was fine.
“The only thing bruised is my pride, Miss…” He grumbled.
Julieta gave a soft exhale, relieved that he was unharmed.
And then she asked another question.
“What happened? How’d you end up like…that?”
A nervous smile crossed the boy’s features, and he shrugged.
“I-I was testing out a new invention. A catapult, specifically for human recreational purposes.” He admitted.
“I call it the Splatapult!”
The healer regarded him with a stern glare, and lightly swatted him on the arm.
“Ay, Hiccup! You need to be more careful!” She scolded. “You could have been really hurt!”
“I-It was just a mild calibration issue…” The boy responded, quivering under her stare.
“I don’t care what it was!” Julieta shot back. “The next time you invent something, test it out in a way that won’t break your spine!”
“Comprende?”
Her tone left no room for dissent, and he hastily nodded.
Satisfied that he got the message, she quickly cooled down. Releasing her slight agitation with a sigh.
She didn’t want to be harsh on him. But she couldn’t have him hurting himself, in a reckless attempt to try out his latest contraption.
She’d always be there to heal him, of course. But she’d rather they avoided the nasty part altogether.
Wiping off the dust from his blue ruana, and putting back on the sandal that’d flown off his left foot, Hiccup took note of their surroundings.
The sounds he’d come to love. The noises of rowdy Madrigals, shouting and running and dancing through the halls, weren’t present.
It seemed the house was vacant, aside from himself and the woman beside him.
“Just you, huh?” He asked.
Julieta nodded. “Everyone else is in town.”
“I got off early, so I’m getting started on tomorrow’s batch.”
This seemed to make Hiccup think.
“So…you’re already cooking the food for tomorrow?” He questioned, earning a nod.
“And after that, you gotta start dinner.” He noted. Which got another nod.
“Geez, that’s a lot of cooking!”
The healer smiled tiredly, and gave an exhausted chuckle.
“You’re telling me…”
With the matter settled, Julieta was about to kindly send the boy on his way. Or perhaps offer him a snack.
It’d be remiss of her to let someone go hungry. Especially someone so skinny.
But then he made a simple request.
“Can I help?”
Her eyes widened, when she heard this.
She quickly looked to him, eyebrows raised.
“Pardon me?”
Hands in his pockets, Hiccup shrugged.
“I-It just seems like you’re really busy…” He muttered. “And I figured maybe you could use a hand.”
In truth, it wasn’t that crazy a request. She’d received assistance in the kitchen many times over the years.
But she still hadn’t expected this from the boy.
“You…want to help me?” She asked.
A blush found its way onto Hiccup’s cheeks.
“Well, y’know…you’ve been nothing but kind to me…” He said. “Even when everyone else thought I was nuts. I…I’m really grateful for that.”
“And besides, it’s the nice thing to do.”
Something about his words tugged at her heart, and she soon found herself smiling.
This boy could be awfully sweet. She could see why her daughter liked him so much.
“Do you know how to cook?” Julieta wondered.
“…Not really…” Hiccup admitted. “No one trusted me around any food. They probably thought I’d end up poisoning the village, or something…”
The woman frowned, at this. She always hated hearing about just how much his old people seemed to dislike him.
It made her want to grab her rolling pin, and bash every one of those musty Vikings. Repeatedly.
And now she was all the more determined to accept his offer.
She gently grabbed his shoulders, and began shuffling him towards the kitchen.
“Well then…” She grinned.
“I’ll just have to teach you!”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To his surprise, Hiccup found the process of cooking rather enjoyable.
Mixing the batter, kneading the dough, shaping them into little balls…
Making arepas was actually pretty fun!
He began to wonder what cooking other things was like…
Julieta was surprised herself. Because for a total rookie, he seemed to take to the process like a duck takes to water.
It required very little effort on her part to teach him the basics, and he took it from there.
He wasn’t ready to cook the caliber of meals that she did, not yet. But in his future, she definitely thought he had potential.
“You can cut the cheese a little faster, dear!” Julieta smirked, watching him knife through an orange block with meticulous precision.
He gave a sheepish smile, and began to chop just the slightest bit quicker.
Even though he moved rather slow, especially compared to her mastery of the kitchen, he was still quite adept for a first timer.
In fact, the experienced chef would go as far as to say he had an innate talent for the art of preparing food. One that simply needed to be developed.
“I’ve got to say…you’re a natural!” Julieta praised, placing a tray into the oven.
The boy averted his gaze, to hide his blushing.
“N-Nowhere near as good as you…” He mumbled, a bit flustered.
“That may be true…” The healer began. “But I’ve been in cooking all day, every day, for over forty-five years. You’ve been cooking for half an hour, and you’re pretty good!”
“That means you have talent. And I’m not going to let you deny it!”
The way she said that reminded Hiccup a lot of Mirabel. Especially whenever she was reminding others to stay true to themselves, or to love themselves, or something of the sort.
He supposed she really was her daughter.
Something else about what she said stuck out to him.
All day, every day, for over forty-five years.
She’s been doing this constantly, since she was just a few years out of diapers.
“You cook a lot…” He stated, softly.
Her hands covered in flour, Julieta could only roll her eyes.
“A lot is quite the understatement…”
Hiccup thought of Berk. And how a large number of the populace were missing limbs, or had ghastly scars all over their bodies.
Here in the Encanto, nobody was like that. Not in the slightest.
And some of that was due to the fact that this village was completely isolated from the world outside. No violence or war could enter.
But accidents still happened. Someone could fall off a ladder, or trip down the stairs, or accidentally cut off a finger.
That last thought reminded Hiccup to be careful with the knife.
But despite just how many things could go wrong, even in the most mundane and peaceful of environments…
The people of the Encanto were all in one piece.
And they had Julieta to thank for that.
A gentle soul, who worked herself to the bone every day. To ensure no one would have to suffer.
“You’re amazing…” Hiccup absent-mindedly whispered.
Julieta looked up from her kneading, and gave the boy an odd look.
Hiccup realized he’d spoken aloud, and quickly tried to clarify.
“I-I just mean…what you do. For everyone. It’s amazing.”
“Where I’m from, injuries are commonplace…” He said. “Crazy injuries! I know at least fifteen guys who don’t have feet!”
The healer winced, her kind heart hurting for those who’d been harmed. Even if she still had issues with them.
“But there’s nothing like that here, all because of you…” Hiccup continued to say.
“Once the knowledge that magic is real finally takes hold, it’s really easy to forget…but you guys are all incredible!”
“And don’t tell the others I said this…” Whispered the boy, with a sly grin. “But I think you’re one of the most incredible!”
“Not just because of your gift, but because of, well…you!”
Hiccup then remembered that every conversation he had was being listened to.
“Wait, Dolores probably heard that…” He uttered.
With the fear of retribution in his eyes, he looked up to the ceiling. Speaking to someone who wasn’t physically there, but he knew could hear him.
“Hey, Lor? You’re awesome too, I-I’m not trying to play favorites!”
“Antonio’s my real favorite, anyway…” He jokily added.
But as he held this one-sided conversation, Julieta was still in shock at what she’d just heard.
It’d come almost out of nowhere, and it was surprisingly heartfelt.
She gawked at the boy, while he looked up at the ceiling. Her movement had completely stilled.
She’d always liked him. Aside from that brief period, where she was unsure if he was dangerous or not.
He was an intelligent, caring young man. Who was always willing to help those in need. She still remembered those bee suits he made for her husband.
He was a friend to her daughter, in a time when they were all failing her in one way or another. Despite her best efforts, Mirabel had been increasingly gloomy during that period. But whenever she got to spend time with her new friend, she’d light up like the sun.
Julieta couldn’t thank him enough, for being there for her. When it seemed no one else would.
And now, he was dating her daughter. Something she was completely supportive of. The two were clearly great for each other, and she wouldn’t mind having him around permanently. If the relationship progressed that far.
But that was the extent. She saw him as a nice boy, who was good for her daughter, and pleasant to speak with here and there.
But now…
There was something. Something new.
Something in her chest that just felt…warmer at the sight of him.
She couldn’t quite place the feeling, but she knew it felt familiar.
It was similar to how she felt about her daughters.
The drive to nurture. To watch your child learn, and grow, and be happy.
And the overwhelming desire to make sure they were fed, at all times.
Before she could ponder this any more, a loud ding caught their attention.
The timer had gone off, the newest batch of arepas were done.
Equipped with cozy mitts, Julieta removed them from the oven.
They looked delicious.
Which was to be expected, from her. But seeing as how this was the first batch Hiccup assisted with, it was a pleasant surprise.
“They look good!” Julieta said, with a smile.
“We won’t know until we taste them, though…” Hiccup sardonically replied.
The woman’s grin only increased, and her eyes sparkled with eagerness.
“So let’s taste them!”
That was not the answer Hiccup was expecting.
“Woah, woah!” He yelped, as she plucked one from the tray. “Shouldn’t we wait for them to cool down?”
“You can’t burn your tongue with my food.” She answered. “It heals right after.”
She then grew a very mischievous smirk. “I didn’t tell the kids that, though!”
Hiccup was surprised, not used to seeing her portray a sneaky side.
Though soon, he was grinning himself.
“Your secret’s safe with me!” He said, grabbing another arepa.
They gently tapped the two together, in a show of comradery, and each took a bite.
And they both moaned with delight.
They tasted even better than they looked.
“These are great!” Julieta said, resisting the urge to scarf the rest down like her oldest nephew.
Hiccup had to admit, she was absolutely right.
“I mean, o-of course they are. They’re your recipe!”
But the woman shook her head.
“Nuh-uh, there’s a difference. I can tell!” She said. “And that difference is you, pequeño cocinero!”
She laughed, as he gained yet another blush. Nudging him playfully with her elbow.
“And you’re sure this is your first time cooking?” She asked. “Your mamá never taught you?”
She only realized her mistake after she’d spoken.
But it was too late.
Hiccup’s eyes widened significantly, and he froze in place. His pupils seemed to quiver, while his smile dropped into a stunned thin line.
Julieta’s playful mood evaporated, and she scrambled to make up for her mishap.
“I-I’m sorry!” She hastily apologized. “I didn’t mean to-I forgot- “
“It’s alright.” Hiccup quietly said, his composure returning.
“I don’t blame you for forgetting, it’s not exactly something that comes up in casual conversation…” He chuckled.
Relieved that she hadn’t hurt his feelings, the healer simply nodded.
It was always so strange, to remember that he was technically alone.
He had no family. His mother was gone, his brute of a father disowned him, and he had no siblings. Or uncles, aunts, cousins, or anything of the sort.
Well…according to him he had a cousin of very distant relation. But from his stories, they definitely weren’t on good terms.
He was all alone, in this great big world.
He had a lot of friends, here in the Encanto. He even had a girlfriend, who was also his best friend. It wasn’t as if he lacked companionship of any kind.
But family was so very important, to the Madrigals. And the knowledge that the boy’s flesh and blood had either left this world, or didn’t want him at all…
It nearly broke her heart.
They both stood, in a fairly awkward silence. Hunched over the counter, waiting for the next batch to bake.
After a short while, Julieta spoke up again.
“…How?”
Hiccup looked to her, an eyebrow raised in confusion.
She expanded her question. “How did you do it? Before you met Toothless, before you found this place?”
“Your mother was gone, your father didn’t want you, your village didn’t want you…you were all alone!”
“How did you survive, all those years?” She asked, her voice dripping with sadness for the teen's past suffering.
Her question was a rather unexpected one.
The scrawny teen’s eyes were clouded, by dark memories. A frown subconsciously tugged at his lips.
“It sounds really tough, when you put it like that…” He muttered, somberly. “And I’m not saying it didn’t suck, it did. But…”
“After a while…I got used to being alone. I-I just came to grips with the fact that nobody wanted me.”
It was something he tried to change, many times. But it was also something he had to understand.
And what he said sent a shiver throughout Julieta’s body.
Last year, when they’d just gotten Bruno back, she asked him a similar question.
How did he do it? Living in the walls for a decade. So close, yet so far.
And he gave a very similar answer.
It was tough. But after a while, he got used to being alone.
He thought that nobody wanted him.
In that moment, her sadness for the boy’s plight combined with her feelings of guilt over her brother’s disappearance.
And she couldn’t fight the urge.
In an instant, she crushed him into a hug.
The most tender, most comforting embrace she could manage. As if she was trying to singlehandedly heal years of mistreatment, just from her touch.
“You’re okay…you’re not alone anymore…” She whispered. “You’re with us, now. We want you…”
Hiccup was positively confounded, he really wasn’t expecting this.
But…
There was something else about this hug.
Something he’d never felt, not even once.
There was this overwhelming warmth, emanating from her body. And seeping into his.
He felt safe, and protected. A strange tranquility overtook his mind.
He felt wanted, and appreciated, and…
And loved.
Without knowing what he was doing, his arms rose to return her embrace.
He didn’t know just what he was feeling, but he knew it was incredible.
He wouldn’t figure this out until later, but Hiccup had just felt a mother’s love. For the first time in his life.
And it was blowing his mind.
Soon, the hug broke up. The both of them not quite knowing how to feel about the sudden, emotional moment.
“Uh…thanks…” Hiccup stiltedly mumbled.
Regaining her coolness, Julieta donned a kindly smile.
“I should be thanking you! I’m already done with the arepas, in half the time!”
“O-Oh, that’s great!” Hiccup said. “So what next?”
This surprised the healer.
“You…want to keep cooking?” She asked.
The teen vaguely gestured in the direction of the dining area.
“You gotta get started on dinner, don’t you?” He rhetorically questioned. “Twelve mouths to feed…that’s a lot of mouths!”
Seeing this boy, still so willing to help her even after all he’d already done…
It reminded her so much of her Mirabel.
No wonder they got along so well.
“Thirteen.” Julieta said.
When Hiccup gave her an odd look, she elaborated.
“I have thirteen mouths to feed!”
This did nothing to dispel the boy’s confusion.
“If you’re helping me make dinner, you get to join us for dinner.” She said, before pointing straight at his chest with a spoon.
“And that’s an order!” She poked him, just to make sure he got it.
With a small and very lopsided smirk, Hiccup raised a palm to his forehead in a salute.
“Aye, aye, captain!”
Chuckling at his silliness, Julieta got to work. Hiccup dutifully assisted wherever he could.
Though before she had to start touching food again, she made sure to ruffle his hair.
She watched him squirm under her touch with a newfound affection, a motherly grin on her features.
And while Hiccup pushed his hair away from his eyes, that hug was still on his mind.
Neither of them knew it.
They wouldn’t know it until much later. When Hiccup, along with a few others, would return from a harrowing battle. And he’d call Julieta by a certain word.
But in their hearts, the connection had already been made.
Julieta had just gained a fourth child. Hiccup had just gained a mother.
He didn’t have any parents?
Fine.
He was hers now.
Notes:
Happy Mother's Day!
Chapter 8: Oh Brother: Part 1
Summary:
Mirabel and Bruno meet Hiccup's "brother".
Chapter Text
Titles are very important to Vikings.
They’re the names that follow you throughout history. And in most cases, it portrays a lot about the Viking in question.
For example, Stoick the Vast. Immediately, the man’s imposing frame comes to mind.
Or Gobber the Belch, highlighting his eccentric qualities.
And in the case of a title like Dagur the Deranged…
It really tells you all you need to know.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Magic was weird.
The strange, golden storms that seemed to like tossing people across time and space had become much more reliable recently.
If either Hiccup or Mirabel thought really, really hard, they could summon one to take them to Berk. At any time they wished.
Mirabel found the whole thing especially amusing.
“I’m like a mini-Tía Pepa!” She said, at the time of their discovery.
The storms themselves were far less severe, as well. Barely any rain or thunder, only mild winds…
In time, perhaps they wouldn’t be needed at all. Perhaps the two would be able to instantaneously warp from one destination to another.
The storms were needed today, however.
Hiccup and Mirabel were on a very important quest.
To get some wood.
On one of their recent Berk trips, they came back with presents for the family.
Bruno was given a wooden carving, in the shape of a Hobgobbler. The same as his draconic companion.
To their surprise, he found the quality of the wood to be perfect for knocking on.
But for as much as his knuckles were yearning, he wouldn’t dare ruin a gift from his sobrina and not-quite-sobrino with his superstitions.
And so, he joined them on an excursion to Berk. In search of some proper knocking wood.
Soaring out of a burst of magic clouds, Toothless and Mariposa glided over the island. Bruno sat just a bit behind Mirabel, hanging on for dear life.
The seer peeped a frightened eye open, to gaze at the hunk of rock that lied below.
Despite this being his first time here, the island looked very familiar to him.
From the towering mountains, to the screaming statues, to the quaint little settlement. He’d seen it all before, in a vision.
The same vision that showed Mirabel and Hiccup being married, some day in the future.
The family enjoyed teasing the teens about it, much to their embarrassment.
“S-So, this is Berk?” Bruno asked, raising his voice over the rushing winds. He was already shivering from the abrupt weather change.
Mirabel looked back, regarding her passenger with a cheery smile.
“Yep!” She replied. “You can tell by the stink!”
As if on cue, the foul odor of the archipelago assaulted the scruffy man’s senses. And he swiftly moved to pinch his nose.
“There’s nothing like the smell of wet yak in the morning...” Hiccup sighed, nostalgically.
The Night Fury and the Stormcutter drifted down towards the island.
Though once they were close enough, their riders noticed something strange.
“Where are all the dragons?” Mirabel wondered.
In the time since the defeat of the Red Death, the reptiles had pretty much moved in. Seeing them tromping around the town was a common sight.
But the village was devoid of any draconic life.
“Something’s up…” Hiccup noted.
Though while they didn’t spot any dragons, they did spot something else.
A pair of Vikings, heading for the docks.
And they figured they could get some answers.
Stoick and Gobber both jolted with surprise, when a pair of flying reptiles suddenly appeared from the bright blue sky. Landing behind them with twin thuds.
“Hiccup? Mirabel?” The chief spouted, caught off guard by the new arrivals.
He squinted his eyes at the third member of their party, and tried very hard to remember his name.
“…Brunhilda?”
The seer huffed, and crossed his arms.
“That’s Bruno.” He corrected.
“Right, excuse me…” Said Stoick, awkwardly coughing into his fist.
He then grew a stern expression.
“Not that it isn’t good to see you, but now isn’t the best time.”
As his three guests grew confused looks, he faced his friend.
“Gobber?”
At his call, the blacksmith hobbled forth. Waving his hand and hook in the direction of the two dragons.
“Alright, let’s go!” He said, shoving the lizards onwards. “Get a move on, beasties!”
Toothless and Mariposa were quite confused, and resisted the man’s attempts to herd them.
Their riders were overtaken with worry.
“Wait, what’s happening?” Mirabel asked, nearly moving to intercept the one-legged man.
Stoick placed a large hand on her shoulder.
“It’s for their own safety, lass.” Spoke the chief. “All the dragons on the island have been hidden, and for good reason…”
“Today is the yearly signing of the treaty, with the Berserker Tribe.”
It was then that Hiccup noticed his birth father was wearing the ceremonial belt, the one he only busted out on important occasions.
“Aw jeez, that is today…” He whispered, realization dawning on him.
“Aye.” Stoick nodded. “And they don’t exactly know about our…change in attitude, when it comes to dragons yet. It could be considered a sign of aggression, and we don’t want to provoke them.”
“Ye really don’t wanna get a Berserker riled up.” Gobber added, still trying to wrangle the dragons. “They tend to go…well…berserk!”
“Yeah, but this is Oswald the Agreeable we’re talking about.” Hiccup noted. “He’s not exactly one to start a fight.”
“His title is ‘The Agreeable’?” Bruno quietly repeated, with a snort. Finding such an oddly personable name amusing.
“That may be so, son. But I’d rather not risk anything.” Said the chief. “Better safe than sorry.”
Mirabel shrugged.
“Alright, we’ll just head home.” She proposed. “We can come back another time-”
Just then, a horn was blown. The loud noise reverberating through the air.
And Hiccup knew they’d be here for a while.
“Too late…” He groaned.
Down at the docks, a massive fleet of ships had arrived. Decked out with shields, equipped with brutal weaponry, and each sail depicting a ferocious Skrill.
The Berserkers were here.
Mirabel, Hiccup, and Bruno couldn’t just fly away now. The fleet was right there, they’d surely be seen. And then all of Berk could be in danger.
They were stuck.
“Gobber, the dragons!” Ordered Stoick.
Toothless and Mariposa continued to struggle against the blacksmith’s attempts, so both their riders attempted to soothe them.
“It’s alright, bud.” Hiccup whispered, while scratching his dragon’s chin. “Go with him.”
“We won’t be long!” Reassured Mirabel, as she caressed one of her dragon’s frills.
Though in all honesty, she had no idea how long this would take.
Establishing diplomacy with other villages wasn’t exactly a thing in the Encanto, seeing as how they were completely isolated.
Reluctantly, their dragons finally allowed Gobber to shove them towards the hiding spot.
Now that the matter was taken care of, the chief faced the trio.
“Hiccup, you’re with me.” He said, already beginning to stomp off.
It was customary for the chief’s heir to be present, during such events.
The boy nodded, knowing this fact well.
He just hoped a certain someone else wouldn’t be there.
Though considering that someone was present for every other Berserker visit, the teen didn’t count on it.
Hiccup then turned to face Mirabel and Bruno. “I gotta go greet Oswald, and pray that his offspring isn’t present. I’ll catch up with you later.”
Brushing the odd comment aside, Mirabel grinned.
“I think I’ll come with.” Said the bespectacled girl. “I wanna see just how agreeable this Oswald is!”
“What about you, Tío?” She asked her uncle.
“I-I’ll stick with you kids.” He responded. “I dunno if I wanna hang out here-y’know, alone…”
Hiccup simply shrugged, and waved them forth. Gesturing for them to follow.
Once they reached the docks, they were met with a large ship. Armed to the teeth.
Atop this ship was a man, draped in very spiky armor.
He waved his bident around wildly, as he proudly introduced his leader.
“Presenting the high chief of the Berserker Tribe!” He shouted. “Cracker of skulls, slayer of beasts!”
“The great, and fearsome…”
“Oswald the Agreeable?” Bruno asked. Those descriptions did not fit the title.
But as they would soon come to learn, Oswald was not the one in charge here.
“Dagur the Deranged!”
At the warrior’s final proclamation, he moved aside. Allowing them view of a teenaged boy.
To Mirabel and Bruno, he was a complete stranger.
Stoick was quite confused.
And Hiccup now feared for his very life.
“Oh no…”
The boy, Dagur, regarded the group with a crazed grin. A few unstable chuckles slipped past his lips.
His frame was lean, and he stood a solid foot taller than Hiccup and Mirabel.
His pale face was marked with tattoos, over his left eye. Resembling claw marks. A similar marking lied on his arm.
Leather armor covered his body, aside from steel shoulder pads. And a spiked helmet, with horns that were far longer than what could be considered reasonable.
His red hair was pulled back into a tight braid, and his green eyes twitched with insanity.
His unstable gaze fell on Hiccup. And in an instant, Dagur retrieved a dagger, flinging it towards the boy.
He only had a split second to dodge. Ducking down, and allowing the blade to lodge itself into a wooden pole behind him.
If he moved just a moment too late, his brain would’ve been split in half.
“Odin help me…” He muttered.
While Mirabel uttered a string of very harsh curses, with Bruno holding her back, Stoick stomped forward.
“Dagur, where’s your father?”
The crazed boy sauntered down his ship’s platform, casually advancing towards the island.
“My father has been…retired…” He said, in a tone that promised a much more sinister truth.
“He lost his taste for blood. I, on the other hand, am starving!”
After a moment of more insane giggles, his face suddenly dropped into a more serious one.
“Besides, I’m the one who should be asking you questions.”
The Hooligan chief raised an eyebrow, his mighty hands placed at his sides.
“What do you mean?”
Dagur placed his arms behind his back, and paced back and forth along the dock.
“I’ve been hearing a lot of things about Berk, Stoick…” He said. “A lot of things…”
“For example…”
He swiftly brought out his sword, and slashed it towards Hiccup’s neck. Making sure the tip grazed his Adam’s apple.
“I heard that Hiccup here, flew off on the back of a Night Fury!” He said, pushing the blade just a bit closer. “That’s why he was gone last year!”
Stoick moved to brandish his axe, and Mirabel balled her hands into fists. But before either of them could charge, Bruno intercepted them both.
“M-Maybe not in front of the armada?” He suggested, anxiously.
The entire flotilla looked ready to jump straight to violence, at the slightest move.
And there were a lot of them.
It’d be wise to not agitate them.
Begrudgingly, Mirabel and Stoick laid down their weapons. Though they kept a close eye on their fishbone.
Hiccup nervously grinned, his quivering pupils locked onto the weapon that threatened to cut open his throat.
Frantically, he tried to come up with a good cover story.
“A-Actually, that was just a big misunderstanding!” He squealed. “I was trying to kill the Night Fury!”
“Oh really?” Dagur asked, in a disbelieving manner.
The scrawny and very frightened teen nodded, while trying to save his neck from puncture wounds.
“Y’see, I had it in a headlock! B-But then it flew away, and dragged me with it!” He answered. “Then it dropped me out in the sea, and it took me a year to find my way back!”
“That’s how I lost my leg!” He quickly added, trying to legitimize his lie.
The Berserker chief placed a hand to his chin, humming with thought.
“…Then why was Stoick so pissed last year?” He questioned. “Ranting about you being a Dragon Lover, and other stuff like that.”
“Uh…from where he was standing, it did look like I flew off with the Night Fury.” Responded the struggling boy. “And he, y’know, didn’t take it too well…”
He looked to his father, his eyes pleading.
“I-Isn’t that right, dad?”
The man quickly tried to back up his claims.
“A-Aye, it’s as he says!” Agreed Stoick, stiltedly. “Just a big misunderstanding!”
Dagur still didn’t look entirely convinced, but he decided to let the point drop.
“Fine…”
Hiccup released a gasp of relief, as the sword was finally removed from his throat. Mirabel insisted on checking it herself, to ensure her boyfriend wasn’t truly injured.
All while fighting the urge to strangle Dagur.
The crazed teen wasn’t quite done yet, though.
“But that’s not all I’ve heard!” He exclaimed.
“I know a guy, who knows a guy, who knows a group of guys, who knows a lady…who says that Berk has been amassing an army of dragons!”
“So where are you hiding them, Stoick?” He asked this question with a manic twitch on his sneering lips.
“I assure you, Berk has not been doing anything of the sort.” Responded the bearded man.
Though the thought of someone amassing an army of dragons, with the intent of laying siege to the archipelago…
It was disgustingly familiar to Stoick.
Dagur surged with indignance, fury flashing on his features.
“DO I LOOK STUPID TO YOU!?” He shouted, his voice cracking a bit.
Bruno stood on the tips of his toes, to whisper into Stoick’s hear.
“Don’t answer that, it’s a trick question…”
Dagur regain his minimal composure, and tried to act cool.
“Just know that if I find these claims to be true, my armada will attack with the force of fifty-thousand brave Berserker soldiers!”
The men behind him nodded with his assertion, itching for a fight.
Stoick tried to keep the peace.
“Stand down, Dagur.” He reasoned. “There won’t be any need for the armada.”
Once again, the teen seemed distrustful.
“And y’know what? I’ve also, also heard…that there are demigods on Berk!”
“Warriors, with the powers of Gods!” Said Dagur. “Equipped with supernatural abilities!”
Mirabel, Bruno, and Hiccup all perked up with shock at his words.
They knew exactly who he was talking about.
Stoick shook his head, his brow furrowing.
“There’s no such thing as magic.”
“That’s not what I was told!” Dagur shot back, in a sing-song tone.
“Well even if there are demigods out there, they aren’t here.” Huffed Stoick.
The Berserker rubbed his hands, shivering with a murderous excitement.
“They better hope they’re not…” He mumbled, forebodingly.
“Can you imagine?” He asked. “Real magic, real demigods?”
“If I killed one of those, I’d be the most feared and respected man in the entire archipelago!”
Dagur released a devilish cackle, howling his sadistic glee to the skies.
Hiccup, Mirabel, and Bruno blanched with fright. Quivering with fear for the lives of themselves and their loved ones.
“Well unfortunately for you, it’s as I said.” Spoke Stoick. “There aren’t any demigods here.”
“Now let’s sign that treaty.”
Dagur was brought out of his laughter, and he gave a heavy sigh. Annoyed that his homicidal fantasies were interrupted.
Brandishing his own axe, he examined it as he spoke.
“Fine then. According to the treaty, I’m to be given a tour of Berk.”
He held a finger up, silencing the other chief before he could speak.
“But!” He interrupted, a demented smirk growing on his face. “I want Hiccup to be my guide!”
The boy quaked with uncertainty.
“Uh…why?” He asked, really not liking the way Dagur was looking at him.
With a savage smirk, the crazed teen approached with a predatory glare.
“Because I missed you…brother!”
A surge of fear ran down Hiccup’s spine.
A surge of confusion coursed through the Madrigals.
“Wait…” Bruno began, eyes wide with shock. “You have a brother?”
While Dagur was looking away, Hiccup took the moment to feverishly shake his head no. Denying any relation.
“Oh yes!” Confirmed the Berserker chief. “Me and Hiccup go way back!”
“From the very first moment I laid eyes upon him, and tried to break his neck, we’ve been brothers in all but blood…”
“Attempted murder doesn’t seem like a very brotherly thing to do.” Mirabel seethed, her arms crossed.
“Pfft, like you would know. You probably don't even have any siblings…” Dagur scoffed.
“Very well, Hiccup will lead the way.” Stoick decided, to his son’s chagrin.
Dagur hooked a crushing arm around the smaller teen’s neck, pulling him in for a suffocating hug.
“This is gonna be great, brother!” He cheered. “We can do all our favorite things!”
“Like drowning you in the lake, or throwing knives at your vital organs, or locking you in a cage for three days!”
But for as riveting and life-threating as those things sounded…
Hiccup had a better idea.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“What the heck are we doing here!?”
Hiccup, Dagur, Mirabel, Bruno, and Stoick were currently standing in a cozy little woodworking shop.
Carvings of warriors and dragons lined the shelves, each one meticulously crafted. The tools of the trade were present on a desk, in the corner.
Bruno examined each trinket with great interest, trying to see if any spoke to his knuckles. A kindly old Hooligan lady patiently watched his every move, ready to strike if he broke anything.
Hiccup rubbed the back of his neck, shrinking under the Berserker chief’s scathing glare.
“Every good tour starts with a woodworking shop! It’s tour guiding 101!”
In truth, he was just trying to do what they came here to do in the first place.
Dagur didn’t like this answer one bit. He stomped his foot, his fists clenched tightly.
“I’m getting bored!” He shouted, with an aggressive snarl.
Hiccup swiftly dodged, as another dagger was flung his way.
“And when I get bored…I get violent…”
Mirabel, who was observing an owl carving that reminded her of her dragon, huffed with annoyance.
Deranged or not, this guy needed to get his act together.
“Well I’m getting sick of your attitude!”
She marched over to him, a deep frown on her face.
“You’re the chief, now. Quit acting like a kid!” She said. “This isn’t your birthday party, it’s a diplomatic visit!”
As much as he wanted to keep things civil, Stoick had to admit. He was impressed.
Her tone then became downright threatening.
“And I swear, if you throw one more knife at mi cariño- “
“Okay, okay!” Hiccup hastily stepped in, before things could get any more heated.
“Let’s all just calm down here!” He nervously pleaded. “It’d be awfully unfortunate if the first Berserker war in years broke out, wouldn’t it?”
His eyes were begging her to drop this, lest they provoke an altercation. And with a heavy sigh, she cooled her aggression.
Dagur gave Mirabel an odd, startled look. He truly hadn’t expected that.
After a second of surprised silence, he spoke.
“…I don’t like your new servant, Hiccup.”
Mirabel’s patience snapped so hard, it was almost audible.
She looked about ready to lunge at him. To grab the nearest thing she could find, and bash him in the face until he stopped talking.
But before she could, another voice ring out from outside the shop.
“Hey, Rat Man!”
All eyes turned to see a rather stout boy, jogging into the shop.
He stopped, right in front of Bruno. Before taking a moment to catch his breath.
“Didn’t expect to see you here!” Snotlout said. “How’re you doing-actually, don’t answer that. I don’t care.”
With a cocky grin, he leaned against one of the shelves. Jostling the items placed on it.
“What I do care about, is my future. And that’s where you come in!”
Bruno knew where this was going, and he wasn't a fan.
Though thankfully, another teenager ran in a moment later.
“Snotlout, what are you doing?” Astrid sharply asked, yanking his beefy arm. “We’re supposed to be hiding Hookfang before Dagur sees him!”
“But I want him to look into my future!” Whined the Jorgenson. “He already gave a vision to Tuffnut!”
“How else am I gonna know how many Snotlout Juniors we’ll have?”
A loud thumping signaled the shattering of Snotlout’s nose, as Astrid delivered a wicked punch to his face.
But once he fell to the ground, she finally noticed who else was in the area.
“Who’s Hookfang?” Asked Dagur, with a deadly grin. “And why do you need to hide him from me?”
Hookfang was an awfully draconic sounding name. And that fact didn’t escape the crazed boy.
Everyone in the store began sweating, as if they were put under a massive spotlight. Including the old lady, who had no clue what was happening.
“Hookfang is…uh…S-Snotlout’s grandpa!” Astrid shakily answered. “He’s super old, and super wrinkly, and saggy, and smelly, and just…gross!”
“So-So we figured we’d keep him away from you!” Hiccup said, jumping in. “So your glorious eyes won’t be subjected to such…elder-ness…”
The shop owner sent Hiccup a withering scowl, and he shrugged in response.
Dagur grimaced in disgust.
“Yeah, that does sound gross. I hate old people, especially my dad…”
The thought of his father ignited a burst of rage from within him, but he managed to stay focused on his second question.
He turned his unsettling gaze to Bruno.
“But what’s this about…seeing into the future?”
“Are you an oracle? A soothsayer?” He inquired, as he slowly stalked forth.
Bruno took jittery steps backwards, his frantic pupils darting around.
“Y’know…” Dagur started, scratching his chin. “That’s a pretty impressive ability. One might consider it…”
The next word was spoken in a murderous whisper.
“Godlike.”
Mirabel hastily stepped in between her uncle and the boy.
“He can’t see the future!” She said, glowering defensively. “He’s just really good at making guesses, and people think he saw the future!”
Her uncle nodded, as fast as his head would allow him.
That was actually a scenario that’d happened to him multiple times, so it wasn’t entirely untrue.
Once again being confronted by this strange and fluffy girl, Dagur bristled with frustration.
“Okay, who are you!?” He demanded, before turning to Hiccup and pointing to her. “Who is she!?”
Hiccup moved to join them, hoping an introduction would calm things down.
“These are my friends! This is Mirabel, and her uncle Bruno! I met them while I was out, y’know, hunting the Night Fury!”
A soft hand found his, grasping it protectively.
“We’re more than just friends.” Mirabel said, with a tone that carried the undercurrent of “So stop throwing things at him, before I beat the snot out of you.”
Dagur had heard a lot of crazy things, recently.
A scrawny teen, taming the unholy offspring of lightning and death itself.
Berk, raising an army of dragons.
Demigods of otherworldly power, somewhere in the archipelago.
But this?
This was unbelievable.
“Now I know you’re lying!” Dagur exclaimed. “There’s no way Hiccup would have a girlfriend!”
A manic finger of accusation was pointed. “In fact, you’ve been lying about everything else too, haven’t you?”
“Where are the dragons, huh? Where are the demigods!? Where- “
A large, firm hand found planted itself on Dagur’s shoulder.
“Enough nonsense, Dagur.” Stoick said, in a soft yet commanding tone. “I think it’s time we continued on with the tour.”
As much as Dagur wanted to protest, he was currently without his armada backing him up. So he agreed, trudging forth with a grumble.
Once they were reasonably out of ear shot, Hiccup turned to face Astrid and an aching Snotlout.
“I thought you guys hid all the dragons. What’s up with Hookfang?”
“We did hide him…” Said Snotlout, holding his pained nose. “But he got out!”
“He’s shedding his scales right now.” Astrid informed them. “And apparently, whenever he sheds he gets crazy!”
“We have to find him, before Dagur does. But he’s running all over the village!”
Not only did they need to keep their dragon training a secret, they also had to keep Dagur from learning the truth about the so-called demigods.
It wasn’t exactly an ideal scenario.
“Alright, you guys go round up Hookfang.” Hiccup said. “I’ll keep Dagur distracted.”
With unanimous nods, they all began to run out of the shop.
Except for one.
Mirabel skidded to a stop, and turned around.
“Tío Bruno?”
The seer was lightly rapping his knuckles on a block of wood, an enraptured twinkle in his eyes. He held it like a child in a toy store, holding their new doll.
The size, the sound, the weight, the wood-to-knuckle ratio…
“It’s perfect…”
With an amused eyeroll, Mirabel tossed a few coins to the lady who ran the shop.
At least they got something done today.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
It was like a dance.
A dangerous, incredibly risky dance.
Hiccup and Stoick would lead Dagur through the town, intentionally directing him so he’d miss Hookfang. And the four individuals who were chasing after him.
If Hookfang was tromping to the left, Stoick would swivel Dagur to the right. If the dragon was flying above, Hiccup would direct the young chief’s attention to the ground.
For as unstable as he was, Dagur wasn’t an idiot. He definitely knew that something wasn’t quite right here.
Which made the moments when he’d just miss the tip of a red tail, disappearing behind the side of a building, all the more nerve racking.
And Hookfang definitely wasn’t helping.
For whatever reason, the shedding season made the dragon act incredibly erratic. He wouldn’t listen to anyone, even his own rider.
Though he didn’t listen to Snotlout much in the first place.
That didn’t stop the stout boy from trying, however.
“Hooky!” He harshly whispered, trying not to draw too much attention. “Hooky you get down here this instant!”
From his position atop Berk’s armory, the Nightmare refused.
“Dang it, Hookfang! Stop making me look bad- “
Snotlout took a moment to glance to Astrid in Mirabel, with a slimy smirk.
“-In front of the ladies!”
The girls were now filled with the desire to throw him off a cliff.
From beside them, Bruno was filled with worry. Constantly looking around the immediate area, for any signs of a Berserker.
He knew that Dagur could be anywhere, they really needed to get that dragon away from here.
Just then, his eyes briefly flashed a bright green.
He saw Dagur, exiting the armory. The position of the sun told him that this event would take place mere moments from now.
Which meant that Dagur was in the armory.
Right now.
“Hide…”
His muttering wasn’t quite understood, as the teens gave him an odd look.
So he said it again.
“Hide!”
He quickly grabbed Mirabel’s hand, and ran around the corner. Astrid and Snotlout followed soon after.
And not a moment too soon.
The armory’s doors swung open, just a second after. Revealing a very disinterested Dagur.
“Gods, that was boring. None of the weapons even had blood on ‘em!” He groaned. “Why’d you bring me here?”
“Because you asked me to?” Hiccup responded, shuffling after him.
This earned him a very hard punch to the arm.
But as Dagur stopped just outside the armory, surveying the village in front of him with extreme apathy, Hiccup felt something funny.
Small, light, red objects. Pelting his head.
Monstrous Nightmare scales.
Looking up, he saw Hookfang perched on the building. Scratching himself with a hindleg, and scattering scales to the world below.
Jolting with fear, Hiccup waved his arms. Trying to shoo the beast away.
Trying to get the creature’s attention, while also trying not to earn the other boy’s attention, was definitely an ordeal.
And then, Dagur began to turn around.
“Y’know, there’s something peculiar going on here…” He said, suspicion in his voice.
“There is…?” Hiccup asked, trying to play innocent. While still waving his arms.
The Nightmare seemed unbothered.
“Yeah, there is…” Said Dagur, almost facing the scrawny teen again.
Hiccup’s movements grew frantic, as he silently begged Hookfang to leave.
Just then, Dagur completed his turn. Hiccup winced, bracing for impact-
“Your clothes. They’re weird.”
Hiccup was incredibly shocked by this reaction.
That was all he had to say, when faced with a dragon?
No proclamations of killing it? No suspecting that Berk truly was building a dragon army?
He looked upwards, and saw something quite relieving.
Hookfang was gone.
Whether he understood, or was just following his own whims, the dragon seemed to have flown away.
With a brief sigh, Hiccup replied to the young chief’s comment.
“Uh, yeah! I-I picked them up on my travels!” He held his arms out, proudly displaying his blue ruana. “I think they look pretty good!”
“Nah, they look dumb.” Dagur said, with complete indifference. “But they do make me wonder…”
“Is that what you wore when you beat the Red Death?”
The question caught the scrawnier boy off guard, and he sputtered for a response.
“W-Woah, woah, woah!” He stammered. “Me? Beating the Red Death?”
“How is that even possible? I-I mean, look at me!”
He gestured to all of himself, presenting his physical shortcomings.
“That’s what I thought too!” Dagur chuckled, before taking on a more interrogative tone. “But then I heard about the trained dragons.”
Hiccup was sweating so bad, one would think he was in the middle of a Pepa-induced heatwave.
“Trained dragons?” He repeated, incredulously. “That’s ridiculous! How would you even train a dragon!?”
“I dunno…” Responded the Berserker chief, before he got up close and personal.
“How would you?”
The two stared at each other, in an uncomfortable silence. Face to face.
Before Stoick finally made his way out of the armory, and raised an eyebrow at the sight.
Quivering under not one, but two scrutinizing gazes, Hiccup tried to weasel out of is current position.
“Uh…who’s hungry?”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The tour’s next stop was the Great Hall, where a feast was to be held. In honor of the peace, between the Hairy Hooligans and the Berserkers.
A peace that felt more and more shaky as the day went on.
Hiccup sat at a large table, an assortment of foods laid out. As well as Stoick, Gobber, Dagur, and an assortment of Berserker soldiers he’d plucked from the docks.
The next time he smelled something fishy, he wanted to have men ready to stab it.
Dagur voraciously gobbled down on a chicken leg, while Berk’s chief spared his son a worried glance.
“Please tell me your friends have gotten that dragon under control.” He whispered.
Hiccup’s shrug did nothing to ease his mind.
While Dagur was in the middle of a toast, devoted to death in battle or something equally morbid, the hall’s doors shot open.
“HOOKFANG! YOU IN HERE?” Shouted Snotlout, flanked by Astrid, Bruno, and Mirabel.
He clearly had no idea the area was occupied, as the sight of the feast and its participants made his jaw drop.
“Uh…Grandpa Hookfang?” He said, scrambling to rectify the situation. “Where are you, you old geezer?”
He continued calling out to his fictional grandpa, as he and his search party began to leave.
Though not all of them made it outside the doors.
“You two, stop!”
Dagur’s command stopped Mirabel and Bruno in their tracks, the both of them turning to face the Berserker chief.
“Come, feast with us!” He offered, with a manic grin. “Any friend of my brother’s is a friend of mine!”
The two shared a confused look, before they both glanced to Hiccup. Who was just as confused.
Deciding against angering the unhinged boy, they both took seats besides Hiccup. Joining in the massive meal.
The food was of the quality they expected from Berk food, but they managed.
While picking his teeth with the tip of his axe, Dagur asked Mirabel a question.
“So what’s with the glasses?”
The girl paused, not expecting to be asked such a thing.
“...I need them to see?” She answered, tentatively.
This made the crazed boy laugh.
“Ha! You got stupid eyes!” He chortled.
“Now that I’m in charge, any and all physical impairments will equal life in the dungeons!” Proclaimed the young chief. “The Berserker tribe is only for the strongest!”
His men cheered in agreement, raising their glasses high.
“How progressive…” Gobber snarked.
Both Hiccup and Mirabel looked like they wanted to grab a butter knife and stab the boy, though they kept themselves in check.
“I’m getting really tired of this guy…” Whispered the bespectacled girl.
“Tell me about it…” Agreed the scrawny teen.
The feast was beginning to wrap up, and Dagur was prompted to sign the treaty. So they could finally send him on his way.
Terribly bored of the island, and resigning himself to the fate that the fight he wanted wasn't here today, he agreed.
“Yeah, sure, I’ll sign it…” He nonchalantly said, before hopping up onto the table.
“BRING OUT THE DRAGON’S BLOOD!”
His cry echoed throughout the hall, and caused Bruno to shiver in his seat.
“D-Did he say dragon’s blood?” Asked the seer.
“Don’t be ridiculous, Dagur!” Stoick awkwardly laughed. “Your father and I haven’t signed a treaty in dragon’s blood for years!”
This prompted the boy to shove his face into Stoick’s, a belligerent glint in his eye.
“I’m not my father, am I!?” Asked the over-aggressive teen.
A smirk soon grew on his face.
“Besides, this shouldn’t be a problem…”
“Unless of course, you don’t kill dragons anymore?” Questioned the boy, poking and prodding for the response that he wanted.
But as he tried to insist that they still killed dragons, with an overeager Gobber chiming I to help, Bruno sat up straight in his seat.
The sudden movement caught everyone’s attention, as his eyes flashed an eerie green. Glowing brightly in the dimly lit hall.
Mirabel and Hiccup jolted with fright. There was no way Dagur hadn’t seen that.
Bruno saw the outside of the building. He saw Hookfang, stomping about wildly. With Snotlout hanging onto one of his feet.
He saw the dragon knock into the side of the hall, causing one of the mighty statues that resided inside to topple.
Heading straight for Dagur.
As soon as the involuntary vision ended, the Great Hall harshly shook. Causing everyone to wobble in their seats, and hold onto the table tightly.
And Bruno knew he didn’t have much time.
“LOOK OUT!” He shouted, tackling Dagur to the ground.
The crazed teen struggled from underneath him, rage in his eyes.
“How dare you!?”
But before he could call his men, or attempt to strike the seer himself…
The statue started to fall.
Everyone present swiftly ducked to the side, as the massive pillar of stone crashed to the ground. Decimating the table, and creating a small crater on impact.
Dagur looked at where the statue lied, where he was sitting just a moment ago, with wide eyes.
He then turned to Bruno, his jaw agape.
“You saved me…”
The scruffy man grew an awkward smile.
“Y-You’re welcome, heh…”
They were both helped to their feet, Mirabel frenetically fretting over her uncle’s wellbeing. All the while, the young chief’s eyes never left his savior.
“…You tackled me before the statue fell…” He noted.
“You knew to get me out of harm’s way, before I was in the way of any harm…” A psychotic smirk tugged at the boy’s lips.
“Almost like…you knew it’d happen!”
Hiccup and the Madrigals caught onto the implication, and they did not like it.
“Uh…I noticed the statues behind us!” Said Bruno. “And after that shake, I figured they’d fall!”
“But why not save Stoick? Or Hiccup? Or your four-eyed niece?” Asked Dagur. “You only went after me.”
“And it just so happens…that the statue behind where I was sitting was the only one that fell!”
“Uh…well-uh…” Bruno fumbled around for a response, but he wasn’t able to find one.
Mirabel bristled with agitation.
“What’s with the interrogation?” She snapped. “He just saved your life! A thank you would be nice!”
The Berserkers stepped forth to handle the girl for daring to question their chieftain, but they were stopped by the boy.
“Right, right, of course. Where are my manners?”
Dagur performed a slight bow, still wearing that unhinged grin.
“Thank you, for saving me!” He said. “But…if you’ll allow me one last question…”
“Why’d your eyes glow green?”
That was a very good question.
One they didn't have a solid excuse for.
“…Trick of the light?”
Bruno’s answer earned him bemused glances from not just Dagur, but everyone in the hall.
“Trick of the light?” Repeated the crazed teen.
Bruno nodded. “Light can be very tricky.”
For a moment, Dagur just stared. His green eyes, narrowed.
Then, a grin slowly spread across his face. A murderous quality to his smile.
Hiccup and the Madrigals did not like that smile.
But what he did next surprised everyone.
“Oh, dearie me!” He abruptly yelped. “It appears as if there’s some very important Berserker business that needs to be done!”
“Guess I better head on back to the ol’ homestead!”
He waved his baffled men onwards, as he began to saunter out of the hall.
“Gotta say, it’s been a gas! We should do this again next year!”
He laid an unexpectedly gentle hand on Hiccup’s hair, and ruffled it.
“I’ll miss you the most, brother!” He grinned.
He then nudged Mirabel with an elbow.
“Take care of him, would you?” He requested. “He’s a real peach!”
Chuckling at her baffled expression, he continued on his way.
Gobber hobbled forth, a parchment in his hand.
“What about the treaty?”
“Consider it signed!” Said Dagur, as he finally exited the building.
And after his men followed him, and the doors were shut…
That was it.
“…I guess we’re done.” Mirabel uttered, not expecting this situation to end like this.
“Dagur’s always weird but…that was really weird…” Said Hiccup.
Stoick nodded. “Aye, but at least the treaty’s been signed.”
“Considered signed, anyway…” Gobber mumbled.
With that ordeal over with, and the perfect knocking wood acquired, it was time for Hiccup and the Madrigals to go home.
Though first…
“W-Where exactly could I find the facilities?” Bruno sheepishly asked.
After Hiccup gave him directions to the village’s outhouses, the man released a groan.
“Right, I forgot…” He sighed.
“No indoor plumbing…”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In truth, the lack of indoor plumbing wouldn’t be too much of a hassle for Bruno.
In the walls…he had to make due.
But now that he was used to actual toilets again, it would certainly feel off.
Whistling an idle tune, the seer made his way to the farthest outhouse.
He didn’t want to feel like people were watching him.
Once he located it, he readied himself to enter.
But he stopped, when he heard a rustle in the bushes...
Turning back, he saw that the wind had simply been blowing through the leaves.
The man gave a few chuckles, after this.
He could be so paranoid.
Bruno began to turn around, prepared to do his business. All the while he was praying they had toilet paper.
But then-
Pain.
Pain, and darkness.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hiccup and Mirabel were waiting in the plaza, back with Toothless and Mariposa.
Bruno was taking longer than expected.
“How much did he have to pee?” Hiccup mumbled to himself.
“At this point, I severely doubt it’s a pee…” Mirabel responded.
Deciding to leave the gross topic behind, they busied themselves with banter. Making light conversation, as various Vikings and dragons passed by.
Snotlout was still chasing after Hookfang.
One of the Vikings who passed was Tuffnut, who appeared surprised to see them.
“Woah, you guys are here?” He asked.
“Then again, I should’ve guessed that you were. Considering I just saw the Rat Man a second ago…”
The teens perked up at this.
“You saw Bruno?” Hiccup questioned. “Where?”
“Heading down to the docks, with his buddies.” Shrugged the male twin.
Mirabel and Hiccup shared a confounded glance.
“What buddies?” Asked Mirabel.
“His Berserker friends!” Answered Tuffnut. “They looked really close!”
“One of them gave him an affectionate noogie, with a hammer! And then he took a nap! Then another one hugged him, and kept hugging him all the way onto one of their ships!”
Mirabel’s blood ran cold, and Hiccup broke out into panicked sweats.
What Tuffnut just described sounded like a…
“Tío Bruno was kidnapped?” Mirabel frantically asked.
This seemed to confuse the Thorston.
“What? Kidnapped?” He repeated. “Haven’t you ever heard of platonic affection between bros before?”
With a scoff, he left the teens to their panicking.
And panicking they were.
Dagur the Deranged, certified nutjob with a desire to destroy “demigods”, had just kidnapped Bruno.
Frail, harmless, completely defenseless Bruno.
“Oh, this is bad…” Hiccup muttered. “This is very, very bad…”
“What’s bad?”
Their harsh breathing and frenzied pacing was interrupted by a familiar voice.
Turning around, both teens were quite shocked to see Julieta and Pepa standing in front of them.
Julieta’s Gronckle, Paprika, sat behind her. The same could be said for Pepa’s Skrill, Moody.
“Mom? Tía?” Mirabel asked, startled. “What are you doing here?”
“We followed you into that cloud.” Said Pepa. “We got all turned around in there!”
“We would’ve gotten here sooner, but Pepi had to pee.” Julieta added. “Twice.”
She chuckled, at the harsh glare her sister gave her.
“Okay, but why’d you follow us?” Hiccup wondered.
Julieta reached into the box her Gronckle had strapped to her back, and brought out three plates of delicious looking food.
“I made you lunch!” She grinned, warmly.
“And this just couldn’t wait until you three got back.” Groaned Pepa. “Someone had to make sure she didn’t get hurt out here…”
The weather woman looked around, and noticed that the trio that had left was now a duo.
“Hey, where’s Brunito?”
Mirabel and Hiccup shared a horrified look, wondering if they should break the news.
After a moment, Mirabel sighed.
“Well…”
An instant later, Berk was engulfed in the biggest tornado the island had ever seen.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
It smelled like bag.
Bruno hadn’t known what bag smelled like before, but he did now.
As consciousness slowly returned to him, he realized that a burlap sack had been placed over his head.
He tried to move his hands, and remove the bag that had somehow gotten there. But he found that he couldn’t.
His wrists were tied with thick rope, behind his back. And they were tied around a long, rigid object. His feet were bound too, which he discovered when he attempted to stand.
He could hear the wind, and the waves. As well as the shouting of unfamiliar voices, tons of them.
But the one voice he did recognize, was chuckling.
The sack was quickly removed from his head, and Bruno had to squint as the bright sun assaulted his eyes.
When his vision cleared, he saw that someone was standing over him.
Someone Bruno did not want to see, in a situation like this.
Dagur the Deranged, with a grin befitting his title, looked down upon his latest catch.
And he greeted his prey with a sinister whisper.
“Hello, Demigod!”
Notes:
That's not good...
(One thing I'd like to note is that I tweaked the timeline a bit.
In the chapter "Day at the Races" in story one, it's mentioned that the Dragon Races were the first time the other Madrigals set foot on Berk. Whereas with this story, that wouldn't be the case for the triplets.
I decided to just change a few things around, in the service of fun. It really doesn't change too much in the end.
With where this story arc will go, in the future, I think it's beneficial to this series as a whole!)
Chapter 9: Oh Brother: Part 2
Summary:
Dagur meets Bruno's sisters.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Sometimes, Bruno almost swore that God hated him.
If he were a spiteful man, he’d chalk up the years and years of misfortune and sorrow to some higher power being out to get him.
But he wasn’t a spiteful man, and he knew better than anyone that things just happened. Good or bad, that was just life.
Though his life in particular seemed to take him to the strangest of places.
And right now, he was being held captive. By an armada of brutal and quite possibly homicidal Vikings.
Led by their chieftain, Dagur the Deranged, the Berserker Tribe had staged a kidnapping.
Bruno didn’t know quite why they took him, but he knew it couldn’t be for a pleasant reason.
As the island of Berk became smaller and smaller in the distance, the seer struggled against his constraints. His arms were held behind his back, his wrists tied to the ship’s mast. His legs were also bound.
Dagur watched his struggles with a sadistic glee, an unhinged twinkle in his eye.
“Good afternoon, Sunshine!” The mad teenager cheerily greeted. “Allow me to be the first to extend a hand of friendship!”
He held his hand out, and looked to his hostage expectantly.
“Go on!” He prompted. “Shake it!”
Considering he was all tied up, Bruno could only give the appendage an odd look. Before shifting his frightened gaze to the hand’s owner.
Dagur retracted his hand with a chuckle.
“Oh wait, you can’t!” He cackled, chortling at his little prank.
The men on board laughed as well, to their leader’s displeasure.
He swiftly turned, facing his troops with a furious expression.
“Who’s laughing? Who’s laughing at me!?” He demanded, spittle flying from his mouth. “You think I’m some kind of clown?”
The men all piped down, looking away in fear.
Now that the only sounds were the waves and the distant cries of seagulls, the Berserker chief regarded his prisoner once more.
“Y’know, you must’ve thought you were really clever…” He began, stalking forth with a predatory smirk.
“Telling me to my face that demigods weren’t real, while one was hiding right under my nose!”
“It’d be funny!” He jovially said, before his face contorted into one of rage. “If it didn’t PISS ME OFF!”
Snarling with anger, he punched the nearest Berserker. Sending him tumbling off the boat, and splashing into the sea.
Bruno began quivering, his fear increasing.
“Lo síento! I’m sorry! I-I’m sorry for lying please-please don’t kill me!” He frantically begged, feeling the panicked tears springing to his eyes.
He’d just gotten it all back, and more. His life was finally in a good place.
He couldn’t lose it now.
“I-I have a family! I have sisters and brothers and a mom and-and nieces and nephews and a wife! Por Dios, I have a wife! Please! Please don’t- “
His pleas were cut off by amused giggling.
Dagur held a hand over his stomach, as he laughed with joy at what he was witnessing.
But for as much as he wanted to savor hearing someone beg for their life, he decided it was time to tell their captive the truth.
“Relax, Oracle. We’re not gonna kill you…” He left out the part where they would kill him, once he outlived his usefulness.
Dagur began to pace, as he laid out his grand scheme.
“You see, I consider myself a simple man.” Said the teen. “A simple man, with a simple goal…”
A demented grin grew on his face.
“To become the most feared, respected, and powerful Viking in the entire archipelago!” He shouted.
“And if I kill me some demigods, I’ll have proven myself as the mightiest warrior in history!”
He added a quick mumble. “Better than my stupid dad…”
The thought of this kid getting anywhere near his family made Bruno release a frightened yelp.
Unhinged green eyes met petrified hazel ones, as Dagur described the next part of his plan.
“That’s why I need you!” He smirked, pointing right at the man.
“You can see into the future! Show me exactly how my conquest goes, and all the steps I need to take to emerge victorious!”
Despite how horrified he was, Bruno still managed to roll his eyes.
A vision.
Of course that’s what he wanted.
“Y’know kid, the future isn’t always what you want it to be…” He warned. “I-In fact, more often than not- “
A harsh slap to the face silenced the seer’s words.
“Did I ask for a lecture?” Dagur questioned, enraged. “No! I asked for a prophecy!”
“Now hurry up and say me some sooth, Soothsayer!”
The Berserkers on the ship all brought out their weapons, dark scowls on their faces.
A promise that, should the scruffy man not do as instructed, there would be consequences.
Bruno knew that his niece and her boyfriend would figure out that something was wrong, eventually.
He knew that they’d grab their dragons and fly out to save him.
Or at least…he hoped they would.
Until then, he just had to survive.
Bruno managed a nervous smile.
“Well I’d be happy to help, but uh…” He shrugged through his constraints. “My hands are tied!”
Dagur eyed the thin man with suspicion.
On the one hand, losing your leverage over a prisoner was generally not a good idea.
But he had no idea how this fortunetelling thing worked. Perhaps his hands were needed.
With a scrutinizing glare, the young chief issued a threat.
“You better not try anything funny!”
“W-Wouldn’t dream of it!” Bruno awkwardly replied.
With a raised eyebrow, Dagur nodded to one of his men.
A brief slice of a hatchet later, and his wrists were released from the rope.
Bruno exhaled with relief, gently rubbing his aching wrists.
“The legs too, please.” He requested.
Dagur bristled with agitation.
“Why do you need to stand to see into the future?” He asked.
“The process requires me to stand up.” The seer calmly responded.
Grumbling with displeasure, Dagur cut the rope binding his ankles.
Now completely free, Bruno stood on wobbly feet. It didn’t help that the boat was swaying this way and that, floating on the waves.
But once he managed to find a balance, he had a nice long stretch.
When his arms fell back to his sides, he scratched his belly with a laid-back expression.
“So what’s there to eat around here?” He casually asked.
The pure confoundedness on Dagur’s face almost made this whole experience worth it.
Almost.
“IS THIS A JOKE TO YOU!?” Shouted the crazed boy.
“I could snap my fingers, and your head would roll!”
To illustrate the point, the warriors on deck brandished their weapons again.
He pointed a thumb to his chest, gesturing wildly.
“I have the power here! Me! Not you, ME!”
“Who do you think you are?” Asked Dagur, pointing a harsh finger at the seer’s chest.
Despite the fact that every instinct he had was telling him to cower, Bruno held firm.
He needed to buy time, for his sobrina and her boyfriend to rescue him.
He needed to stall.
He needed to use his real gift.
Acting.
Bruno took on a haughty tone, and adopted an offended expression.
“Who do I think I am?” He asked, rhetorically. “I think I’m the guy who can see the future!”
Dagur was taken aback by the sudden shift in demeanor, and even more taken aback by the harsh finger that was now pointing at his own chest.
“For your information, I can’t give prophecies on an empty stomach!”
Dagur furrowed a brow.
“That doesn’t make any sense…” He uttered.
Bruno scoffed, as arrogantly as he could.
“Oh please, by all means, tell me how the process works!” He exclaimed. “You’d know so much better than I would!”
As Dagur mulled over the situation, another Berserker stepped forth. By the name of Savage.
“I dunno, sir…” He groaned, giving their captive a dirty look. “Something smells fishy…”
Bruno flippantly tossed his hair, and crossed his arms.
“I mean hey, if you don’t want a vision…”
Dagur jolted with alarm, the prospect of his conquest slipping away not being a favorable one.
He hastily faced his crew, and began barking orders.
“Somebody get him some food!” He commanded. “NOW!”
As the men scrambled to scrounge up a meal, Bruno released an unseen sigh of relief. Happy that he’d managed to stall just a little bit.
If he gave Dagur a vision the boy didn’t like, he’d be killed.
If he gave Dagur a vision he did like, it could spell disaster for the archipelago and his family.
So he’d like to avoid giving Dagur a vision for as long as humanly possible.
But while the men scurried about the boat, looking for anything edible, the ship started swaying rapidly.
Harsh winds blew into the sails, the waves were becoming rough and violent, the bright blue above shifted to dark greys…
A storm was on the horizon.
And it was coming fast.
“Huh, that’s weird…” Dagur noted. “Just a second ago…”
“There wasn’t a cloud in the sky.”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In the history of the Hairy Hooligan Tribe…
This was the worst storm they’d ever seen.
Wicked winds blew throughout the village, tossing anything that wasn’t bolted to the ground into the air. Including a rather unfortunate flock of sheep.
Any dragons that tried to fly were whipped into the whirlwind, and Vikings who hadn’t found cover were violently hurled about.
A heavy downpour assaulted anyone and anything that was standing in the open, drenching them immediately. And the threat of flooding was very real.
Thunder rumbled, lightning crackled, the winds howled…
Pepa was not happy.
In fact, she was terrified.
Her baby brother had been kidnapped, by a nasty group of barbarians. Their leader was literally named deranged.
Suffice to say, she wasn’t handling the news well.
Mirabel, Hiccup, and Julieta crouched behind a building. Their dragons used their wings to shield them from the storm.
Paprika’s wings were so small, there wasn’t much she could do. But she tried her best for Julieta anyways.
Even as she was in the middle of a cyclone, Julieta was overtaken by horror as well.
“Brunito…” She whispered, her quiet voice quivering with fear. “Oh, Brunito…”
She had no idea if he was hurt or not. She had no idea what they were doing with him.
She had no idea if he was alive.
Mirabel noticed her mother’s fright, and tried to reassure her over the winds.
“It’s okay, mamá.” She said, placing a soothing hand on the woman’s arm. “We’ll get him back!”
“She’s right, mom.” Added Hiccup, trying to help. “I know Dagur, there’s definitely some scheme attached to this. Bruno’s still alive.”
“For now, at least…” He thought.
Julieta looked, both at her daughter and the boy she’d accepted as one of her own.
Their certainty that her brother was alright was so strong, it began to instill a bit of confidence within her as well.
And when her Gronckle administered some loving nudges to her belly, she couldn’t help but crack a small smile. Despite the direness of the circumstances.
“Gracias, both of you…” She said, before her dragon gave an indignant rumble. She hurried to correct herself.
“All of you!”
With that matter settled, the more important issue came into question.
Hiccup peeked his head around the corner, his eyes widening with shock when he saw an entire Yak blowing by.
“We gotta calm Pepa down, before she sinks the whole island!” He yelled.
“She’s scared!” Replied Mirabel. “How could she not be?”
Julieta took note of all the havoc that was being caused, and grew a resolute frown.
“I understand that, and I don’t blame her…” She began to stand, bracing herself against the building’s side. “But people and dragons might get hurt!”
She looked back to her daughter, and her adoptive son.
“Besides, we can’t rescue Bruno if she’s like this.”
Her tone was serious, but it also carried a sense of adventure and daring.
One that sparked the determination in the souls of both teens.
Though that begged the question of just how they were going to calm Pepa down.
She was in the center of the village, pacing in frantic circles as she hugged herself tightly. It seemed she had no idea of the destruction her fear was causing.
This storm was immensely intense, it wasn’t as if they could simply walk or fly up to her.
If Felix was here, he’d probably stroll through the tornado like it was nothing.
The three looked around as best they could, trying to find a way they could safely reach the distressed woman.
And they spotted the strangest thing.
The wind was causing a wagon to roll down the way, and a sheep was using it for protection.
Skittering in time with it when it moved, and hastily stopping whenever the cart stopped. Using this method, the animal could safely traverse the windy village without fear of being blown away.
And it gave Julieta an idea.
“Paprika!”
At her call, the reddish-brown Gronckle tromped over to her rider. A bit hesitant, due to the state of things.
The healer turned to her kids, with a stern look.
“Stay here!” She ordered. “Let me handle this!”
Mirabel attempted to move forward, a protest on her lips. But one look from her mother silenced that.
Using Paprika’s sturdy body, Julieta followed the sheep’s example.
Slowly, they inched ever closer towards Pepa. Occasionally stopping when the weather got too rough, or to duck under a flying axe or hammer.
As they approached, they saw that the woman wasn’t alone.
Her Skrill, Moody, sat at her side. Gently hissing to her.
He was trying to soothe her, to offer some form of support, but she was too lost in her panic.
He noticed Julieta nearing. And instead of his usual hostile behavior, his reptilian eyes sent her a pleading look.
The healer understood what he was asking, and wordlessly nodded.
Now in the eye of the storm, Pepa’s frantic muttering could be heard.
“I’m gonna lose him again I can’t lose him again I just got him back and I’m gonna lose him again I can’t do this again I can’t- “
Over the raging winds, and the panicked rambling, Julieta tried to get her sister’s attention.
“Pepa!”
Her cry was unheard.
“Pepa, please!” She tried. “I know it’s scary, but you have to calm down!”
Once again, there was no reaction.
The storm seemed to intensify, and she could swear she saw one of the Viking teenagers her kids hung out with being flung through the air.
But just asking the woman to relax clearly wasn’t working.
Perhaps she was going about it the wrong way.
Perhaps instead of just asking her to stop being scared, she needed to address why she was scared.
With a steely glare, Julieta braced herself.
She stepped forth with the heaviest gait she could manage, trying to both root herself to the ground and move forward at once. Using her arm to shield herself from the rain.
It was tough, she was nearly blown away a few times, if not for the dragons assisting her.
But soon enough, she was close.
Close enough to pull her sister in for a hug.
“I’m gonna lose him again I’m gonna lose him again I’m gonna- “
Pepa’s ramble was cut off by a startled yelp, as she was suddenly pulled into a tight embrace.
“Pepita…” Julieta began, gently. “I know you’re afraid, I am too…”
She pulled away a bit, to look her sibling in the eyes.
“But we will get him back!”
“We aren’t going to lose him.” She declared. “Never again.”
In the warm hold of her older sister, Pepa finally allowed the tears to flow.
“I’M JUST SO SCARED!”
Julieta released a sigh, and pulled the other woman in close again.
“Oh, come here…”
She simply let Pepa wail into her shoulder, as she slowly rubbed her back.
As she did, the storm seemed to lessen.
The winds gradually slowed down. The rain turned into a meager drizzle. The thunder and lightning dissipated.
Pepa let it all out.
Now that the chaos had subsided, Vikings began to apprehensively come out of hiding. To assess any damages.
Luckily, no one was injured. And no homes were destroyed, just the items that were thrown about.
“No!” Tuffnut cried, as he sank to his knees.
In his hands were the broken halves of a mace, wrecked in the hurricane.
“Not Macy!” He cried. “Why? Why do the good die young!?”
“Oh, so that’s why you’re still alive…” Ruffnut mumbled.
The people began to gather in the plaza, wondering just what was up with that freak storm.
Not only had it come out of nowhere, it was gone in just a few minutes.
“What in Thor’s name was that?” Stoick asked, wringing out his cape.
Hiccup and Mirabel shared a worn-out grin.
“Not Thor’s name...” Hiccup smirked. “Pepa’s name.”
The woman in question smiled sheepishly.
“Sorry about that, heh…”
Moody nudged her side with his snout, before giving the crowd a harsh glare. Snarling aggressively.
If anyone has any problems with her, they’d have to get through him first.
The Hooligans all looked upon Pepa with a newfound sense of fear, and reverence.
And they made a solemn vow.
Never…
For any reason…
Make her mad.
“What I wanna know, is what got her so upset in the first place?” Gobber wondered, scratching his rear end with his hook.
Mirabel’s grin fell, and was replaced with a grimace.
“Dagur kidnapped my uncle!” She revealed.
This earned gasps from the crowd, and Stoick especially seemed surprised.
“Brunhilda?” He questioned, earning him a poke in the elbow from Gobber.
“Ye mean Bruno.” Corrected the blacksmith.
Surprise boiling into rage, the chief huffed his displeasure.
“The Berserker Tribe may be Berk’s ally, but so is the Encanto…”
His hands balled into fists. “To abduct a member of its ruling family, and a relative of my future daughter-in-law…it’s no less than an act of war.”
Stoick faced his people with a dire expression.
“I don’t wish for an altercation with the Berserkers…” He began. “But they cannot be allowed to get away with this crime. Especially when an innocent, and particularly skinny life hangs in the balance.”
He brandished his axe, and raised it to the clearing skies.
“With the strength of Berk’s strongest warriors, we will rescue Brunhil-um, BRUNO!”
The Hooligans raised their fists, bellowing out war cries. The dragons released ferocious roars and screeches.
Most of them didn’t even know Bruno. But they knew Hiccup, and they knew Mirabel.
Anyone who screwed with them, had the whole island to answer to.
But for as nice as it was to know that everyone had their backs, the young couple weren’t exactly fond of the whole war idea.
“W-Wait!” Hiccup yelped. “Hold on!”
“There doesn’t need to be a war!” Mirabel said.
The crowd quieted into whispers and mumbles, everyone giving the teens odd looks.
Stoick huffed again, this time in discontent.
“It’s not like I want to start a fight…” He said. “But how else do you propose we save your uncle?”
“In case ye both are forgetting, Dagur’s got an entire armada!” Gobber reminded. “Not to mention he’s nuttier than a squirrel!”
“What do ye have?” He asked.
Mirabel and Hiccup both glanced to each other, and grew identically lopsided grins.
They spoke at the same time.
“Pepa!”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Here you are.”
Bruno eyed the bowl that was presented to him with a level of disgust he didn’t know he was capable of.
The food, if one could call it that, was a grey mush. Odd bits of green and brown speckled throughout the strangely gelatinous substance.
And to top it off, a skeletal fish head poked out of the middle.
Turning his nose up, Bruno swatted the bowl out of the Berserker’s hands. Crossing his arms as it fell into the sea.
The seer looked over the side of the ship, and saw a section of the water had become quite discolored.
A few fish were bobbing up to the surface. On their sides.
“Whatever that was, it definitely wasn’t food…”
The Berserker who’d given him the mush, Savage, groaned with exasperation.
“First you said it was too cold, then you said it was too hot, then you said it was too lukewarm, and now this!” He snarled. “You’re just wasting our time!”
“What can I say?” Shrugged the Madrigal. “I’m a picky eater!”
“Picky eater?” Dagur repeated, as he began to advance. “Picky eater!?”
“Let’s see how particular your tastes are, when you don’t have any teeth to eat with!”
The Berserker chief looked to be a few seconds from strangling Bruno, and the scruffy man knew he had to act fast to save his skin.
“You want a good future?”
The question caught Dagur off guard, and he stopped in his tracks.
“H-Huh?” He dopily asked.
“Do you want a good future?” Bruno said again, slower this time.
After a second, he received a nod from the crazed teen.
Bruno gave him a kindly smile.
“Good!”
The smile dropped in an instant, replaced with an irritated look.
“Then I need some real food!” Snapped the man, acting with an uncharacteristic snootiness.
“Better food equals better future, got that?”
Dagur bristled with anger, but not towards his prisoner.
“Yeah, you got that?” Questioned the teen. “Go get some actual food up here, you idiot!”
Savage sent him a withering glare, before grumbling his way below deck.
And now that it was just the two of them, Bruno decided to try something risky.
“Hey, y’know what I think?” He asked, in a hushed tone.
Dagur faced him, an eyebrow raised in silent inquiry.
“I think he was trying to sabotage the mission.”
This seemed to surprise Dagur, as he even took a brief step backwards. Before leaning in, suspicion in his gaze.
“What do you mean?” Questioned the young chief.
“I think that guy gave me sucky food on purpose, so I couldn’t have a vision…” Whispered the seer. “I think he doesn’t want you to see your, uh…glorious future.”
Bruno could see that his little attempt at manipulation was already working, as Dagur’s eyes began darting around the ship. Ogling each crew member with an increasing paranoia.
“You might be right…” He muttered. “Savage is just a few letters away from sabotage…”
Bruno watched as he stomped off, and sighed in relief yet again.
He’d always felt extremely unlucky, he still was unsure if he was actually cursed or not.
But right now, he had to be the luckiest man alive.
He was managing to avoid having a vision, by tricking the Berserkers with a growing number of excuses.
But he knew, eventually, that his luck would run out.
He really hoped Mirabel and Hiccup found him before it did.
As he thought this over, the rough seas they were sailing on calmed significantly. The cloudy skies cleared, and the winds relaxed.
It seemed the weather had returned to its previous, pleasant state.
For about ten minutes.
Abruptly, a dense fog rolled onto the ocean. Obscuring everyone’s view significantly.
“What the-what is this?” Dagur cried, waving a hand in front of his face.
To Bruno, these rapid shifts in weather felt very familiar…
There was shouting, from one of the boats.
“Dragons!”
Reptilian shadows could briefly be spotted, flying in the fog. Each time they appeared, they seemed to be getting closer to the ships.
“Dragon attack!” Dagur cheered. “Finally, something to kill!”
“Archers at the ready!” He commanded.
“But sir, we can’t see them!” Responded a Berserker.
The young chief growled with annoyance. Sometimes he swore he was the only one who could get anything accomplished.
“What are you talking about?” He agitatedly asked. “They’re right- “
He turned around, to point out the dragons.
But he literally couldn’t see anything.
The whole world was a misty grey.
As he was turned around, too busy trying to find his own self within this smog, he didn’t catch the beast that was approaching.
He didn’t catch the flying lizard, soaring ever closer to his ship.
He didn’t catch the dragon as it snatched Bruno into its claws.
But he heard the noise.
Dagur quickly swiveled around, hearing the barest hints of a strangled scream-
But no one was there.
The soothsayer was gone.
Dagur felt the fury rising up through his body, like lava bubbling in a volcano.
And he just had to let it out.
“ARE YOU KIDDING ME!?”
High in the air, obscured by the fog, Bruno was being suffocated by a crushing hug.
“Hermanito!” Pepa said, with a beaming smile. Suffocating her brother with her embrace.
Bruno was never happier to have his lungs annihilated.
“G-Good to see you, Pepi!” He said.
Mariposa flew up beside Moody, Mirabel on her back.
“Tío, are you okay?” Asked the bespectacled girl.
“He didn’t throw any knives at your vital organs, did he?” Hiccup wondered, atop Toothless. “He really likes doing that…”
The seer shook his head, his wavy hair shuffling with the motion.
“No, nothing like that!” He said. “Don’t worry about me, I-I’m fine!”
Hearing that her brother was unharmed made Pepa’s heart blossom with joy.
And it showed, when the fog cleared into a beautiful rainbow.
Allowing every Berserker to see who was making off with their prisoner.
“We kinda needed that, Pepa…” Hiccup sighed. “Y’know, stealth mission and all?”
Dagur’s eyes were as wide as they could be, as he took in the sight before him.
Hiccup, Mirabel, Bruno, and two women he’d never met…
All riding on the backs of dragons.
“I was right…” He whispered, before the full weight of the realization hit him.
“I WAS RIGHT!”
His enraged shout caught the attention of everyone present.
“YOU ARE TRAINING DRAGONS! YOU LIED TO ME!”
He was made a fool of. Deceived by an entire island.
This would not stand.
Dagur faced his men, his teeth bared in a snarl.
“Well?” He impatiently asked. “You can see the dragons now, morons!”
He sharply pointed to the small group of airborne lizards, murderous intent in his green eyes,
“FIRE!”
A storm of arrows were fired at the Madrigals, their dragons swiftly attempting to dodge.
“We gotta get out of here!” Said Mirabel.
She flew onwards, and the others followed her. Hiccup surged to the front of the pack.
With Bruno acquired, he was trying his hardest to summon another golden storm.
“Come on…come on…” He whispered to himself. “Take us home…take us home…take us- “
He was interrupted by a loud shriek, when Toothless was hit by a boulder. Launched by a catapult.
“Bullseye!” Dagur shouted, from below.
Dislodged from his dragon, Hiccup tumbled to the ocean. Managing to avoid soaring arrows and boulders as he did so, miraculously.
Before his fall could continue any longer, he was caught by a pair of purple talons.
Looking up, he saw that Moody had saved him. A smug Pepa grinned down on him.
“You can’t die yet!” She chuckled. “I still haven’t seen the wedding!”
Mariposa had caught Toothless, and she joined forces with Moody to get the boy and the Night Fury back in the air.
But the boulders were still flying, as the legion of boats continued to fire their ammo at the dragons.
Toothless ducked and dodged, Mariposa spun in the air, Julieta narrowly avoided being bludgeoned, when her Gronckle caught a hefty rock in her mouth and ate it.
Every direction they went, they were met with more attacks. They were being corralled into a tight circle.
The teens required focus, to send them home.
And it was hard to focus in these conditions.
They needed something that’d get the Berserker’s off their backs, even for a moment.
Pepa was observing the ships, clutching her braid with fright, when she suddenly remembered something.
They were in the middle of the ocean.
A memory of herself as a child, splashing around in the tub, sprang to her mind.
The absence of her favorite rubber ducky angered her. And all that water, plus a little lightning...
Her mother was very mad that day.
And that gave her an idea.
A dark cloud already forming over her head, she quickly flew her Skrill over to Mirabel.
“Catch!”
Bruno was dropped onto Mariposa, and Mirabel wasted no time in fretting over her uncle.
The weather woman then faced her sister, atop her Gronckle.
"Juli!" She shouted. "I've got a plan!"
After a brief description, Julieta gave a nod.
"Stay put." She said, turning to her kids.
"That's twice in one day..." Hiccup noted.
Pepa’s cloud was growing bigger and bigger, darker and darker.
They flew towards the fleet, dodging enemy fire with steadfast glares.
Julieta surged ahead, before bringing her round dragon into a dive.
"DRAGON INCOMING!" Shouted a Berserker.
But before they could do anything to her, she was in the water.
Though she was out of the water, a second after.
Repeatedly, Paprika leapt out of the sea. As roughly as possible.
Splashing all the ships she could, making sure every warrior was dripping wet.
A large number of the ships had an abundance of puddles on their decks, the ones up front most of all.
Now that Julieta was done, it was Pepa's turn.
She hovered above the front most ship, and spotted the teenage boy who stood on it.
From Hiccup’s description, she knew it had to be Dagur.
The boy himself didn’t miss that there seemed to be a cloud that followed this woman wherever she went, and he knew that wasn’t normal.
“Another demigod…” He realized.
A demigod on a Skrill, no less.
Pepa regarded the fleet with a scowl, and raised her voice for their leader to hear.
“LEAVE US ALONE!”
Her plea was met with a soaking Dagur sticking his tongue out at her.
“No can do!” He said, before pointing to her. “Fire!”
Pepa just sighed, giving a shrug as her cloud rumbled with energy.
“You try to be reasonable…”
She thought of what these people did to her brother.
Her precious baby brother, who was lost to them for years.
She thought of just how scared she was, that she’d lose him again.
She thought of who’s fault that was.
And she got pissed.
After releasing a furious cry, her thundercloud zapped with a powerful jolt of lightning.
It hit her Skrill’s body, supercharging him with electricity.
With a wicked screech, Moody let loose. Firing bolts in all directions.
Every Berserker who was drenched with water, or standing in a puddle, was hit with the lightning.
Including Dagur.
The unhinged teen dropped to the ground, spasming as the electricity coursed through his body.
The entire front of the armada had been thoroughly zapped, all the metal helmets and weapons certainly didn't help.
The back half was unsure as how to proceed. Lest they be shocked as well.
And Julieta and Pepa took this moment to make their escape.
Flying back to the rest of their relatives, the middle child wore a victorious grin.
“That’s what happens when you mess with my baby brother!”
Bruno groaned, from behind Mirabel.
“You’re only five minutes older than me!” He argued.
“It still counts!” Countered Julieta. As Pepa dried her off with sun rays.
The seer pouted, looking like a grumpy child. As the others around him laughed.
But the laughter ceased, when he suddenly released a horrified gasp.
“Oh no!” He squealed. “Oh no, no, no, no!”
He frenetically patted himself down, reaching into his ruana for something.
“What’s wrong?” Mirabel asked, filled with concern.
Bruno turned to her with wide eyes, filled with dread.
“Emilia!”
This made everyone pause.
“Who?” They all asked, at once.
“Emilia! My favorite rat!” Elaborated the scruffy man.
“She’s not in here! She-She must be back on the ship!”
Hiccup looked back, to the front most ship.
And sure enough, if he really squinted…
He could see a little white thing, scurrying about the deck.
“Oh for Thor’s sake…”
Using Toothless’ impressive speed, he zipped back down.
Luckily, the fleet was too dazed to fire at him. Though he didn't expect this to last for much longer.
Once on board, he quickly tried to pluck the rodent from the ground. Before the shocked Berserkers regained their senses.
“Come on!” He urged. “Before we get killed!”
Emilia sniffed at Hiccup’s fingers, before finally scampering onto his palms.
“Finally…” With that last groan, he began to rise.
Only to quickly stop, as a dagger was tossed right where his head was about to be. Implanting itself on the boat’s mast.
He already knew who threw it.
“I was right…” Snarled Dagur, his clothing charred and slightly smoking. “About everything!”
“You are training dragons! You did tame a Night Fury! There are demigods! You don’t have a girlfriend!”
Hiccup raised an eyebrow.
“Three out of four ain’t bad…”
Dagur then seemed to be overtaken by an emotion that almost seemed like…
Betrayal.
“How could you lie to me like this!?” He demanded. “I thought we were brothers!”
Remembering all the torment he suffered thanks to this psychopathic teenager, Hiccup sent him a harsh glower.
“I’ve learned a lot about family recently, Dagur.” He began. “And there’s one thing I can say for certain…”
“We are not brothers.”
And then he hopped onto Toothless, Emilia in hand, before the Berserkers could try anything else.
“T-THIS ISN’T OVER!” Dagur shouted after him. “YOU HEAR ME!?”
“I WILL DESTROY YOU, AND EVERYTHING YOU LOVE! THIS MEANS WAR!”
The voice crack really soiled the intended, threatening effect.
Back in the skies, Hiccup handed Bruno his rat.
“Oh, thank you, thank you, thank you Hiccup!” Bruno gratefully said, snuggling his rodent to his cheek. “Say thank you, Emi!”
The rat gave a little, peppy squeak. And the scrawny teen presumed that was a thank you.
“See, this is why you’re my favorite Viking!” Grinned the seer.
And just then, a rumble of thunder broke out.
“Don’t look at me!” Said Pepa.
But she wasn’t responsible for this storm.
Because it was golden.
Mirabel looked to her mother, aunt, uncle, and boyfriend with a warm smile.
“Let’s go home!”
And so, with their Rat Man rescued, they flew into the magical clouds. All eager to return to the Encanto.
Though Hiccup had to warp back really quick, and inform his father that the mission as a success. Before he jumped into a conflict while they were gone.
But as Hiccup and the Madrigals enjoyed that night’s dinner, trying to avoid telling the rest of the family that there was a homicidal teenager out to kill them all…
A certain someone was plotting…
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Let’s assess the situation!”
Dagur’s bold voice resounded throughout the waters, the whole armada could hear it.
Except the men in the very back, who just nodded along anyway.
“Berk has been training dragons, for use in battle!” He said, pacing back and forth. "Including a Skrill, and even a Night Fury!"
Surprised whispers were had among the men, those were two of the most illusive and deadly dragons of all. Even though they'd seen it, it was still a shock.
And Berserkers had history with the Skrill species.
Dagur kept talking.
“And not only that, they’ve allied themselves with a band of demigods!”
“With this much power, they could take over the entire archipelago!” He shouted, garnering boos from the crew.
“But we can’t have that, because I wanna take over the archipelago!” This statement got applause, instead.
“So I think our next course of action is obvious…”
“We must destroy all the demigods, leaving Berk without their magical defense force!” Proclaimed Dagur. “Then, we take the island for ourselves! And kill anyone we don’t like the look of!”
“Like my dearest, darling, brother!” The last word was snarled with a venomous hatred.
With an axe raised to the air, the chief of the Berserker Tribe made a declaration.
“From this moment onwards, I declare war on Berk! And open season on demigods!”
Here on the rough waves, there was much cheering. The whole armada was ready for a real fight.
With a vicious chuckle, Dagur spoke to a boy who wasn’t there.
“Have fun with your new friends, brother…”
“They won’t be around for much longer…”
Notes:
Dagur will return.
Chapter 10: Dancing Fool
Summary:
Hiccup keeps his promise.
Chapter Text
Hiccup made a promise.
A promise he intended to keep.
And it’d be far easier to keep, if he wasn’t falling flat on his face every three steps.
It’d only been a few weeks, since Hiccup, Mirabel, Isabela, Luisa, and Camilo returned to the Encanto. After triumphing over the Red Death, and ending a centuries old war.
A couple of things had certainly changed.
Dolores and Mariano had finally gotten married, and they were still over the moon about it.
Upon their heroic return, they’d accidentally brought a whole flock of dragons back with them. Getting the townspeople and the reptiles to cohabitate peacefully was a work in progress.
And Hiccup was still getting used to his new, metallic, prosthetic leg.
The boy had been making a little improvement, when it came to regaining his full walking capabilities. It didn’t hurt just to move, anymore.
Though his movement was still limited, relegated to a brisk limp on his better days. He couldn’t even imagine running right now.
And he would frequently, without fail, trip at least a few times a day. Slamming onto the ground face first.
Someone would always try and help, even the living house. But they couldn’t catch him every time.
He’s had more than a few broken noses, over the last few weeks.
Julieta was so concerned, both for his leg and his face, that she’d basically demanded he stay with them at Casita for the time being. So he’d be close by, and she could monitor his development.
And heal his nose.
And so, Hiccup slept in the vacant nursery. Waking up every morning to the floor, as he tripped over trying to get out of bed.
He was frustrated, of course. Anyone in his circumstances would be.
But more than his own disability, he was disheartened that it looked like he wouldn’t be able to take Mirabel dancing.
He promised he would, he promised weeks ago.
But between Viking visits, Berkian excursions, dragon battles, and now this…
He wasn’t sure when he’d make good on his promise.
She told him she understood. She told him she’d wait as long as he needed her too.
But he wasn’t content with that.
And after breakfast had concluded, he sought out to amend this situation.
Hiccup determinedly limped his way through Casita, his mission on his mind.
Toothless stayed close, and the boy could just feel the house watching him. Ready to intervene should he fall again.
Soon enough, he found the man he was looking for.
“Hey, Felix!” Hiccup said, as he entered the living room.
The stout man was reclined on a seat, his legs crossed. One arm held behind his neck, and one holding onto a cup of coffee.
He looked up from his sipping, and hummed a greeting. Before he swallowed, and gave a proper one.
“What’s up, bro?” He asked, his trademark grin already spreading.
Hiccup took a single step-
And immediately fell over.
Casita moved the couch in his way, so he’d faceplant on something fluffy this time.
“…That.” The boy grumbled, muffled by the cushions. “That’s what’s up…”
He stood himself back up, wobbling on feet that were still uncertain. And the couch was moved back into position.
“I wanna take Mirabel dancing.” Hiccup said. “But considering my…current state, I think I’m gonna need some help.”
Felix perked up at the boy’s request, a pleasantly surprised smile on his face.
Though he still had some worries.
“Are you sure you should be doing that?” The man wondered. “Y’know, because of your…uh…”
“The giant chunk that was bitten out of my leg?” Hiccup finished, with a deadpan stare.
Toothless looked down, ashamed. But a few reassuring scratches from Hiccup put an end to that.
Felix gave an awkward nod. “…Yeah…that…”
“Look, I’m never gonna learn if I don’t start sometime.” Spoke the teen, with a resolute glare. “And that time is now.”
“I made a promise to her, and I’m gonna keep it!”
“Y’know, before some other ridiculous turn of events interrupts our lives…” He added, in a mumble.
Felix’s look of trepidation was replaced with an eager grin. He placed his steaming mug on a nearby table, and stood himself up with a stretch.
“Alright then, chico!” Spoke the man, shaking his hands out. “You remember the basics, right?”
Hiccup nodded. Before their trip to Berk, Mirabel’s uncle had taught him just a bit about dancing.
“Move to the rhythm, step to the beat, and watch where you flail your arms.” The teen recited.
“Good!” Praised Felix, before he said something that made his pupil gawk.
“That’s it!”
Hiccup sputtered, barely managing a response.
“W-What do you mean, that’s it?” He frantically asked. “You said that was just the basics!”
“Exactly!” Grinned the jovial man. “When it comes to dancing, all you need is the basics!”
He flipped on a gramophone, stationed on a nearby table. And soon, a lively tune began to play throughout the living room.
“There’s no right or wrong way to do it! Just feel the rhythm in your heart, feel the beat in your soul, and voila!”
Felix began dancing to the energetic melody, effortlessly making the steps look cool.
Hiccup tried to follow the steps, just a little.
And he knew it wouldn’t work.
“When you’re constantly at risk of kissing the cobblestone, I think there’s a wrong way to do it…” He snarked.
“Come on, bro!” Urged the sunny man. “Even if you trip a few times, you get right back up and keep dancing!”
He moved around the boy, each step on time with the beat. While the teen stood there, sullenly looking down at his feet.
“I just…” He sighed. “I’ve never been much of a dancer, and she’s been really excited about the idea.”
“I wanna give her something she can look back on fondly. I don’t wanna…screw it up…”
Hearing this, Felix stopped dancing.
He shut down the gramophone, and the music began to wane and fade out from the room.
He regarded the boy in front of him with an understanding frown.
Despite how carefree he was, there was a time when even he was incredibly nervous about impressing Pepa. It was a brief time, but it happened nonetheless.
He gave a sigh, and spoke.
“I’m not gonna lie to you, bro…” The man said. “It’s not gonna be perfect. In fact, you’re probably gonna trip. Like, a lot.”
Hints of a smile returned to his face. “But y’know what? I think she’s gonna like that!”
“It’ll be an experience unique to your relationship! Something nobody else can claim!”
“Sure, tons of couples have gone dancing…” He began. “But how many couples have been burned and disfigured by a giant, crazy dragon, and still went dancing after?”
Hiccup felt a smile tugging at his own lips.
“I can’t imagine there are many…” He joked.
“Exactly, bro!” Agreed Felix.
And then an idea struck him.
“But, if you still feel nervous…”
Suddenly, the man rushed out of the living room. Leaving a stunned Hiccup and Toothless behind.
They could hear a door swinging open, upstairs. And they also heard it close, as swift steps hurried back down.
When Felix returned, he was holding something.
A red bandanna.
“My dad used to collect these.” He said. “And when his time came, he passed them down to me.”
“He used to say the red ones were especially lucky! Though I couldn’t tell you why!” He admitted, with a wheezing laugh.
The man bent down, and tied the bandanna around where Hiccup’s pant leg met his prosthetic.
And the boy’s eyes nearly bulged out of their sockets.
“W-Wait, I can’t take that!” He argued.
But his protests fell on deaf ears.
“Please, I’ve got a ton!” Felix reassured. “I’ve already handed most of them out!”
“The way I see it, I’m spreading a little bit of good luck! I know my dad would appreciate that!”
He secured the bandanna with a double knot, and rose to pat Hiccup’s shoulders.
“There! Now your dance has to go well!” He cheered. “If it doesn’t, you’re calling my papá a liar!”
Hiccup doubted the validity of a bandanna making sure things went smoothly.
But he couldn’t deny that he was instilled with a newfound confidence, as soon as the little piece of red cloth was tied around his leg.
Hiccup faced Felix with an appreciative smile.
“Thanks…for everything!”
The man laughed his gratefulness off.
“Don’t sweat it, bro!” He chuckled. “You brought my Milo home safe! I owed you one!”
“But even if I didn’t, I’m happy to help!”
Hiccup’s back was then abruptly slapped.
“Now quit wasting your time here!” Said Felix, as his student was shoved out of the room. “You’ve got some dancing to do!”
Hiccup gave a thumbs up, and marched his way to the front doors.
And then he fell. Splatting onto the ground with an “OOF!”
But then he picked himself up, and kept going.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There was always music, in the Encanto.
Somebody, or several somebodies, would feel inclined to pick up an instrument and start playing.
It made the village feel as if it had its own soundtrack, at times. And while a bit jarring at first, Hiccup had come to appreciate it.
Especially now, seeing as how it served his purposes.
A band of street performers were playing their hearts out, in the square. And a small crowd had amassed to watch and listen.
Including a few dragons, eyeing the process with curiosity.
And among that crowd, was Mirabel. Clapping along to the tune.
Under the bright sun, the breeze flowing through her hair, and with that iridescent smile on her face…
Hiccup knew it was time.
Time to make good on his promise.
Mirabel quickly turned, when she felt a finger tapping her shoulders.
She grew a smile, when she saw her boyfriend standing behind her. Though that smile became a look of confusion, when she saw what he was doing.
With his hand held out in a confident, yet inviting pose, he was ready to ask her a question.
“May I have this dance?” He requested, a bit more nervously than intended.
Mirabel’s heart went into excited pitter-patters, as this was what she’d been waiting for.
But she still had her worries.
“I’d love to, but…” Her gaze fell downwards, towards his prosthetic limb. “Should you really be…?”
As she absent-mindedly picked at her newly scarred arm, he gave her an answer.
“No matter what happens…” Hiccup started, taking her hand in his. “All I know…”
“Is that I wanna dance with the most wonderful girl in the world. And no piece of metal is gonna stop me!”
“Besides, there’s no way this can go wrong!” He shrugged, with that lopsided grin. “I’ve got no left feet!”
She felt her worries slipping away. His strange new confidence was infectious, and soon she was grinning widely.
Without another word, she grabbed his hands. And pulled him into the fray.
She immediately began moving, gripping her skirt with her hands and twirling around. The smile on her face ever-present.
Hiccup took a moment, to try and find the beat.
With a smidge of uncertainty, he tapped his sandaled foot. Aligning it with the rhythm.
Soon after, he began swaying rhythmically. And shuffling his shoulders as well.
He felt very silly, and he knew people were watching him.
But…
Then he saw her.
The girl, dancing in front of him.
Her eyes were solely on him, nothing else mattered.
And so, he decided to follow her lead.
The world around them was forgotten. All that was important was he, and her.
Hiccup’s brow fell into a determined grin, he stood up straight, and he took a step.
And he fell.
But instead of pounding the ground with frustration, he quickly rose back up.
And he danced.
Stepping and moving to the groove, Hiccup stiltedly whirled around Mirabel. Who twirled around him, in return.
There were times when he’d trip, but after a while he stopped noticing. They were having too much fun.
This was the most natural his new leg had ever felt, to him.
Even the clanging of steel on cobblestone, that he’d come to find so obnoxious, seemed to be in on the dance. As he moved his feet to the music, the clanks were perfectly on beat.
Mirabel was having the time of her life, this was everything she’d wanted and more.
No, it wasn’t a picturesque fantasy scenario. It was wild, and dorky, and filled with stumbles.
But it was unequivocally them.
And she loved that.
As she was dipped and spun in her usually apprehensive boyfriend’s grasp, she couldn’t help but feel that she really liked this new confidence.
If dancing Hiccup wanted to stick around, she’d have no qualms about that.
Finally, the song reached its end. And with one final burst of impassioned movement, the two completed their dance.
Their arms outstretched, their hands in each other’s, and the both of them breathing quite heavily…
They shared a beaming smile.
This went better than expected!
And unbeknownst to them, they’d garnered an audience. As soon their little performance was getting claps and cheers.
A decent number of townsfolk had seen their dance, and they clearly thought it was impressive.
Blushes grew on both faces, but they decided to own the moment.
They separated, and took bows. A rose was even tossed their way.
Hiccup caught the rose, before it hit the ground. And he shyly offered it to Mirabel.
With a demure grin, she parted her hair. And allowed him to place it within.
And while he was focused on making sure it stuck…
She pecked his lips with her own.
Giggling at his stunned expression, and ignoring the resounding “Oooh!” from the townsfolk, Mirabel allowed herself to bask in this moment.
She’d finally gotten that dance with her boyfriend.
And it was everything she could’ve possibly wanted and more.
And Hiccup now believed that luck existed.
Because clearly, that bandanna was working like a charm.
Chapter 11: Forgetful Val
Summary:
Valentina has something to share.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Valentina was pregnant.
She’s known this for about two weeks.
She hasn’t told anyone yet, including Bruno.
Because she forgot.
Fourteen days of the knowledge that she and her husband were going to be parents. They were going to welcome a child into the world. A new addition to the Madrigal family…
And nobody else knew about it.
It completely slipped her mind.
After that day, when she dropped by the doctor’s office and was given the life-changing news, she marched her way through the town. The afternoon sun shining down on her, as she mulled over what she’d just been told.
This was a huge deal, a momentously huge deal. She had to tell the family, her husband most of all, right away.
But then she caught a pair of Gronckles fighting in the streets.
The dragons pawed at the ground, steam snorting out of their nostrils. With snarls and growls, they charged at each other. Knocking their nasals horns together like bulbous rhinos.
Always being up for a good fight, whether participating or just watching, Valentina eagerly observed the altercation.
While other villagers ran away, or quivered in fear, she sat on the edge of her figurative seat.
“Come on, man! Use the claws!” She cheered, before wincing. “Jeez, was that move even legal?”
The show soon came to an end, though.
Hiccup and Mirabel, devoted to fostering peace between the people of the Encanto and their new reptilian inhabitants, came to break up the fight.
Having two giant lizards brawling out in the open wasn’t doing wonders for their message.
And as Valentina watched the two scold the Gronckles, she came to a realization…
She had no idea what she was just thinking about.
She felt like it was important, it had to be. But for the life of her, she couldn’t recall what it was.
So she shrugged, and strolled back to Casita. Wondering how that fight would’ve turned out.
It took about three days for her to remember that she was with child.
But at that point, she’d forgotten that she hadn’t informed anyone else.
Valentina never claimed to have the best memory.
For another eleven days, life went on.
Until she let it slip.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
It was another dinner in the Madrigal household.
A spread of scrumptious food was laid out for all to enjoy. Jokes and stories and questions about someone’s day were exchanged. And as always, Camilo was eating like a pig.
Though tonight, he was being outdone.
Valentina was absolutely demolishing her plate, and any extra food she could get her hands on.
For as rowdy as the woman could be, they’d never seen her like this.
It got to the point where Julieta swatted her sister-in-law’s hands away, preventing her from scarfing down more food.
She was afraid the woman would start reaching for other people’s plates.
Valentina released an annoyed grumble, and slouched down in her chair. Her arms crossed.
“Aw come on, Juli!” She groaned. “Gimme a break, I’m eatin’ for two over here!”
All movement in the dining room ceased.
All eyes widened, and looked to the gruff woman with shock.
Except for Dolores, who allowed a sigh of relief to finally leave her lips. She’s known for weeks, and has been trying her hardest not to tell.
Everyone else was positively stunned. Wondering if they truly heard what they thought they’d heard.
Valentina took note of this, and felt her brow crease with confusion.
“…What’s with all the weird looks?” She asked.
After an extended period of silence, Mirabel was the one who spoke up.
“Tía Val…did you just say you were eating for two?” Questioned the girl, contemplating if she’d just heard wrong.
Valentina hummed her confirmation, not understanding the family’s strange reaction.
What was up with everybody? Why were they acting so funny?
It was almost as if they didn’t know-
…
It was then that Valentina realized something.
Something very important.
“Did I…” She began to ask, her voice slightly quivering. “Did I not tell you guys?”
She then heard a shaky gasp from her right, and knew it came from her husband.
Bruno’s jaw was dropped so wide, she was afraid it’d dislocate. His eyes were as wide as the dinnerplates. And his rats were peeking their little faces out from his ruana, shock on all their faces as well.
He began to speak, struggling to find his words.
“A-Are you…are you with…are we having a…”
Eventually, he could only manage one whisper to get his point across.
“P-Pregnant?”
The dining room was quiet, oppressively so. No one moved an inch.
Everyone just waited for the woman’s reaction.
And Valentina knew she didn’t tell anyone.
Blushing with embarrassment, and with a nervous smile, she could only shrug.
After releasing an awkward chuckle, she delivered the good news.
Two weeks late.
“Surprise…?”
That was all she needed to say.
They got the message.
And Dolores knew to cover her ears.
“EEEEEEEEE!!!”
Pepa’s excited squeal rattled the eardrums of everyone present, and the sunlight radiating from her was nearly blinding.
But nobody cared, because they were just as happy as she was.
“New baby! I won’t be the littlest anymore!” Antonio jovially shouted, an assortment of animals chirping and chittering behind him.
“That empty nursery’s gonna be used for something!” Camilo chuckled. “We can kick Hiccup out!”
The boy in question rolled his eyes at this. Though he chuckled, when Toothless slapped the shifter with a tailfin.
Alma sighed, a maternal contentedness washing over her.
“All my niños have niños…how blessed I am!”
A new child in the family was always something to celebrate. But for Bruno of all people…
They honestly thought they’d never see the day.
“Congrats you guys!” Cheered Mirabel, her brown eyes sparkling at the prospect. Picturing the baby clothes she’d make in her mind.
She didn’t even know this kid, but she already adored them.
“You’re gonna do great, Hermano!” Julieta smiled warmly, patting her brother’s arm. “You’ve already gotten plenty of practice!”
There were words of the congratulatory nature, elation at the thought of their family growing, speculation on who’s eyes and hair the baby would have, and a lot of jokes.
But through it all, Bruno hadn’t said a single thing.
He remained firmly in place, eyes as wide as ever.
The energetic conversation died down, and looks of concern soon replaced the wide smiles.
They knew it was very easy for the man to get overwhelmed. They hoped they hadn’t accidentally caused this reaction.
“Uh…Bruno?” Valentina called, gently. “You good?”
This snapped the seer out of his trance, and he fumbled to respond.
“What? No-yeah, yeah I’m good…” He answered. “I was just…”
“I-I was trying to imagine what the kid would look like…” He admitted, before displaying a sheepish grin.
“I hope they don’t have my nose!”
The table erupted with laughter, while Julieta reassured her brother that he had a lovely nose.
“You…you don’t mind?” Valentina wondered, with an uncharacteristic uncertainty.
Her husband seemed taken aback by this.
“What? Mind? Of course I don’t!” He hastily moved to take her hands into his jittering ones.
“This is-I mean-I don’t even…wow!” He gasped. “That’s all I can really say!”
“I wasn’t even sure if we could… “Another thought interrupted his current one. “Then again, Pepi had Toñito when she was- “
“Watch it!” Pepa threatened. Warning against any cracks about her age.
Bruno held his hands up in surrender, laughing anxiously.
“Seriously though…” He started. “I never thought I’d have a kid.”
He gestured to the various grandchildren at the table.
“And y’know, I was alright with that! I’ve done my fair share of child rearing!”
It was true. For most of their childhoods, he was a constant and loving presence. Especially as their mothers went off to work in town, while he spent more and more time hiding away inside.
“But this? This is…” He shook his head, as the words failed him. “I-I don’t even know! I can’t even describe it!”
He then grew a determined expression.
“And I promise you, I’m gonna do everything I can for this baby. And for you!”
“You just say the word, and I’m there.” She said. “Whatever you need!”
Valentina was awestruck.
How?
How did she manage to land such a wonderful man?
Perhaps she’d never know.
And she was okay with that.
With a grin more heartfelt than her usual smirks, she spoke again.
“You’re gonna be a kickass dad!”
There were snorts and chortles from the table. And a few shocked looks.
“Language!” Alma chided.
Bruno, while initially surprised, found himself smiling warmly as well.
“W-Well I think you’re gonna be a kickass mom!”
Pepa nearly spat out her drink.
“Brunito!” Scolded his mother.
But she was fighting the laughter too.
Dinner continued, everyone invigorated with a newfound energy.
They were all endlessly happy.
And why wouldn’t they be?
In a little less than a year, their family would be just a bit bigger.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In truth, Bruno and Valentina were terrified.
Could they really do this?
Could they really be parents?
Bruno was a mess, he knew this better than anyone. A rat-filled bundle of nerves and superstitions.
Not to mention his unfortunate reputation. What if people started giving his kid trouble, just for being his kid?
Could he be a strong, dependable father?
Valentina was the definition of rough around the edges. Frightening from her scarred appearance to her gruff demeanor.
Her own mom was an abhorrent woman. What if she turned out just like her?
Could she be a gentle, nurturing mother?
…
Maybe they didn’t have to be.
Maybe they didn’t have to bend and twist themselves, to become what they thought their child needed.
Maybe all their child really needed, was the undying love and support of their parents.
Parents who’d try their bests for this baby, each and every day.
So that's what they were gonna be.
No matter what.
Notes:
Early chapter cuz I'm busy today lol
Chapter 12: Kooky Cookies
Summary:
Mirabel and Hiccup's triplets try their hands at baking.
Chapter Text
This was a mission of the utmost importance.
In all their five years of living, they’d never faced a task quite as daunting as this.
The stakes were high. If even the slightest thing went wrong, it’d all be over.
But despite the crushing weight of a possible failure looming over their heads, likes vultures waiting for their prey to keel over and die…
Karla, Pedro, and Peep were determined to get this right.
Hiccup and Mirabel’s birthdays were about a week apart. And today marked the midpoint between their father’s big day, and their mother’s.
And so, the triplets decided they were going to do something special for their parents.
A sacred tradition, that children all across the globe used to show their appreciation.
Breakfast in bed.
Pedro had suggested a birthday card, and Peep offered to inspect their bedroom for potential dangers.
But Karla was adamant in her idea.
“Come on, guys!” She’d said, the night before. “Think about it!”
“Everyday, they’re dealing with a bajillion things!”
In the cozy art studio that was her brother’s room, she detailed her plan. And she ensured that Dolores was in her own soundproof room, so their plot remained hidden.
As her siblings sat in chairs, she opted to stand on the table. For emphasis.
“Mami’s running the town, and Papi’s handling all the dragons!” Said the redhead.
“Don’t you think they’d like to relax for a bit, and enjoy a nice breakfast? Without even having to leave their bed?” She asked.
She grinned wildly, as she told them the best part.
“And this ain’t just any breakfast! This one’s coming straight from their awesome kids!”
“One being significantly more awesome than the other two…” She added, in an unheard mumble.
Like with most things, Peep was unsure.
“I-I dunno…” She muttered, her pine green eyes nervously shaking. “None of us know how to cook!”
Karla brushed off her concerns.
“Pfft, how hard can it be?” Questioned the speedster. “Besides, have you met our abuela? Cooking’s in our blood!”
“She’s got a point!” Said Pedro, smiling absent-mindedly. “We, like, totally have chef genes or something!”
Peep was positive that wasn’t how genetics worked.
“So it’s settled!” The eldest triplet decided, on her own. “We’re getting up super early, and we’re making mom and dad a radical birthday breakfast!”
“Even though it’s, like, totally neither of their birthdays…” Pedro mused, running a hand through his fluffy dark curls.
With their objective decided, the triplets parted ways.
Karla zipped off to her vast, expansive field of a bedroom in a burst of energy. Peep shuffled into the nursery, occupied solely by her. Though they were in the planning stages of building her a room of her own.
All three of them went to bed, their task at the forefront of their minds.
Despite their varying levels of confidence in this endeavor, they were all determined to give their parents the best breakfast in bed they could manage.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
They awoke at the crack of dawn.
Before anyone person or dragon in Casita was up, even their early rising parents, the triplets were ready to go.
Julieta usually got up early as well, to make breakfast. If they wanted free reign of the kitchen, they needed to be cooking before the birds were singing.
All showered and dressed for the day that’d barely even started, the three headed for the staircase.
Karla, dressed in a ruffly white shirt. As well as bright blue pants, which were far easier to run in than a dress. The sides were lined with jagged yellow patterns, resembling jolts of electricity. Her feet lied in yellow shoes, and blue, lightning bolt shaped earrings adorned her ears. Peeking out of her red curls.
Pedro was close behind, in his baby-blue artist’s smock. Perpetually splattered with paints of various colors. A few splotches marked his bronze cheek, as well. His lower half was draped in beige pants and sandals, and he held his magic paintbrush over his shoulder.
And finally Peep, in her turquoise dress. Being without a gift, she lacked any patterns relating to a supernatural ability. But her mother still wanted her to have something, so she offered to embroider anything her daughter wanted. The girl opted for various exclamation points along the skirt, in reference to her cautious nature.
The two younger triplets barely had a chance to set foot on the first step, before a streak of electrical energy flashed by them. Zooming downstairs, and towards the kitchen.
Pedro yawned, and ambled after her. Avoiding the scorch marks she left in her wake.
The rushing winds left Peep’s silky black hair a mess, and she hurried to smooth it out with her hands. Grumbling as she did so, while following her brother.
They found her in the kitchen, the lights already turned on. She tapped her foot impatiently, her hands on her hips.
“Jeez, what took you guys so long?” Karla asked.
Pedro held up a hand, and counted on his fingers.
“It was only…ten seconds.” He noted.
“That’s fifty years to her…” Peep sighed, while rolling her eyes.
The speedster zipped to stand behind her siblings, and held an arm around both their shoulders.
“Alright, sibs!” She grinned. “What’re we making?”
They all gazed around the vacant kitchen, which was usually their grandmother’s domain.
They had it all to themselves, and it was honestly a bit imposing.
“What about tamales?” Peep suggested. “O-Or maybe huevos pericos?”
“Nah, that stuff’s basic!” Karla said. “Mami and Papi deserve something special!”
She looked over to her brother.
“What you think, bro?”
Pedro creased his brow, a thought coming to his mind.
“Snakes can’t high-five…that’s, like, totally sad…”
Both his sisters gave him an odd look, before shrugging.
That’s just Pedro for you.
“Alright, check this out…” Karla began, moving to stand in front of her triplets.
“Three words…” She smirked. “Chocolate chip cookies!”
Confusion crossed Peep’s dark-skinned features.
“That’s not a breakfast food…” Noted the paranoid girl.
“Exactly!” Karla replied. “It’s a special day, so they get some special food!”
With this airtight logic, it was decided. They would bake some cookies.
But with one issue resolved, another arose.
“So, uh…how do we make cookies?”
Pedro’s question elicited a scoff from his older sister.
“Please, it’s so obvious!” She said, pride in her tone. “All we gotta do is…”
Karla slipped into silence, as she realized she had no idea how to bake.
“…Yo, Peep!” Said the girl, as she quickly turned to her sister. “How do we make cookies?”
“D-Don’t look at me!” Yelped the youngest triplet, not liking being put on the spot like this.
The speedster zoomed closer, poking a finger to the girl’s chest.
“Don’t tell me you haven’t thought up some doomsday scenario that needs you to bake cookies, for some reason!” Karla argued.
In all honesty, Peep hadn’t thought of that.
But she was definitely going to write it down.
“So, like, none of us know what we’re doing…” Pedro pointed out. “What now?”
They were at a loss.
Before their mission had even begun, they’d hit a massive roadblock.
But they needed to do this. Their parents deserved it.
There had to be a way.
Karla was then struck with an idea.
“Hey…doesn’t Abuela keep her recipes in here somewhere?”
Pedro perked up at this.
“Oh, cool!” Cheered the artist. “Where are they?”
His sister could only shrug. “Beats me…”
A manic grin began growing on her face, and electricity crackled around her body.
“Guess that means I gotta look for it!”
Pedro and Peep jolted with fear.
Whenever Karla looked for something, she usually tore the place apart in the process.
Her hair frizzing from the static, she bent down into a sprinting crouch. “Just gimme ten seconds- “
“WAIT!”
Pepe’s shout came not a moment too soon, as her sister was an instant away from breaking into a supersonic dash.
Annoyed that her revving up was cut off, Karla huffed as the energy dissipated.
“Maybe we can just ask!” The girl proposed.
Both her elder siblings shared a puzzled glance.
“Ask who?” Questioned Pedro. “Everyone’s asleep.”
Instead of responding directly, Peep looked at the floor below them.
“Casita, do you know where the recipes are?”
The floor tiles clanked, a stern quality to their movement.
Peep had recently become much more acquainted with the magic house, after getting over her fear of it. And it seemed she’d inherited her mother’s uncanny ability to speak tile.
To the girl, this clinking could be construed as “I know, but I’m not telling!”
“Come on, Casita!” The child begged. “Please?”
The tiles waved about once more, in a motion she interpreted as “No way! Little kids shouldn’t be playing around in the kitchen!”
“I-I promise we’ll be careful!” Peep squealed. “We won’t break anything, and we’ll clean up our mess, a-and I’ll make sure we take the necessary safety precautions!”
The floor tiles creaked with uncertainty, so the other triplets decided to step in.
“Please, Casita?” Implored Karla, an uncharacteristic sincerity in her usually brash voice.
“Mom and Dad do so much for us…” Said Pedro. “We wanna do something for them!”
All three of them stood side-by-side, looking to the floor with matching pairs of puppy dog eyes.
And they all spoke at once. Using a power bestowed upon them as triplets.
“Pleeeeease?”
If Casita could speak, it’d be swearing right now.
Darn these kids, and their combined cuteness…
The tiles bobbed up slightly, before lowering with a resigned creaking. A sound that almost resembled a sigh.
Casita then opened up a cabinet, high above where they stood.
On the top shelf, they could see a stack of papers.
The cabinet door waved invitingly, while a stool was moved below it.
But Pedro didn’t need a stool.
Bringing out his brush, he drew a wavy form onto the air.
With a flash of golden light, the lines materialized into a water geyser.
Stepping onto the gushing waters, the boy was raised high into the air. Just high enough to parse through the papers, and find the recipe they were looking for.
Now that they had what they needed, Peep sent one last grateful look to the cabinet.
“Gracias, Casita!”
The cabinet closed, reluctantly. The house still wasn’t so sure about this.
It would help them out, where it could. And try to keep them out of trouble.
If anything happened to these kids, their mother would probably hire a demolition crew…
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Okay…we need flour, eggs, butter, sugar, vanilla, and chocolate chips- “
“DONE!”
The moment Peep finished listing off the ingredients, she could see that they were all placed on the counter.
Obviously the work of Karla. If her shout didn’t give it away, her boastful grin did.
As this was happening, Pedro had drawn an oversized spider. Using his multiple limbs to grab bowls, cups, pans, and anything else they’d need.
“G-Gracias, Señor Spider…” Said Peep, quivering through her arachnophobia.
The arthropod gave an uppity harrumph.
“That’s Sir Bartleby Websworth, to you!”
After adjusting his monocle and top hat, he vanished in a puff of golden smoke.
Casita used the counter to move all the items into place. A large bowl was shifted in front of the trio, as well as the bag of flour.
Karla snatched the list from her sister’s hands, and read it aloud.
“First we dump the flour, got it!”
Moving too fast for anyone to stop her, she zipped to the bag. Unceremoniously dumping a heaping load of flour into the bowl, and coating herself, her siblings, and the immediate area in the substance.
Spitting flour our of her mouth, Peep released a sigh.
“…We were supposed to measure how much we needed…”
“And waste time?” Asked the speedster, aghast at the idea. “We got the bowl, we got the flour, who cares about the details?”
A wall tile directly above her head jolted down, swatting her noggin.
She yelped, and moved to rub her head.
“Stinkin’ house…”
Peep nodded in agreement with the building’s actions.
“Casita’s right. If we don’t follow the recipe, the cookies will come out all wrong!”
“I don’t wanna give Mami and Papi lousy cookies…” Pedro mumbled, shaking the white out of his fluffy hair.
Karla’s first inclination was to argue her point.
Doing things slowly was lame, and a huge waste of time. Fast was the only way to go.
But…the thought of her parents getting subpar cookies, during what was supposed to be a show of appreciation for them…
It didn’t sit right with her.
“Fiiiiine…” She groaned, drawing out the word to emphasize her exasperation.
As much as it would pain her, she'd properly adjust the flour portions.
Slowly.
While she got to work on that, Pedro yanked the recipe from her fingers.
“Now we melt the butter…” He read, before shrugging. “Alright.”
With a wave of his brush, he brought forth a doodle to do the job.
A small, shining sun. Complete with sunglasses.
With a carefree smirk, the miniature star pulled down its shades. And winked to the stick of butter.
It immediately fizzled into a sizzling puddle of scorched dairy.
Both kids gawked at the pool of liquid, baffled at the quickness of its annihilation.
“…You may have made it too hot.” Peep noted.
The sun nodded its agreement. Before disappearing.
“Okay…” Said Pedro, truly focusing on the task at hand for once. “Let’s try this again.”
They acquired another stick, and this time the boy drew a salamander. A small flame flickering at the tip of its tail.
The orange amphibian patiently sat for a few minutes, letting its tail slightly melt the butter.
Once the stick was soft, but certainly not a puddle, the charring salamander gave a small thumbs up. Before it disappeared as well.
“Now we’re taking!” Grinned the artist.
With that done, they added eggs, sugar, vanilla, and chocolate chips to the mixture. As well as a reasonable amount of flour.
All their ingredients were in one bowl, and the time for mixing had begun.
Peep grabbed the spoon, and began methodically stirring the batter. With slow, purposeful movements. Trying not to spill a single drop.
Her wide eyes her locked onto the bowl, as if her very life depended on succeeding in this instance.
And it was taking forever.
It took five minutes for the spoon to circle the bowl twice.
Her miniscule patience snapping faster than a rubber band, Karla rushed over. Forcefully taking the bowl from her sister.
“LET ME DO IT!” She frantically yelled, desperate to speed things up.
Using her gift, she rapidly accelerated her movements. Stirring the bowl at a ridiculous pace.
Her arm was a blur, the bowl appeared to be almost smoking, her teeth were grit with exertion…
And dough was flying everywhere.
Pedro and Peep quickly ducked, to dodge a splattering of batter.
It coated the walls, the floors, some of it even seemed to soar out the window. They wouldn’t be surprised to find their backyard covered in dough.
Just as quickly as it started, it stopped.
Panting slightly, Karla presented the finished bowl.
Peep was ready to scold her again, sure that the dough had been ruined.
But to her surprise, all the ingredients were fully mixed. And despite the wayward bits of batter, there was more than enough here for a full batch of cookies.
Her hasty actions weren’t exactly ideal at times, but Peep had to give credit where it was due.
“Uh…good job, Karla!” She said.
For a second, the older girl’s eyes lit up with genuine gratitude. Before she quickly fell into an overconfident smirk.
“I am pretty cool, aren’t I?” She rhetorically asked. “You don’t have to remind me…though I wouldn’t mind if you did!”
With the mixture complete, the first step was finished. And the three allowed themselves a small moment of celebration.
All three of them hopped into the air, slapping their hands together in a triple high-five.
Everyone was feeling a bit proud of themselves.
Though from the way the walls creaked, it was clear that Casita didn’t appreciate the impromptu paintjob.
The time for jovialness was over, though. Now came the next step.
Karla zipped over with a tray, while Pedro grabbed the bowl.
Peep retrieved a spoon, and tried to ignore the intrusive memories of a nightmare she had where silverware took out her eyes.
Utensil in hand, she scooped up pieces of the cookie dough. Distributing them along the tray.
“Twenty-four…twenty-five…twenty-six…” The girl said, as she placed the last dollop. “That’s one for each year!”
This brought much confusion to the other triplets.
“Wait, mom and dad are twenty-six!?” Questioned Karla.
Pedro winced with sympathy. “I can’t imagine being that old…”
Peep made sure that each scoop of dough was evenly spaced out, fearing that one being even an inch out of place would jeopardize the whole batch.
Both her siblings tried to sneak one, but Casita put a stop to that.
The tray was fully loaded, which meant there was just one last step.
Baking.
The three had always been told not to play around, or with the oven.
They could burn themselves, or worse. It was dangerous!
And Peep was all about avoiding dangers.
She tried to not even look at a stove, if she could manage it. Lest she burn her eyes.
Her siblings didn’t go to quite the same lengths, but they knew not to mess around with such things.
But for the sake of their parents, they had to.
However, that didn’t mean they had to go unprotected.
Every oven mitt they could find was taken, every kitchen towel was acquired, Karla even zipped up to their rooms and grabbed some pillows. Tying them around themselves with belts.
Soon enough, they were dressed in puffy suits of armor. Waddling around like heat-resistant, oversized marshmallows.
They were ready.
Karla tentatively reached for the oven. Simultaneously trying to get the heat started, while avoiding making contact with it.
As soon as she could turn it on, she zoomed back into place. Sighing with relief that she hadn’t been burned to a crisp.
Pedro crept forth next, hesitantly opening the door. He scurried back hastily, once he was finished.
All three triplets moved as one, Peep begrudgingly at the front of the pack. Slowly, frightfully, the tray was inched ever closer to the oven.
Even Karla’s impatience took a backseat to this, the fear of the almighty oven was too powerful.
Finally, after what felt like eons, the tray was placed inside.
The door was swiftly shut, as if sealing off a terrible secret. And the trio allowed themselves to relax.
“And now, we wait…” Pedro said.
The very word caused his older sister to twitch.
After setting the timer, they did exactly that.
They waited.
They waited, and waited, and waited.
As the hands on the clock turned, they waited.
As the sun began to properly illuminate the world around them, they waited.
As the Terrors started to chirp their morning songs, they waited.
As the smell of baked goods filled the air, they waited.
And finally, after an obscene amount of time…
The timer went off.
It was the longest ten minutes of their lives.
Their boredom replaced with a newfound excitement, the three hurried over to the stove.
Their eyes twinkling, their hearts pounding, and their souls bursting with joy, they reached for the oven.
All eager to see the fruits of their labor. All ready to see the smiles on their parents’ faces.
They opened the oven-
And saw the wonkiest cookies they’d ever seen.
They were lumpy, and misshapen. Some cookies were overloaded with chocolate, and some didn’t have a single chip. They were barely flat, more spherical in shape than anything.
They most certainly did not look like any cookies they recognized.
Which meant one thing.
“We screwed up…” Peep realized, in a saddened whisper.
“Geez, look at these…” Karla groaned, eyeing the malformed treats. “Who would wanna eat these?”
“Definitely not Mami and Papi…” Muttered a disheartened Pedro.
His older sister scrambled to make him feel better.
“I-I mean, it’s not that bad!” She chuckled, nervously. “I’m sure there are worse cookies out there!”
Looking upon the baked disasters they made, Peep shook her head.
“I doubt that…”
She, along with Karla and Pedro, felt their moods plummet.
They wanted to do something special for their parents, and they failed.
They wasted time, energy and resources on this wasted endeavor.
And now their parents would go without a birthday gift.
Karla felt a surge of disdain well up within her, directed at the cookies.
This was her idea in the first place, and they botched it.
“We gotta get rid of these…” She decided. “Quick, before Mom and Dad find out!”
“Oh it’s too late for that.”
All three children froze with shock, at the familiar voice of their mother.
Turning around, they saw her and their father. Standing in the kitchen’s doorway, with displeased expressions.
The couple took in the sight of the area, flour and batter and melted butter covering every surface, including the kids. And they weren’t too happy about it.
“What are you guys doing up so early?” Hiccup asked. “And more importantly, what’s with this mess?”
“The kitchen is not a playground!” Mirabel reprimanded.
The three scrambled to explain themselves.
“We weren’t playing!” Karla exclaimed.
“We were, like, totally cooking!” Said Pedro.
This seemed to spark fear in both their parents.
“Wait, what?” Questioned their mother.
Their father adopted a strict look.
“You aren’t supposed to mess around with the stove, it’s dangerous! I thought we made that clear!”
Their eldest daughter fumbled for a response.
“W-Well yeah, you did. But- “
“But you did it anyway.” Mirabel finished, with a deep frown.
No words were spoken from the children, they all just looked down at their own feet.
Hiccup pinched the bridge of his nose.
“Guys, I’m really disappointed in you…” He sighed. “I know we taught you better than this.”
“A-And what was the goal here? What were you hoping to accomplish?”
“Did you just feel like…toying with things you shouldn’t be toying with?” He asked.
The triplets shared a look, and they knew what they had to do.
Wonky or not, it was time to show what they’d been working on.
Putting on three pairs of oven mitts, the children received the tray. And presented their cookies with a simultaneous shout.
“FELIZ CUMPLEAÑOS!”
The disappointment in their parents’ expressions turned into shock, and what they were both seeing and hearing.
Mirabel looked at the cookies with surprise, the implication being an unexpected one.
“Did you…make these?” She questioned.
The triplets nodded.
“Uh-huh…” Peep confirmed. “For your birthday!”
“We wanted to make something special for you!” Pedro added. “We were gonna give them to you in your bed, but uh…y’know.”
Karla seemed unnaturally sullen.
“I know they suck…” She moaned. “But we really tried…”
Mirabel and Hiccup were flabbergasted.
Their kids, their five-year-old kids, had managed to bake an entire batch of cookies.
And they did it for them.
They knew they had to be in firm, parenting mode right now.
But they couldn’t help it.
It was just too cute.
Mirabel released a squeal of adoration.
“Mis pequeños preciosos!” She cooed.
“This is amazing!” Hiccup said, smiling brightly.
The three were taken aback, by the positive reaction.
“Wait, you don’t hate ‘em?” Inquired Karla.
“They’re totally sucky!” Stated Pedro.
Both parents plucked a cookie off the tray, each one wearing a grin.
“That may be so…” Hiccup began. “But you made them for us!”
“That makes them amazing, no matter what they look like!” Said Mirabel.
Peep grew a slightly cynical frown.
“You say that now, but wait until you taste them…”
This only served to make their smiles increase.
“An excellent idea, Peekaboo!” Hiccup commended. Slightly chuckling, as she blushed over the use of her pet name.
They each took a bite, really trying to get a feel for the flavor.
The kids waited with much anticipation, to see the reaction to their baking.
And after swallowing, Mirabel and Hiccup could confidently say…
They were meh.
Too much flour, not enough butter, and the chocolate-chip ratio is all over the place.
Overall, a subpar batch of cookies.
But they could just feel the love their children had for them, emanating through every bite.
And it made these cookies taste like the most delicious things in the world.
“We love them!” Mirabel and Hiccup said, as one.
Three pairs of eyed widened.
“Y-You’re just saying that…” Spoke a skeptical Peep.
Her mother shook her head.
“I mean it, this is the best birthday gift I’ve ever gotten!”
A certain music box now held the title of second place.
The praise.
The genuine appreciation in their parents’ eyes.
It was all the triplets wanted.
They broke out into cheers, and they quickly moved to place the tray on the stovetop.
Now that their arms were free, they crashed into a hug. The three of them celebrating their victory.
They’d set out to make their parents happy, and they succeeded.
Mission accomplished.
But what they didn’t know, is that the true source of their parents’ joy just came from watching their kids enjoy themselves.
The mess would need to be cleaned, and the three would still have to be scolded against using the oven again in the future.
But they just couldn’t find it within themselves to be mad, right now.
Their babies were just too precious.
But as the three children continued to giggle and cheer, and the two adults helped themselves to more wonky cookies, they all heard a horrified gasp.
Julieta stood in the entryway, looking upon her kingdom with terror.
“W-What happened to my kitchen!?”
The kids all froze, their eyes shot open with panic.
Without missing a beat, Casita extended a drawer. Using it to point to the triplets, in an accusatory manner.
And after being snitched on by a building, Karla couldn’t help but release a grumble.
“Stinkin’ house…”
Chapter 13: That's just a Theory
Summary:
Fishlegs has a hypothesis.
Chapter Text
If there was one thing that Fishlegs Ingerman loved, it was knowledge.
Whether it was acquiring it, searching high and low for unknown bits of trivia…
Or dispensing it, telling others all that he knew. In hopes that those factoids would enrich their lives.
Usually these scraps of information were dragon related, as that was his true passion. But he had a respect for knowledge of all types.
And recently, a matter of the magical variety had captured his attention.
In Berk’s dragon training arena, formerly the kill ring, a lecture was being held.
Fishlegs had come up with an incredible theory, and he just couldn’t wait to share it with his friends.
Using a large stone, etched with equations and unanswered questions, he began to speak.
“Alright…check this out…”
“Berk, and the Encanto…” He said, mysteriously. “Two places, on opposite ends of the world.”
“Despite the fact that contact between these locations should be quite unfeasible, we’ve got a direct method of transportation to either locale!”
“And it’s all thanks to Hiccup, Mirabel, and those magic storms they can summon!” He geekily spoke.
The teen then placed a hand to his chin.
“But y’know…I’ve been thinking about something.”
He began to slowly pace back and forth.
“The Encanto is pretty technologically advanced, compared to Berk…” He mused. “And at first I thought it was just because they were in a different country. But then I saw this- “
He quickly pulled out a book, from a back pocket.
“Mirabel gave me this book, the last time she was here.” A dorky smile grew on his chubby face. “It’s about South American ecology! I dunno what an America is, but it’s actually really interesting! And- “
He shook his head, stopping the ramble that was building in his throat.
“A-Anyway, look at this!”
He hastily pointed to the back of the book, at a small bit of writing on the bottom of the tome. Indecipherable to them.
“I can’t read what this says…” He stated. “But according to Mirabel, that’s the year the book was written.”
“And do you know when it was written?” He asked, rhetorically.
After a brief pause, for suspense, he let the bomb drop.
“1900!”
His movements became erratic, as he continued to speak.
“That doesn’t make any sense!” He exclaimed. “That year shouldn’t exist for like…forever!”
“And apparently it’s an old book! At least twenty years!”
“That means it’s supposed to be around 1920.” He posited. “Which, as I said, makes no logical sense!”
“Unless of course…you consider the fact that magic is involved…”
He hastily pointed to his etchings, hoping the calculations weren’t too complicated for his audience to grasp.
“Here’s what I’m thinking.”
“What if-and hear me out! But what if…” He highlighted a drawing of a cloud. “When we jump into those magic storms, we aren’t just travelling distance…what if we’re traveling through time?”
“It would explain the difference in technology! The quality of certain materials, the existence of tools and items we just don’t seem to have…”
“I propose that Berk and the Encanto exist not only in different locations, but in different time periods. And through magic, we can effortlessly visit either place.”
Now that he’s gotten his point across, he decided it was time to let his control slip. And go full geek.
“Isn’t that incredible!?” He frantically asked. “We’re jumping through time!”
“Two different villages, separated by the quantum forces of time and space, brought together by magic!”
“Imagine how much more they know!” He squealed.
“How much history is there to study, history that hasn’t even happened yet? How many animal species have evolved during that time? How much more culture is there to appreciate?”
“HOW MUCH MORE-Okay…”
Once again, he had to stop himself. He was getting too worked up.
“Breathe, Fishlegs. Breathe…”
After a deep exhale, he began to wrap his presentation up.
“In summary, the Encanto exists in the future. So whenever our friends drop by for a visit, we should appreciate the fact that they’re literally breaking the laws of reality to see us!”
And with that, his hypothesizing was done.
And in return for his research and dedication, he received a chorus of snores.
Snotlout, Ruffnut, and Tuffnut were all passed out on the stone floor. Snoring, drooling, and drowsily scratching themselves.
“Nice job, Fishlegs!”
The rotund boy looked to see Astrid, stepping out from the corner of the ring.
“Those three are always obnoxious, but they were out of control today…” She groaned, looking down on the sleeping teens.
She glanced back up, with a small grin.
“I knew I could count on you to knock them out!”
Fishlegs felt the wind being taken straight out of his sail.
“You mean…you guys didn’t want to hear my theory?” He asked. “You just brought them here so I could put them to sleep?”
Astrid was suddenly shocked, her smile dropping immediately.
“…Was that not the plan?” She questioned. “I thought we were both in agreement on this.”
Fishlegs huffed, resignation is his eyes.
Of course.
He makes the scientific breakthrough of not one, but several centuries…
And no one cares.
With a sorrowful moan, he began to trudge out of the arena.
“W-Wait, Fishlegs!” Astrid called, as he plodded by. “I thought you were in on it!”
She watched her friend morosely mosey towards the entrance.
“I-It was a very interesting theory!” She yelped, attempting to salvage the situation.
“Come on, ‘Legs!” She tried. “Don’t be like that!”
From behind her, the three dozing teens began to stir.
In his sleep, Snotlout wrapped his arms around Astrid’s leg.
“…I love you, mama…” He mumbled, in his slumber.
Now thoroughly grossed out, Astrid couldn't help but release a desperate cry for help.
“FISHLEGS!”
Chapter 14: Rel-Axe-Ation
Summary:
Mirabel and Astrid throw stuff.
Chapter Text
Mirabel was used to the sound of an axe, striking wood.
Her father was a common sight in the forests, felling trees to supply the town with wood. That was where most of his bee-related injuries stemmed from.
How a tree hadn’t fallen on top of the accident-prone man yet, she’d never know.
The sound of bark being chopped, the smell of the woods, the feeling of the mighty plant crashing to the ground…
All things that were familiar to Mirabel.
But of all the people she expected to partake in lumberjacking, Astrid wasn’t one of them.
Here on Berk, the teen had popped in for a visit. Specifically to walk around the woodland, with her dragon.
To her surprise, she found the cool and shady forests relaxing. A nice change of pace from the warm and damp jungles that surrounded her home, though she loved those too.
Every once in a while, she liked to make a quick warp. To take a stroll for a few minutes, and clear her mind.
Just herself and her dragon.
Though today, they had company.
Astrid Hofferson, teenaged Viking warrior, was currently tossing her beloved axe at the trees that surrounded them.
Whenever it’d implant itself into some bark, she’d tear it out. And repeat the process.
But as she made to hurl her weapon again, she had to quickly cease her movements.
Lest she cut off the head of a bespectacled girl.
“WOAH!” She cried. Both surprised by her sudden guest, and fearful of what she’d almost done.
Lowering her axe, she turned a curious eye to the other girl.
“What are you doing here, ‘Bel?” She asked.
Mirabel shrugged, unfazed by the near assault.
“I like the forests here. They’re not as…hot…” She answered, absent-mindedly rubbing her marked arm.
“Apparently, you shouldn’t keep a burn scar in the sunlight for too long. And uh…back home, it’s nothing but sunlight.”
Astrid nodded with understanding.
“Yeah, my Uncle Finn had a wicked burn on his back…” She said. “It used to get really messed up on sunny days, because he refused to wear a shirt.”
Mirabel chuckled at this. It always surprised her, just how silly these Hooligans could be.
The shieldmaiden cracked a smile as well, before growing a remorseful look.
“Sorry about almost taking your head off…by the way…”
Seeing such genuine regret on the usually headstrong girl’s features was almost disconcerting.
“Don’t worry about it.” Replied Mirabel, casually. “I’ve gotten used to Viking shenanigans at this point!”
She stepped closer, into the clearing where the young Viking stood. Mariposa and Stormfly tentatively sniffed at each other.
“So…what’cha doing?” Asked Mirabel. “Throwing your axe at trees…just because?”
Astrid caressed the darling weapon in her hands, with a bashful expression.
“I come out here to think…” She admitted. “And…this helps me relax…”
Mirabel could see it.
In her eyes, in her movements, in her posture…
Something was bothering this girl.
But she knew Astrid wasn’t the type to just openly share her feelings, if asked.
Her kind heart simply wouldn’t allow this issue to go unaddressed. But this scenario would require a bit of tact.
“Can I try?”
The question seemed to catch Astrid off guard.
“Huh?”
“Can I try?” Mirabel repeated, with a shrug. “Tossing stuff at trees, I mean.”
Upon seeing the baffled expression on the other girl’s face, she formed a smirk.
“You’re not the only one who needs relaxing!” She grinned. “I wanna see if it works!”
Honestly, Astrid was intrigued.
The idea of the bespectacled girl hefting an axe was a rather perplexing one.
Usually, she wouldn’t be so inclined to just hand off her most prized possession to anyone.
But this…
This she had to see.
The teen gently placed her weapon into the other girl’s hands, snickering as she nearly dropped it.
“Heavier than it looks…” Mirabel grunted.
Rolling her eyes, Astrid decided to help her out.
“Like this.” She said, as she adjusted the other girl’s grip.
Now that Mirabel was holding the axe like a proper Viking, she took a look at the towering evergreens that surrounded them.
An unmarked tree trunk was basically begging to be hit.
“You wanna plant your feet in the dirt, one behind the other…” Astrid spoke, demonstrating the position herself.
“Raise the axe high into the air, and let it fly!”
“Just…please be careful…” She quickly added, worry in her gaze.
Mirabel followed the steps, with a determined glare.
She planted her feet, moving one behind another. Creating a groove in the soil as she did so.
The axe was raised upwards, over her head.
Mariposa, Stormfly, and Astrid all watched with anticipation.
With a sharp exhale, she swung her arm out.
And she let it fly.
Only for the axe to hurtle into the woods, completely missing her target.
“Mierda!” Mirabel huffed.
The shieldmaiden beside her couldn’t help but laugh, not used to seeing the girl swear.
Even though she had no idea what the swear meant.
Astrid went and retrieved her weapon, before handing it back to the young Madrigal.
“Try it again.” She encouraged.
And as Mirabel got into position once more, the Viking asked a question.
“So, uh…what’s your problem?”
The other girl sent her a raised eyebrow, which made Astrid feel a bit bashful.
“…That came out wrong.” She mumbled
“I mean, you said you could use some relaxing. So I just assumed- “
Her rambling came to an end, when she heard the other teens laughter.
For such a hardened warrior, Astrid could be pretty awkward at times. Mirabel found it amusing.
Squaring her shoulders, and raising the axe skyward once more, the bespectacled girl provided an answer.
“Back home, in the Encanto, we’re trying to get everyone used to living with dragons…” She answered, squinting her eyes to focus.
“And I understand that it’s new, and scary, and these people are not accustomed to danger…”
She then huffed, aggravation crossing her features.
“But if I have to tell one more person that the dragons aren’t gonna eat you, I’m gonna lose it!”
With that, she tossed the axe. Once again missing her target.
“I can relate…” noted Astrid.
The initial period after the defeat of the Red Death was…interesting, to say the least.
Getting the dragons and the Berkians to get along was a bit of a hassle. In all honesty it was still a work in progress.
This time, Mirabel retrieved the fallen axe. And handed it back to its owner.
She knew it.
Now was the time to strike.
“What about you?” She asked. “What’s on your mind?”
Astrid cradled the weapon in her grip with an uncertain expression.
She was never one to outright say what she was feeling. She usually punched anyone who asked.
But…that was then. Things were different now, for all of them.
With a sigh, she spoke.
“It’s…weird…”
Mirabel tilted her head, confusion in her gaze.
“What’s weird?” She questioned.
“The war with dragons. It’s over, and that’s…it feels weird.” Astrid said, as she readied her weapon.
“Don’t get me wrong, I’m happy we don’t have to fight anymore…”
“But fighting is all I’ve known.” She sighed. “Now that we don’t have to, it’s like…what do I do now?”
She tossed the axe, easily hitting a tree.
“I dunno, I think that would be kind of exciting!” Spoke Mirabel. “You’re not at war anymore! You’ve got the opportunity to relax!”
Astrid didn’t share in her enthusiasm.
“It’s just…I don’t really have direction anymore…”
She sighed again, and sat down on a nearby stump.
Concern in her eyes, Mirabel took a seat on an adjacent boulder.
“I don’t mean to brag, but I’ve always been the best fighter in my generation.” Said Astrid.
“Fishlegs is big, but he couldn’t hurt a fly. Snotlout and the twins are all brawn, and no brains. And Hiccup is…well, Hiccup…”
Mirabel rolled her eyes good-naturedly at the thought of the scrawny teen.
“I was the most promising young warrior in the village…” She spoke. “And that came with a lot of expectation.”
The bespectacled girl sat, and patiently listened. As the other girl made her issues known.
“Everyone expected me to be on the front lines of dragon raids, one day. Effortlessly cutting down dragons like they were nothing.”
Stormfly released an uneasy chirp, and the teen quickly scratched under her chin to soothe her.
“And I tried my best to live up to those expectations. To become what they wanted me to be, what the village needed me to be.”
Mirabel was hit with the feeling of déjà vu.
“…That must’ve been a lot of pressure.” She said, understanding in her tone.
Astrid nodded, her gaze hardening.
“I had to be the perfect warrior, no matter what.” She declared. “No mistakes.”
Mirabel now understood where the feeling came from.
“My people were constantly under attack. And I…” She hesitated for a moment. “I gave them hope.”
“Hope that the next generation would be the one to finally end this war…”
“Well, they were right!” Mirabel grinned.
Astrid managed a chuckle.
“Yeah…” She giggled. “Probably not in the way they were expecting, though.”
Her smile faded soon after.
“So now that the war is over…I kinda don’t know what to do with myself.” She admitted.
Mirabel thought this over a bit, choosing her next words carefully.
“You spent your whole life, shaping yourself based on the expectations of others.” She said. “But now those expectations are gone.”
Wordlessly, Astrid nodded once more.
They sat in silence, for a bit. The only sounds coming from twittering birds, and the heavy breathing of their oversized reptiles.
“Y’know, my family went through something like this…” Mirabel began, breaking the silence.
“For the longest time, we were only seen for our gifts. For how useful we could be.”
“Some of us weren’t considered useful at all…” She mumbled, the slightest bit of bitterness in her tone.
“And when we lost the magic, and decided we were gonna change things for the better, we kinda didn’t know what to do with ourselves at first.”
An encouraging smile grew on her face.
“It took a while, and it’s still an ongoing process…” She said. “But we’re all finding ourselves!”
“I know you can do the same!”
Astrid looked at the girl, smiling brightly. Her brown eyes twinkling.
And was terribly confused.
“…Why?”
Mirabel’s smile faded into a frown, confusion overtaking her features.
“Why are you being so…nice to me?” Astrid asked.
The bespectacled girl shrugged, not expecting the question.
“You’re my friend.” She answered, like it was obvious.
Now very rattled, Astrid abruptly stood from the stump.
“But I tried to kidnap you!” She shouted.
Mirabel grimaced, an unpleasant memory coming to her mind.
“Yeah, you did…” She responded.
Her eyebrows knit together with displeasure.
“I’m still not happy about that, by the way!”
The shieldmaiden looked away, ashamed.
Mirabel’s features softened considerably.
“But…you’re clearly sorry.” She uttered, gently. “And I’m not one to hold grudges.”
She then donned a small smirk.
“Besides, there’s a certain solidarity that comes with fighting a giant dragon!”
She stood, and lightly punched the blonde girl in the arm.
“So we’re friends!” She proclaimed. “And I’m not taking no for an answer!”
For a moment, Astrid just stood there. Dumbfounded.
But soon, she found herself smiling as well.
The guilt over what she’d done, the crime she nearly committed, still hung over her.
She was desperate, at the time. Scrambling to find any solution to her people’s problems.
Her judgement was clouded by fear, and panic. She wasn’t thinking straight.
And she deeply regretted it.
But despite all that she’d done to her, to see this girl still be so willing to be her friend…
Astrid couldn’t understand it.
But she certainly appreciated it.
With a grateful smile, she jabbed Mirabel back.
Perhaps too hard, from the way the girl flinched. But she was laughing as well.
As their giggling died down, Mirabel looked to her dragon. Playfully tussling with Stormfly.
“Hey, I gotta get back.” She stated. “There’s still a lot to do, today!”
“But…it was nice talking to you!”
Astrid was about to say her goodbyes, when her eyes suddenly widened.
“Hold on!”
She then scurried away, looking for something.
Before Mirabel could even wonder what was going on, a heavy object was shoved into her arms.
The axe was now in her grasp again, thanks to a certain shieldmaiden.
“Give it one more shot!” Astrid urged. “I’ve got a good feeling about this one!”
Her eyebrow quirked, and she was initially unsure about the idea.
But soon enough, she figured it was worth a shot.
Once again, Mirabel planted her feet in the dirt. One behind the other.
She eyed the tree that had evaded her, this entire time.
Astrid managed to strike it once, creating a horizontal carving in the bark. One that almost resembled a taunting grin.
Time to wipe that smile off its face.
Her eyes narrowing with determination, Mirabel raised the axe high into the air.
She let it fly.
And the hit landed.
The axe struck the tree, slicing into the trunk with a satisfying chop.
Mirabel’s jaw dropped with surprise, as Astrid cheered from beside her.
“I knew you could do it!”
After a second of shock, the bespectacled girl joined in herself.
The two teens took a moment to celebrate this little victory, their dragons joyfully screeching.
But more than the fact that Mirabel finally hit something with the axe…
They were celebrating the fact that they were friends.
Chapter 15: Pain in the Back
Summary:
Arny has some back problems.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Arnapkapfaaluk had given up a lot of things, recently.
Her career as a dragon hunter.
Her vow of silence.
Her pride, as an undefeatable warrior.
And perhaps most importantly, her beloved boomerang blades.
All things she once considered paramount to her personality. Forming the very core of who she was as a human being.
And they were all gone.
Leaving a formless blob of a woman, trying to reshape herself into something better.
And in truth, she was glad for that.
Now she had the chance to reinvent herself. To come out of this experience a better woman.
She was never attached to the dragon hunting gig, it was just the job that paid the most. With a village as dilapidated as hers, you’d do whatever it took to ensure the people were fed.
Her new occupation as a trader was going quite well, though.
After striking a deal with the island of Berk, exclusively selling the strange fruits they somehow seemed to grow, they were making a killing in the markets. Keeping her hometown afloat.
Speaking consistently again still felt strange, but it was nice. Getting her point across, without needing Eret to translate.
And on a more personal level…
Thanks to a certain botanical witch, she came to realize that focusing your entire sense of self on the fact that you’ve never lost a fight wasn’t exactly the healthiest notion.
She’d sworn off battle, at least for the time being. And was spending some time getting to know herself.
And she came to understand something.
Arny didn’t really like herself.
She was once a silent beast of a woman, incapable of expressing anything but rage and killing intent.
Concerned only with conquering a foe and moving onto the next. Capturing innocent dragons and selling them to anyone with a few coins, in the meantime.
She had been belligerent, violent, coldhearted, and cruel. Even to the one she cared for most, her adoptive brother.
And she’d been a very sore loser. Becoming downright murderous after suffering one loss, to the point of obsessing over the one who’d defeated her.
The more Arny reflected on her previous actions, the more shame she felt. Remorse swelled up within her heart, and made it feel as heavy as stone.
Every once in a while a harsh memory of her past self would flash into her mind, and she’d physically flinch from embarrassment.
She didn’t think she was a bad person. Or at least, she didn’t want to.
But she wasn’t exactly a good person, for a long while. Certainly not a pleasant one.
It took a plant-based beatdown for her to reach this realization, but she now saw the error of her ways. And she hoped to change them.
But even though she was eager to undergo this journey of self-discovery, she had to admit that she was quite unsure.
What was she now?
She wasn’t an unbeatable warrior, she wasn’t a dragon hunter…
She couldn’t even be characterized by her refusal to speak, anymore.
What did she stand for? What did she represent?
What was her purpose?
These questions have been constantly plaguing her, ever since her encounter with the Screaming Death. In that strange, magical village. Months ago.
And she ruminated on all these issues and more, as she sullenly leaned against the stern of the ship.
The cool afternoon breeze guided their vessel across the waves, the setting sun peeking from the grey clouds. Bits of sunlight twinkled on the waters.
Distant cries of raucous seagulls brought her out of her thinking, if only briefly. And occasionally, a skyward droplet would assault her nose.
It appeared a drizzle was on the horizon.
After another successful trip to the markets, they were heading back home. Their boxes and barrels empty, and their pockets full.
The exotic food they sold was flying off the shelves, and they’d made a veritable fortune in just a few days. Something that one of them was quite happy about.
Eret whistled a jaunty tune, as he strolled through their vessel. Tightening ropes, adjusting the mast, and other nautical things.
His good mood dampened a bit, however. When he noticed his adoptive sister looking as gloomy as the seas they drifted upon.
He knew what was bothering her. He didn’t even have to ask.
“You’re doing better, you know.”
She didn’t move to regard him, and make a noise of acknowledgement.
She just stood there, her arms crossed on the railing. Her chin nestled in between the crook of her elbows.
He awkwardly moved next to her, resting an arm on the same railing.
“You looked like you were having fun.” He said. “Y’know, with the whole whittling thing.”
Arny released a sigh.
“I was. I still am…” She responded. “But that’s just a hobby. That doesn’t give me a…a purpose!”
Her brother raised an eyebrow.
“And who said you needed a purpose?”
Arny sent him an odd look, as if he’d just questioned something incredibly obvious. Like water being wet.
“If I don’t have a purpose, what am I supposed to do?” She asked. “What am I supposed to be?”
The man shrugged.
“You.”
That answer seemed to be enough for him, but it didn’t satisfy her in the least.
“That doesn’t make any sense, Eret…” She groaned, turning her head away.
“It does to me!” Insisted the retired trapper.
Now faced with only her messy bun, he kept talking.
“Y’know what I think?” He rhetorically questioned. “I think you’re too hung up on the thought of tying yourself around one concept.”
“It used to be the whole undefeated idea, and now you’re looking for the next big thing.”
He raised a tentative hand, before lowering it.
“If you want my advice, and I know you don’t but I’m giving it anyway…”
Eret raised that hand once more, and placed it on her shoulder.
“Just be…you for a while. Your purpose, whatever that's supposed to mean, will come naturally.”
Once again, Arny was unresponsive. Sinking deeper into her own arms.
Eret had to suppress a laugh. She almost looked like how she did when they were children, and she’d pout over something trivial.
His unreleased chuckling died in his throat, however. When the light sprinkle suddenly became a great deal harsher.
The winds picked up in intensity, the waves became rough and unwieldy, the thunder could be heard. Crashing in the clouds above.
There wasn’t just a drizzle on the horizon, it was a full-blown storm.
And it was here now.
Knowing the time for moping was over, Arny hurried to steer their ship away from the crashing waves. Eret followed close behind.
They tried as hard as they could to beat the storm. Using every bit of their willpower to persevere, to find their way out of it.
But in the end…
They lost.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Arny awoke to three of her senses telling her three different things.
She felt the fine sands, against her cheek.
She heard Eret groaning, a bit to her left.
And she could see that they weren’t on their boat anymore.
Under the light of the moon, the former trappers groggily rose from unwanted slumbers.
“Ugh…my head is killing me…” Eret groaned, rubbing a hand on his aching forehead. “And yet, not the worst blackout I’ve ever had…”
He said up, squinting from the pain of movement.
He could see that they were on a beach, the much calmer waves almost seeming to mock their previous misfortune.
Right in front of them was their ship.
It was a bit dinged up, but nothing too dire.
With minimal repairs, they could make their way back home from here.
Wherever here is.
“That’s a relief…” Eret sighed, ascending from his seated position.
Now on his feet, he turned to check on his companion.
And he froze.
“Uh…A-Arny?”
The woman in question, still dazed and drowsy, gave a weak mumble in response.
“I’m up…I’m up…” She slurred.
Slowly, she shifted her arms beneath her. And attempted to rise.
But she found the process much more difficult than usual.
“Arny, there’s something on your…”
But Arny wasn’t listening.
As her senses returned to her, she understood that she was being weighed down by something.
She tried to get up again, to test her situation. And once again found her movement impaired by the added weight.
She turned her head, to get a peek at what was currently stationed on her spine.
And she woke up completely, when she saw that it was a dragon.
It was small, with a nasal horn and a prominent underbite. Its body was covered in bronze-colored plates, that almost appeared metallic. A whip-like tail lashed about, adorned with razor sharp spines.
And it was on her.
Cursing with surprise and fright, the adrenaline allowed Arny to scamper to her feet.
“W-What is that?” She asked, twisting her neck as far as it would go.
She tried reaching behind herself, to pry it off. But the little thing had a surprisingly good grip.
Eret eyed it with curiosity.
“I don’t know, can’t say I’ve seen that species before…” He answered, before he grew a prideful look. “Which is saying something, because I’ve tangled with every type of dragon there is- “
“ERET!”
Her impatient shout put an end to what was sure to be a long and egotistical tale.
“Get this thing off me!” She demanded, perhaps more forcefully than intended.
Her companion hurried over to help, grabbing the small creature’s sides and beginning to pull.
But the dragon held firm. Squealing with indignation, and only tightening its grip.
“Grabby little bugger, aren’t you?” Eret asked the reptile, his teeth grit from the exertion.
As this back-and-forth continued, Arny realized something.
The lizard was holding onto her fur cloak.
With swift hands, she undid the clasps around her neck. Her cloak dropped to the sands, taking the dragon with it.
“Finally…” She groaned, relieved.
“Why didn’t I think of that?” Asked Eret, nudging the fallen cloak with a foot.
While cracking her back, Arny cracked a teasing smile.
“Because you’re a moron. I thought that was obvious.” She smugly mumbled, just loud enough for him to hear.
He grew an offended expression, and looked to her with furious eyes. Which only made her laugh more.
That strange little situation was over with. The dragon was removed.
They were allowed a solid ten seconds of victory.
Before the hatchling leapt back up, and grabbed onto her back again.
“Oh you’ve got to be kidding me…” Arny sharply groaned, frustration building.
Once more, they struggled to remove the creature. Who fought even harder to stay on.
For whatever reason, it was positively insistent on hanging onto her back.
The scuffle continued. They pulled and pushed and yanked, a myriad of swears being unleashed all the while.
They were so wrapped up in this kerfuffle, they didn’t hear the sounds of flapping from above.
They did hear the shouting, though.
“STOP!”
Former trapper and baby dragon alike ceased all movement, and looked upwards to see something quite strange.
A trio of women, descending from the sky.
With their wings.
They had wings.
Draconic appendages sprouted from their backs, granting them the gift of flight. Giving them the appearance of warped angels.
Both Arny and Eret gawked at the new arrivals. This was perhaps one of the strangest things they’d ever seen.
But considering what they’d experienced recently…perhaps it wasn’t that strange.
Draped in armor that shimmered in the moonlight, the women touched down on the beach.
Two of them brought out spears, and pointed them threateningly towards the duo.
But the frontmost woman, with strawberry-blonde hair tied in a ponytail, and gentle green eyes, commanded them to stand down. And hastily stepped forth.
“Please, you must stop!” She begged.
Despite how odd this all was, Arny still managed a scoff.
“Oh really?” She asked. “I’m supposed to just let this dragon hitch a ride on my back?”
Eret leaned in, with a frightened whisper.
“I dunno…if a winged lady from the sky told me to do something, I’d do it…”
While his adoptive sibling rolled her eyes, the concerned woman spoke again.
“There is no need for violence.” She said. “There has clearly been some sort of misunderstanding. Here, allow me…”
Softly, she attempted to remove the baby dragon from Arny’s back. But just like before, it refused to move.
“Come now, little one…” The woman urged. “This isn’t the time for games…”
The hatchling produced little screeches and squawks, clearly voicing its intentions of staying put.
Her arms crossed, and her face locked into a grimace, Arny asked a pertinent question.
“Okay, what is going on here?”
The woman stopped her light tugging, and sighed.
“I’m sorry, miss…?”
Realizing she was requesting a name, the no-longer-silent huntress complied.
“They call me Arny.” She huffed.
The woman nodded, and continued.
“I’m very sorry, Miss Arny. But I’m afraid this Razorwhip has already bonded with you.”
“Razorwhip?” Eret repeated, unfamiliar with the species.
“B-Bonded?” Arny blurted.
She didn’t know what that meant, but she already didn’t like it.
“There is a lot that must be explained.” Said the woman, before a chill blew through the beach.
“But…perhaps we can talk somewhere more comfortable?” She suggested, gesturing to the serene forest that lied further down the beach.
“Come with us, back to our village.” She beckoned. “We can discuss this matter more thoroughly.”
The siblings shared an unsure look, wondering if they could trust these strange people.
But Arny really wanted this thing off.
And so, they agreed.
The group turned, and began to stroll into the woods.
With their backs turned, Eret and Arny could see that the women weren’t winged at all.
They also had Razorwhips hanging onto their backs, contently snuggling up to them. And apparently the baby dragons were strong enough to carry them into the air.
Arny felt an eyebrow raise, and sent a questioning glance to the creature behind her.
Was lugging a baby dragon around just a thing that was done here?
The idea was so odd to her, but they didn’t seem to mind.
Jogging to the front of the group, Eret put on his most charming and amicable smile.
“I don’t believe we’ve been introduced!” He grinned to the strawberry-blonde.
He stopped, and faced her. Bending into a bow.
“Eret, Son of Eret!”
The women wielding spears seemed distrustful of the gesture, but their leader flashed her own smile.
“I am Atali, chieftess of the Wingmaidens!” She greeted. “It’s a pleasure to meet you!”
He took her hand, running a gentle thumb over the top.
“The pleasure’s all mine!” He responded.
From the back, Arny suppressed a groan. She recognized a flirt when she saw it, and she knew that now was not the time.
Though something that Atali said stuck out to her.
“…Wingmaidens?” She asked, the word feeling strange as it left her lips.
Atali regarded her with a kindly smile.
“All will be revealed, Miss Arny.” She said.
Arny didn’t like how cryptic that statement was. But she wasn’t sensing any dubious intent from this woman, so she figured she’d go along with it.
For now.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Arny wasn’t quite sure what she was expecting, but this wasn’t it.
After trudging through the forest some more, they arrived at what appeared to be a village. Several huts placed high in the air, atop pillars of wood. Connected by rope bridges.
It was late, and not many people were out and about. But she caught several more women, either walking or flapping about the settlement. Each one with a dragon on her back.
It was here that she, along with her adoptive brother, explained just how they wound up on the island. The people were surprisingly understanding of their situation, promising to help them return home however they could.
After that, they were surprisingly treated to dinner. Courtesy of Atali.
And while they munched away on their food, and Arny tried to ignore the aching pain in her spine, they got some actual answers.
Apparently, the Wingmaidens were an all-female tribe of warriors who devoted themselves to protecting hatchling Razorwhips.
The males of the species could be quite violent, and were vehement in annihilating the offspring of rivals. It wasn’t unheard of for entire generations of Razorwhips to be slaughtered.
Claiming to have been given a divine mission from Freya herself, a legion of women took residence on this secluded isle. Appropriately titling it Wingmaiden Island.
They kept the nearly blind babies safe, by carrying them like scaly backpacks. In return, the dragons granted their protectors flight.
“After some time, the Razorwhips developed an instinct…” Spoke Atali. “Upon hatching, they’ll latch themselves onto the woman they feel a connection with. Someone they feel they’ll be most protected by.”
Nearly choking on her food, Arny’s eyes widened.
The baby Razorwhip that was currently scratching up her back with its little claws…
Felt safe with her?
“H-How does it feel a connection with me?” She asked. “We’ve never interacted! I just woke up with it on top of me!”
A wise and sagely look appeared on Atali’s face.
“The first contact made with another being, creates a lifelong bond.” She answered, her eyes sparkling. “It’s a wonderful thing, truly!”
This made Arny groan.
This thing decided she must've looked like a good chair, and now she was stuck with him.
That’s just great…
Eret leaned an arm on Atali’s dining table, mischief in his eyes.
“Well that little guy must have some awful taste!” He smirked. “If there’s any woman less qualified for childcare than Arny, then I don’t…”
His mockery trailed off, when he noticed the positively murderous look she was giving him.
He swiftly moved to grab his drink, and shut himself up by taking a sip.
Refocusing on the question at hand, she turned back to Atali.
“Thank you for explanation, and the food, and the…not killing us…”
“But I still have one more question…” She stated. “How do I get this thing off my back?”
It was here that Atali’s smile sunk into a frown.
“I’m very sorry, Miss Arny. But I’m afraid that won’t be possible.”
The huntress, who was cutting some meat with a fork, jolted so hard she nearly chopped through her plate.
“…What do you mean, won’t be possible?” She asked, in a shocked whisper.
Atali sighed, before looking back to the dragon behind her.
“A Razorwhip’s bond with someone is unbreakable.” She answered. “They won’t accept help from anyone else.”
“These early stages of their life are where they’re most fragile. If the hatchling were to be separated from their Wingmaiden, they’d refuse to eat or sleep. And eventually…”
Great sorrow overtook her eyes.
“…They’d die…”
Her somberness even impacted her two guests, who’s moods dampened a little.
“After about three weeks, the hatchling will be old enough to not rely on their guardian as much. Transferring them to another Wingmaiden is possible, at this point.” She informed them. “Though it’s very tricky.”
“Until that time comes, you may stay here.” She spoke. “We will provide accommodations for you and your friend. I’ll send some of my maidens to assist in repairing your ship, in the meantime.”
While she didn’t like being told what to do, no matter how politely it was said…this knowledge relieved Arny a bit.
She wasn’t stuck with this thing permanently. There was a way to get it off.
“So…you’re telling me I just have to play babysitter for a few weeks?” She questioned, skeptically.
Atali gave her a look of understanding.
“I know that this is asking a lot of you, and I deeply apologize for that.”
“But it’s only temporary.” She said, as she reached over to scratch her baby dragon’s chin.
“And caring for a Razorwhip isn’t so bad.” She smiled, warmly. “It’s quite fulfilling, in fact!”
The small beast purred and chirped its contentment, as the loving hand moved to the top of its face.
“We do good work here, important work…” Atali said. “A higher purpose, if you will.”
A higher purpose.
Purpose.
Suddenly, Arnapkapfaaluk froze entirely.
This was it.
This was what she was looking for.
Something to give her life meaning.
Something positive that she could bring to the world.
She’d found a purpose.
She glanced back, to the half-blind lizard clutching her shoulders.
While a bit of a nuisance, this dragon saw something in her.
Something she couldn’t even see in herself.
And in that moment, she made a vow.
She would devote every part of her soul to this new purpose.
This would be the sole facet of her being.
With a steadfast glare, she made a declaration.
“I’ll do it.”
“Really?” Eret asked, ogling her oddly.
“Really?” Asked Atali, pleasant surprise in her voice.
Arny nodded, and rose to a stand. Her fists clenched.
“Not only will I raise this Razorwhip…” She began “I will become a Wingmaiden myself.
“This is who I am!”
While Atali seemed pleased with the news, Eret’s face fell into a deep frown.
Because he could tell, he knew it immediately.
She’d just found her new fixation.
He only hoped this one wouldn’t end up like the last one.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Arny was never good with children.
Her cold and brutish demeanor tended to frighten kids, more than anything.
And she was fine with that. Less distractions from her fighting.
Even after her epiphany, and subsequent shift in behavior, she hadn’t expected to be interacting with youngsters much.
But then a baby dragon decided her back was where it wanted to reside.
It is what it is.
Young humans were obviously quite different from young reptiles, but the general idea was similar.
Arny had no clue as to how she was supposed to handle a child.
But she would try her hardest.
This was her purpose now. This was her new mission.
And she’d come at it with the ferocity of the warrior she once was, and then some.
The very next morning, in a treetop hut graciously provided to her by Atali, Arny awoke with the rising sun.
After a brief round of morning stretches and exercises, she went to check on her new little charge.
The Razorwhip was sleeping soundly, snuggled in a bundle of blankets on the floor.
She’d taken to calling him Rusty, as his scales were a slight bronze color. Speckled with darker spots, which reminded her of a rusted blade.
Her head held high, the woman woke the hatchling as gently as she could.
“AWAKEN, DRAGON!” She exclaimed. “THE SUN HAS RISEN, SO WE MUST RISE AS WELL!”
Gentle for Arny meant something different than it did for most people.
The reptile was immediately spooked, and began squealing his discomfort. Unsettled by the loud noises.
The shrill cry rattled Arny’s eardrums, and she scrambled to amend the situation.
“Wait! I didn’t mean to-I didn’t- “
She hurried over, sinking onto her knees.
She moved her hands erratically, unsure of what to do. Grazing the creature’s scales, but never quite making contact.
She still wasn’t used to touching dragons in a non-violent scenario.
“Don’t cry, don’t cry!” She begged. “Please don’t cry!”
Despite her pleas, the crying continued.
Swallowing her reservations, she plucked the bundle from the floor. And cradled it close.
She began to awkwardly rock the lizard in her arms, in what she assumed to be a soothing motion.
She hushed and shushed him, but Rusty was just as disturbed as ever.
And so she decided to try something drastic.
“Uh…h-hush little dragon, don’t say a word-“
Her song was suddenly stopped, as she realized something.
“Wait, dragons can’t speak words…”
Another sharp squeal refocused her attention.
"U-Um, rock-a-bye dragon, please just shut up..."
She continued to sing, a stilted melody without much rhythm. While she rocked the hatchling even faster.
Unfortunately for her, the lullaby wasn’t having its intended affect.
From outside her hut, she could see her new neighbors peeking in. Confusion in their eyes, as well as hints of judgement.
She could hear the whispers, sure that they were talking about how unfit she was. How she couldn’t fulfill her new purpose after all.
Her brows furrowed with frustration, as she steeled herself to prove them wrong.
This was her new purpose.
This was her new reason for living.
And she would succeed.
…Though first, she had to figure out how to get a baby dragon to stop crying.
Notes:
We'll be getting more of the Wingmaiden Arny subplot.
Which'll lead into a certain other sublot, one I think most of you have been expecting for a while...
Chapter 16: Bonus! Art Attack
Summary:
I subject you to the scribblings of a madman (me).
Chapter Text
Hello, everyone! Thanks for enjoying the story so far! Seriously, it blows me away how many people seem to like my writing.
I didn't mention this before, but I'm a bit of an artist! Sometimes I draw things based off this universe, and I figured I'd share a few of them with you!
This may become a recurring segment. Popping up whenever the mood strikes me.
We'll begin with some OC designs, and who better to start with than the children of our main protagonists?
First off...
The radical redhead, the blur wearing blue, the literal burst of energy...
KARLA MADRIGAL
The eldest of the Hiccabel triplets. I always like balancing her impatience and recklessness with her need to feel responsible for her younger siblings. I think it creates an interesting push and pull with her character, something you all will see more of as they make more appearances.
Karla is actually the triplet who changed the least, from her early concepts. She still had her name, her gift, and her general appearance. The only difference was that she was more straight up feral, instead of brash and foolhardy.
If it wasn't immediately obvious, she's partly inspired by the world's most famous hedgehog. Her room is literally Green Hill Zone, for Thor's sake!
Next up...
The passive painter, the absent-minded artist, the daydreaming doodler...
PEDRO MADRIGAL
The middle child, and the only son. Writing him is the slightest bit challenging. It can be tricky to have him be unfocused, without it seeming like he's just stupid. He's simply in his own little world, that others can catch glimpses of thanks to his drawings.
He's laid back, and willing to just go with the flow. Meaning he's always in the middle of his older sister's pranks, or his younger sister's doomsday prepping.
He probably changed the most from his early concepts. His original name was Angelo, and he had a much more rotund figure. His gift was also different, as he had the power of flight. But when I had the dragons move in, I realized it was a bit superfluous.
And last, but not least...
The paranoid girl, the skittish successor, the overly-anxious lass...
PEEP MADRIGAL
She's the youngest, and the smallest. Two facts she's more than aware of. To Peep, the world consists of two things. Threats, and possible threats. Though she's working on getting over her irrational fears. Writing her is fun, because she's not just afraid. She's a planner! She'll envision a million different scenarios, and try to account for each and every one with some kind of harebrained scheme.
Despite being the littlest, she's probably the most rational of the three. Balancing out her sister's recklessness, and her brother's lackadaisical nature. They tend not to listen to her...
She also changed a bit from her early incarnation. Originally, her name was Pauline. And she was meant to have a gift. Making her gift-less was a literal last second decision, when in the middle of writing the last chapter of The Dragon and the Butterfly. I think it turned out well, though. Her gift was going to be invisibility, and it would often trigger whether she wanted it to or not.
And that's the end for today, I hope you liked it! Maybe next segment I'll do Manuel and Diego, along with Sofia.
Next up, a normal chapter!
See you then! And thanks again, for reading!
Chapter 17: Marked
Summary:
Mirabel's thoughts on her souvenir.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
She tried not to let it get to her.
She said it wasn’t bothering her.
She promised she’d wear it proudly.
But it was easier said than done.
In the aftermath of the battle with the monstrous Red Death, Mirabel had been just a bit too close to the resulting explosion.
Her left forearm was grotesquely burned. And while the last smidgen of arepa they had was enough to prevent the wound from being catastrophic, she still ended up with a visible scar. One that would remain for the rest of her life.
It was a large scar, too. A prominent blotch, a bit darker than her skin tone, that formed a long streak on her forearm.
And she couldn’t ignore the little changes that came with it.
She’d frequently catch people staring. Be it townsfolk, or members of her own family.
Such wounds weren’t exactly commonplace in the Encanto, where calamity was minimal and injuries could be patched up with a quick meal.
With a scar as big as hers, she imagined it made quite the sight.
And from her family in particular, she could just sense the overflowing guilt.
The realization that she’d be marked forever. The wish that they could’ve changed something, especially for the ones who didn’t go with them to Berk.
It felt the worst, from her mother.
Mirabel appreciated the sentiment, she really did. But it wasn’t doing anything to help her get on with her life as normal.
There were also a few physical changes, as well.
Nothing major, her arm was fully functional. But there were now things she had to be aware of.
She couldn’t leave her marked arm in the hot sun for extended periods of time. Intense sunlight tended to agitate the wound.
When Pepa had learned this, she’d forced the whole village into overcast skies for a week. Mirabel had to fight to convince her that she didn’t need to.
There was also the fact that, while her arm worked just fine, it still brought her pain at times.
It wasn’t uncommon to see the girl give a slight wince, when reaching for something. Whenever this happened, someone would immediately step in and try and accomplish her task for her. Much to her thanks, and annoyance.
Between her arm, and Hiccup’s leg, La Familia Madrigal was losing their minds with worry.
And while this wasn’t a major issue…
The scar got really itchy.
According to Julieta’s medical knowledge, burns can damage or destroy the oil glands that normally keep the skin from getting too dry. Meaning Mirabel found herself scratching a lot more than usual.
But despite the new issues she had to deal with, Mirabel kept her head held high.
…At first.
As the days went on, she found herself increasingly slipping into the depths of insecurity.
Each time she caught someone staring.
Each time she’d see someone’s clear, smooth arms. Untouched by any scarring.
Each time it hurt to reach for a book, or pass the salt, or wave hello.
Each time she found herself furiously scratching, and it was obviously drawing attention.
She began to ask herself some questions.
Did it really not look that bad?
Was everyone just saying that to spare her feelings?
Darker thoughts started to pervade her mind.
Surely, it must look atrocious.
It’s an unsightly, hideous, revolting, ugly marking.
Something that no one wants to see.
Once again, she was the topic of pity.
Once again, there was reason for people to look upon her with sadness in their eyes.
Once again, she was treated differently. She was an aberration amongst her peers.
The old insecurities collided with the new ones. Crashing and mixing into a flurry of negative emotion.
But whenever these swirling, whirling, deep dark thoughts threaten to take hold of her self-image, she tried to remember a few things.
That she’s even alive at all, is a blessing. She’d come very close to quite a few life-threatening scenarios, that day.
Or how, as time went on, it hurt less and less. She hoped one day it wouldn’t hurt at all.
Or how Isabela or Camilo tried to remind her that she’s a “Goddamn hero!” whenever possible. Mirabel would always laugh at the adult’s insistence that they watch their language.
Or when her mother reassures her that she’s been handling this situation amazingly well, and that the side-effects could’ve been far worse.
And how Hiccup, strangely enough, found it beautiful. While initially put off by the marking, the boy had come to foster an appreciation for it. She’d caught him staring at it, but his eyes portrayed only admiration.
Mirabel supposed it was a Viking thing. They seemed to have an affinity for battle scars.
It even served to strengthen their bond, as a couple. They were both irreversibly changed that day. It was just another turmoil they could share, and help each other through.
Yes, it was a bit disturbing. Yes, it was an adjustment. Yes, it was a reminder of a horribly frightening ordeal.
Yes, she would’ve preferred not to have it at all.
But it was a part of her.
And Mirabel was determined to not let it make her feel negatively about herself.
And so she put it on display, never hiding it for even a moment. And willfully talking about it with anyone who asked. Treating it like a tale of great adventure.
The only times her scar was concealed from view is when it was quite sunny out, and that was just for her health. At any other instance it was there for the whole Encanto to see.
And slowly but surely, she felt a bit more confident about it.
It was proof.
Proof that she’d survived impossible odds.
So Mirabel wore it proudly.
Notes:
Tried something a little different with this one. It's all inner emotion, with no real dialogue. Hope it turned out okay!
Chapter 18: Twilight Terror: Part 1
Summary:
Hiccup and Mirabel break the rules.
Chapter Text
It all started with a simple question.
“Where are you kids off to?”
An innocent inquiry. Sent with the expectation that the pair were heading off to handle some problems in the town, or maybe a romantic excursion.
It was perhaps one they shouldn’t have answered.
Because when Hiccup and Mirabel responded to this question, it didn’t take very long before all hell broke loose.
On this calm and serene day, things definitely weren’t very calm and serene inside Casita.
The front doors were being blocked, barring anyone from exit, by a very scruffy man.
“ABSOLUTELY NOT!” Bruno shouted, fear gripping his voice.
Despite his usual meekness, he spoke with a frightful forcefulness. A stern look on his face.
Standing as tall as his small frame would allow, the seer was vehement in keeping the teens from leaving.
Much to their dismay.
“Tío Bruno, please!” Mirabel tried, an imploring quality in her brown eyes.
Bruno shook his head, his wavy curls jostling from the motion.
“No way, kid!” He responded. “It’s too dangerous!”
Poking their heads out from within his ruana, his rats held stern expressions as well. At his feet, his Hobgobbler vacantly stared into the distance.
Hiccup’s brow creased, a twinge of annoyance on his face.
“We can take care of ourselves.” He insisted. “And we have our dragons!”
Once more, Bruno denied them exit.
“Look, I’m sorry! But I-I can’t let you leave!” He said, attempting his firmest face yet. “I’m putting my foot down!”
He stomped his foot on the floor, for emphasis. He winced when he realized he may have done it too loudly.
Mirabel crossed her arms with a raised eyebrow.
“You’re not my dad.” She uttered.
Bruno met her gaze with his own pointed look.
“Yeah, well I’m your uncle!” He rebutted, hands on his hips.
“You’re not my uncle.” Hiccup pointed out.
“I’m gonna be!” The seer argued in return. “That counts for something!”
The commotion had started to gather the attention of the other Madrigals in the building.
Which happened to be all of them.
Peeking out of their rooms, and glancing to the courtyard with confusion, the family all wondered just what was going on down there.
Alma decided to take It a step further, and ask the question herself.
“Just what is going on down there?” She inquired, a hand on the banister as she hurried down the stairs.
Hiccup and Mirabel both froze with fear.
They knew.
They knew that if the others learned of what they wanted to do, they’d probably be locked in a closet for the rest of their lives.
They both stood as still as statues, neither making a single noise. Hoping perhaps that if they didn’t move, Alma wouldn’t see them.
But the appearance of his mother seemed to give Bruno an idea.
A terrible, horrible, awful idea.
A deep frown set in, as he realized what needed to be done.
It would be grisly, he’d have to work super hard to earn their forgiveness…
But it was for their own good.
Both teens could see it in his face, they could tell what he was about to do.
They knew it was about to be game over for them.
They both began begging at the same time, using the split-second before he opened his mouth to fruitlessly try and change their fates.
“Wait, wait, WAIT- “
“Don’t, don’t, DON’T- “
But it was no use.
After a brief inhale, Bruno dropped the bomb.
“They wanna go to Berk!”
A baffled silence fell over La Casa Madrigal.
“…So?” Isabela eventually asked, leaning in her doorway.
“What’s wrong with that?” Dolores shrugged.
The rest of the family shared similar sentiments, up in the hallway.
The connection between Berk and the Encanto had been open for a few months now.
While it was still a bit odd, they didn’t see any reason the two shouldn’t be able to visit their friends on the other side of the world.
Aside from Julieta and Pepa, who shared a shocked look. Before glowering down to the teens with twin disapproving frowns. The type only a mother could manage.
Now at the bottom of the staircase, Alma gazed upon her anxious son. As well as the two fearful teenagers.
And she had no idea what was happening.
“…I’m afraid I don’t see what the problem is…” Mumbled the matriarch.
Mirabel and Hiccup gasped for responses, anything that could save their skin.
But Bruno stepped forth, and began speaking in their place.
“Sure, that doesn’t sound so bad…” He started.
“Until you realize that there’s a little psychopath over there, running around with an entire armada, who knows about the magic, literally kidnapped me, AND WANTS TO HUNT US LIKE WILD ANIMALS!”
His speech became more and more frantic as the sentence went on, to the point where he was quivering and panting by the time he was done.
With the exception of Bruno’s sisters, everyone stood still in pure shock. Their eyes wide, their jaws agape.
Mariano was the first to snap out of it, and he quickly moved to cover Dolores’ ears.
He knew what was coming next.
“WHAT!?”
The simultaneous shout was followed by a legion of rapid-fire questions, from everyone at once.
“Psychopath?” Camilo asked. “What psychopath?”
He was a bit concerned that it may be one of his psychopaths.
“H-Hunt us?” Mariano sputtered, feeling weak in the knees.
“What’s an armada?” Antonio wondered, with a tilt of his head.
“Um…” Augustin tugged at his collar, an uncomfortable sweat dripping down his back.
“I-It’s a large group of boats. Usually used for…violence…” He explained, with a gulp.
The six-year-old’s face fell.
“Oh…” He murmured.
He didn’t much like that explanation.
“Who?” Alma questioned, terrified for her family’s safety. “Who knows about the magic?”
Julieta answered the question.
“He’s called Dagur. Dagur the Deranged.” She spoke the name with a hint of contempt, not forgetting what he did to her brother.
His unbalanced title sent a shiver of fear throughout the family.
A dark little thundercloud gathered above Pepa’s head.
“That kid needs a serious spanking…” She seethed.
Valentina, now sporting a prominent belly bump, marched down the stairs. Fury in her eyes, her face almost red from the rage.
“He did what?” She asked, urge to maim rising. “To my husband!?”
Her fists clenched, and her teeth grit, she began to wildly look around the area. As if the culprit was here with them, as opposed to the other end of the world.
“Where is he? Where is that cabrón?” She hissed. “I’ll tear him apart! I’ll rip him limb from limb! I’ll- “
“Please, Cuñada…” Julieta put an end to her ranting with a soft hand on her arm. “That much aggression can’t be good for the baby.”
For a moment, it looked as if Valentina would turn her anger to her.
But instead she released a frustrated growl, before stomping over to her husband. Tense as could be.
She hooked an arm around his wiry figure, and pulled him into a tough, yet loving hug.
The revelation was quite a disturbing one.
One of their own had been abducted, by a clearly unhinged teenager. With hundreds of warriors backing him up.
And while Bruno was thankfully alright, that didn’t change the fact that Dagur was still out there.
“But why does he wanna hunt us?” Asked a frightened Luisa.
Hiccup and Mirabel, who’ve been quiet as church mice throughout this ordeal, decided there was no use hiding anything anymore.
“He thinks we’re demigods…” Spoke the bespectacled girl.
“And because he’s a nutjob, he’s decided that killing said demigods will get him respect or something…” Finished the scrawny teen.
This news only elevated the fear in the family’s hearts.
Frenetic whispers could be heard from all corners of the house, even Casita itself seemed wary.
The two teens then tried to explain their motivations.
“Look, Dagur has declared war on Berk.” Said Hiccup, with a grave tone.
Another disturbing revelation, which garnered another set of gasps.
“We need to make sure our friends are okay!” Mirabel added. “That was a few days ago, who knows what’s happened since- “
“Wait, what!?” Felix interjected. “This happened days ago, and you didn’t tell us?”
Hiccup and Mirabel, along with Julieta, Pepa, and Bruno, all looked rather bashful at this.
“W-We didn’t want anybody to panic…” Awkwardly muttered Bruno.
“Too late!” Camilo casually chuckled, despite the dire mood.
“And we didn’t think anyone would be dumb enough to try and go back any time soon!” Pepa huffed, waving away her cloud before it drenched her hair.
Hiccup clutched a hand to his heart in mock pain, upon hearing her jab.
“Ouch…” He whispered, sardonically.
While her boyfriend feigned physical pain, Mirabel stepped forward. Resolve in her gaze.
She approached Alma, who looked on the verge of a panic attack. Edging closer and closer to a breakdown with each passing second.
“Abuela…” She softly spoke, locking eyes with her grandmother. “They’re our friends. That’s Hiccup’s dad. If they’re in danger, we can’t just sit around!”
“We don’t know what Dagur’s planning.” Hiccup said. “But whatever it is, it can’t be good.”
“If there’s any way we can help- “
“NO!”
Suddenly, Alma regained her composure. Snapping back to reality with a harsh shout. Her voice laced with a palpable fear.
She straightened her back, stiffened her lip, and spoke with fifty years of authority.
“You will go nowhere near this…Dagur!” She declared. “You will go nowhere near Berk!”
“There will be no more teleporting from here on out!”
“If that barbarian wants to harm us, then we won’t give him the opportunity!” Stated the matriarch. “We will stay here, where it’s safe.”
Reactions were certainly mixed.
Some of the Madrigals agreed whole-heartedly with this statement. If there was a maniac in the archipelago trying to kill them, they simply wouldn’t go to the archipelago.
But others, namely those who’ve spent a significant amount of time on the island, were quite worried for their Viking friends.
Hiccup and Mirabel especially were particularly displeased with this announcement.
“But what about Berk?” Hiccup blurted. “W-What if they’re under attack?”
Alma sighed, her aggression cooling a bit.
She faced him with a sympathetic expression, one hand held over the other.
“Hiccup, I know you’re worried…you have every right to be.”
Her brow furrowed, just a bit. And her frown deepened.
“But we have to think of what’s best for the family.” She decisively said. “It’s too dangerous for us, out there. We must stay where we know we’ll be protected.”
Mirabel bristled with fear, and the slightest bit of agitation.
“But what if we- “
“You are children!” Her grandmother interrupted, more harshly than intended. “You have no business fighting a war!”
Hiccup groaned, dragging a hand down his face.
“A-And what about the Red Death, huh?” Asked the scrawny teen. “Was that just…nothing?”
Alma shifted her gaze, to Mirabel’s scarred arm, and Hiccup’s prosthetic leg.
A somberness overtook her expression, her body shivering with guilt.
“I made that mistake once…I won’t do it again…”
The matter was settled.
Visits to Berk were forbidden. At least until this whole situation blew over.
Though it was anyone’s guess as to how long that would take.
On her way up to her room, Alma passed Dolores. And leaned in for a quick whisper.
“Keep an ear out for them, please.” She requested. “I know how…stubborn they can be.”
As her granddaughter nodded, squeaking with nervousness, she took one last moment to turn around. Directing a stern glare to the teens below.
“I don’t want to see any golden clouds!”
With that final huff, she shut her door.
After a moment of uneasy staring, the family began to disperse. Heading this was and that, uncertainty on all their faces.
Even if it was in an entirely different land, the thought of someone out there putting a target on your back wasn’t a comforting one.
Down in the courtyard, Hiccup and Mirabel were fuming.
How were they not supposed to help their friends?
How were they supposed to sit idly by, if the others were in trouble?
How were they supposed to continue living their peaceful lives, plagued with the knowledge that people they cared about had possibly been hurt?
Or worse?
…
Without speaking, or even sharing a glance, they came to the same decision at the same time.
They wouldn’t.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Day had given way to night.
After an uneasy morning, which led to an anxious afternoon, which led to an apprehensive evening, it was time for bed.
Every human in the Encanto settled into their homes for the night. Every dragon curled up into a restful coil.
Everyone was sleeping.
Except for a bespectacled girl, and a scrawny teen.
In Casita, two teens were awake. When they probably shouldn’t have been.
Two doors creaked open. One leading to a bedroom, one leading to a nursery.
Moving slowly, trying to make as little noise as possible, Hiccup and Mirabel crept out into the hallway. Still dressed in their day clothes.
Tiptoeing as best they could, they snuck down the stairway. Followed by a drowsy Mariposa, and a tired Toothless.
Once they reached the bottom, Casita decided to remind them that they weren’t alone.
The floor tiles clattered strictly, clearly asking what they were up to at this hour.
They didn’t have a response ready.
Hiccup fumbled for a solid lie, already sweating.
“Uh…we were-uh…um…we were about to-”
Even though there were no eyes for him to look into, he still found himself averting his gaze.
Mirabel stepped in, quickly spouting the first thing she could think of.
“Make out!” She sharply whispered. “We’re sneaking off to make out!”
She frenetically whispered, ignoring the baffled blush on her boyfriend’s face.
“Y-You know how this family is, Casita!” She chuckled, awkwardly. “We barely get any alone time!”
“We won’t be gone for long, I promise! We just wanna…y’know…”
The house seemed to contemplate this, the tiles moving in subtle undulations.
On the one hand, sneaking out at night for canoodling wasn’t exactly allowed.
On the other hand…
Back in the day, Pepa and Felix got up to way worse. Way more often.
It could let this slide. Just this once.
The floor tiles bobbed, in a motion resembling a resigned nod. Though they quickly clanked once in a stern manner.
“One hour?” Mirabel repeated. “Give us three!”
There was one and a half clanks.
“Two!” She requested.
The house reluctantly relented, and allowed them two full hours.
“Gracias, Casita.” Sighed the girl, with a small smile.
She couldn’t believe that worked.
And while she felt bad about lying to the building, who also functioned as a close friend, she knew that it had to be done.
So they continued their sneaking, both faces turning red.
It may have been a lie, but the thought still got them flustered.
They exited through the front doors, which weren’t being guarded by a Rat Man this time, and began their trek.
They had some walking to do.
It was decided that summoning a storm right next to Casita wouldn’t be ideal, considering the building would obviously notice.
If they were going to Berk tonight, they’d need to be discreet.
And they were definitely going to Berk tonight.
Hiccup knew that his father liked to make nightly rounds. Ensuring all was well in the village, before retiring himself. And it was currently about that time.
They would pop in, make sure everything was alright, and quickly head back home.
And then find a way to waste a few hours, to keep up appearances.
They made their way through the village. Remarking on how strange it felt to see such a usually vibrant place so empty and quiet.
When they made it to the plaza, they were sure that they were far enough. So they mounted their dragons and took to the skies.
Where they were quickly joined by three other dragons.
Before Hiccup and Mirabel had a chance to try and summon a magic cloud, they were intercepted by a Snaptrapper, a Goregutter, and a Changewing.
“What do you think you’re doing?” Isabela questioned, crossing her arms with a displeased expression.
“We know you’re not sneaking off to make out!” Camilo smirked. “You two are way too dweeby for that!”
The young couple looked to each other, desperately hoping the other had a suitable excuse. Stammering all the while.
“W-Well, actually-what I mean is-that is to say- “
“Um…Y’see…we were just- “
Luisa shut down their sputtering swiftly.
She gave them her own glare, though her eyes were twitching with worry. “Don’t even try it, guys. We know you’re going to Berk.”
Isabela regarded her sister and her boyfriend with frustration, all four of her Snaptrapper heads sharing in the emotion.
“What part of there’s a lunatic who wants to kill us don’t you get?” She grumbled.
Despite their previous stuttering, Hiccup and Mirabel soon donned steadfast faces.
“The part where we’re supposed to leave our friends hanging.” Said Mirabel.
“Think about it, guys!” Hiccup tried. “Astrid, Fishlegs, Ruff and Tuff, Snotlout, Gobber, Dad…”
“How could we live with ourselves if anything happened to them?” He asked. “If we could’ve helped?”
Camilo and Luisa were thinking of their friends, turmoil on their faces.
Isabela was honestly considering how she would feel if Snotlout died.
“But…what if it’s dangerous?” Luisa wondered, wincing at the thought. “I don’t want anyone getting hurt!”
“We just wanna know how they’re doing.” Mirabel responded. “Who says anyone’s getting hurt?”
“Dagur. Dagur says someone’s getting hurt.” Camilo snarked.
Hiccup put on his most reassuring smile, which honestly looked more desperate than he intended.
“We’ll be in and out, I swear!”
After a moment, it seemed the three came to a conclusion.
Hiccup and Mirabel were right.
They couldn’t just leave everyone hanging.
Isabela groaned once more, fighting the urge to pull her hair.
When she was done, she laid down the law.
“We stop by, make sure everything’s fine, and we leave.” She commanded. “And no one better get a scratch, or Abuela’s gonna flip!”
The young couple very much wanted to celebrate, but it was late. They couldn’t wake anyone up.
Instead they opted to silently high-five, grinning widely.
“Can we hurry this up?” Camilo asked, before giving a big yawn. “Some of us have things to do in the morning.”
“Oh really? Who?” Mirabel asked, sarcastically.
While snickering at her primo’s disgruntled expression, she summoned a magical storm.
Thankfully, this one wasn’t too loud.
Flying as stealthily as they could, the five flew into the clouds…
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
…And came out the other end, soaring high above Berk’s village.
Just like their hometown, it seemed everyone had turned in for the night.
Except for a veritable mountain of a man, tromping his way through the town.
Stoick had to squint, to make out the distinct shapes of five dragons flapping in the night sky.
And he took a step back, when they landed right in front of them.
“Hiccup?” He asked. “It’s a bit late for a visit, wouldn’t you say?”
The boy in question gave a wry grin.
“It’s been one of those days…” He sighed.
Mirabel was the first to dismount her dragon. She quickly turned her head around, trying to get a good look at her surroundings.
To her relief, the village seemed perfectly intact.
“Everything looks fine to me…” Camilo mumbled, already wishing he was back in his bed.
He tried to lean an arm on his Changewing, Tonta. But she quickly moved her head aside, and watched him fall over with amusement.
But while things may have looked fine, Mirabel still wanted to be sure.
“Everyone’s okay, right?” Questioned the girl. “Has Dagur started any trouble?”
Upon hearing the unhinged moniker, the chief developed a grumpy expression.
“There’s been no sign of him.” He responded, with a shake of his head. “I’ve had Vikings on lookout twenty-four seven, but no one’s seen anything.”
This news was both reassuring and unnerving.
The village hadn’t been raided by Berserkers, which was good.
But Dagur definitely wasn’t just sitting around doing nothing. There was no doubt in any of their minds that he was plotting something.
“Well, we did what we came here to do.” Isabela said, rather impatiently. “Now let’s get back before we’re all in huge trouble!”
This seemed to surprise Stoick, who’s eyes widened with shock.
“You were that worried?” He wondered, looking to his son specifically.
His lips lifted into a smug smile.
“You seem awfully concerned about the village, son!” He chuckled. “It’s almost like you’re the chief!”
He’s been needling the boy about his role as Berk’s heir for months now.
Hiccup had made it clear that he didn’t want the role, preferring the Encanto as his permanent home, but the burly man wouldn’t let the issue drop.
“Oh Gods…” Groaned the scrawny teen.
This caused Stoick to burst into raucous laughter, holding onto his stomach with glee.
Though this quickly turned into harsh, hacking coughs. He doubled over, a fist to his mouth.
“Woah!” Luisa exclaimed, overcome with concern. “You okay?”
Still in the midst of coughing, the man held up a hand to reassure them.
Once he was finally done, he cleared his throat, and spoke.
“Don’t worry about me, lass. There’s just a case of Eel Pox, going around the island.”
The mention of any sort of sickness caused Isabela to reel back in revulsion, and cower behind her dragon.
“Stay back!” She squealed. “I hate being sick!”
“You’ve never been sick for more than an hour.” Mirabel pointed out.
Her sister sent her a disgusted look.
“Yeah, and that hour sucks!”
Hiccup winced with sympathy. He knew how bad Eel Pox breakouts could get, he’d caught it himself multiple times.
“And how’s the village been taking it?”
Stoick regarded him with tired eyes.
“Ruffnut and Tuffnut were the sanest ones, today…” He answered.
That really said all that needed to be said.
“I wanted to send the riders out to Healer’s Island, to get herbs for medicine. But they’re all sick too.”
“I was preparing to sail there myself.” Spoke the chief. “But I figured I shouldn’t leave the village alone for too long. Not in this state.”
“It’d be a lot easier if I had my own dragon…” He grumbled to himself.
Sensing an opportunity to help, Mirabel stepped up to the plate.
“We can get the herbs!” She cheerily offered, bright smile seeming to illuminate the dark night.
Much to the surprise of her companions.
“What happened to in and out?” Isabela demanded, already hating the idea.
“Actually, Healer’s Island isn’t too far out.” Hiccup noted. “It really wouldn’t take too much time.”
“You’re just backing her up because you’re screwing!” Camilo muttered, a sly smirk on his face.
It didn’t go unheard, as the back of his head was soon slapped by all three of the cool-color sisters.
And their dragons.
As the cool night breeze billowed through his cape, Stoick retrieved a small piece of paper he’d tucked under his belt.
“Here’s the list of ingredients.” He said, his voice coarse.
His massive hand was reaching towards Hiccup, as he was the only one who could read the writing. But Mirabel snatched it for herself.
Noticing the odd looks she was getting, she simply grinned.
“I’ve been studying!”
Luisa released a heavy sigh, as she realized just what was happening.
“We’re not getting any sleep until we get those herbs, huh?” She mumbled, warily.
Hiccup and Mirabel gave simultaneous nods, identical twinkles in their eyes.
They were so in sync, it was adorable.
And kind of annoying.
The riders hopped onto their dragons, the majority of them wanting to just get this over with. And set off to acquire the ingredients for medicine.
None of them had any idea of what was to come.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
They had an easy enough time.
Under the moonlight, their paths lit by dragon-fire, it didn’t take too long to scrounge up the necessary plants.
Healer’s Island was called as such for a reason, it was home to a bounty of medicinal greenery.
The trickiest part was following Mirabel’s direction.
She’d been trying to learn Hiccup’s native language, just as he had for hers. But her grasp on this new alphabet wasn’t exactly solid yet.
“Can we please let Hiccup read the list?” Isabela requested, rubbing her arms with a slight shiver. She huddled under her dragon’s wing for warmth.
Perhaps coming out here in a night gown wasn’t the best idea. But then again, she didn’t expect her overeager sister to send them on a fetch quest at this hour.
Mirabel shook her head, almost looking offended.
“If I don’t practice, I’ll never learn!”
Camilo stuck his head out of a shrub, where he was foraging for herbs. Tonta shared his unamused frown.
“Any other time…” He grumbled. “You could’ve picked any other time to practice…”
The ground rumbled, as Luisa and Hercules arrived with a whole bushel of violet flowers.
“Got the rock blossoms!” She grinned, dusting off her hands.
She gingerly placed them into a bag, along with the other plants they’d acquired.
“Perfect!” Cheered Mirabel. “Now all that’s left is the…”
She checked the list again, squinting her eyes as she tried to read the final item.
“Uh…Sheep Leaf?”
“That’s goat weed, babe.” Hiccup chuckled.
“Ay, Dios…” Isabela trembled. “They’ve moved onto pet names!”
A very frightened Camilo uttered a quick prayer.
The goat weed was located on the other side of the island, where the forests turned into muddy plains. Luckily, it only took a few minutes to get there. Thanks to their dragons.
Smiling widely, the feeling of accomplishment flowing throughout her being, Mirabel plucked as clump of goat weed from the dirt. Depositing it into their bag.
“And now we’re done!”
Tired, cold, and ready to jump back into bed, the Madrigals turned around and headed for their dragons.
Just in time to see them be captured.
Out from the forest, a legion of bolas launched form the darkness. Tying up their reptilian friends, who each released startled screeches.
It all had happened so fast, they barely had any time to register what had happened. They stood there for a moment, their eyes wide. Wondering if what they saw was real.
And then they heard the snickering.
All eyes turned to the woods, as a multitude of flames appeared. Flickering, sending off small embers, and coming closer.
They soon learned that these were torches, being held by a large group of rather unsavory looking Vikings. Each one armed to the teeth with weaponry.
And leading them was no other than Dagur the Deranged. Stepping forth with an unhinged smirk.
Hiccup and Mirabel’s eyes sparked with recognition. And it didn’t take much for Isabela, Luisa, and Camilo to guess who this was.
While several Berserkers went to apprehend the captured dragons, their leader approached the group. An overly confident swagger in his steps.
“Well, well, well…” Dagur began, in an almost casual manner. “Color me surprised!”
“Here we are, setting a trap to catch some Dragon Riders…and we find demigods instead!”
He turned his manic gaze to the three Madrigals he hadn’t seen before, sizing them up. Making them all feel uncomfortable under his gaze.
“I see we have some new faces!” He grinned, viciously.
He seemed to take a particular interest in Luisa, and her massive frame. Eyeing her rippling muscles, and getting far too close for her comfort.
“Oh-ho-ho!” He laughed. “My, how big you are!”
His voice lowered into a deadly whisper, as he imagined the glory he'd get for felling such a mighty opponent.
“I like a challenge!”
A thorny vine sprouted up, between himself and Luisa.
“Back off, creep!” Isabela warned.
Dagur’s eyes were on the plant, sparkling with what seemed to be wonder. Before he looked back up to the one who conjured it.
“Oh this is gonna be fun!” He said, with a childlike excitement.
For as tense as he was, Hiccup couldn’t help but ask a question.
“Wait, you said something about a trap.” The boy realized. “What trap? How’d you know we’d be here?”
The unhinged teen regarded him with an almost bored expression.
“I didn’t, brother…” The word was spoken with a palpable venom. “Like I said, I was trying to nab some of Berk’s highly-trained dragon riders!”
He then leaned against a tree, crossing one leg over another.
“I coerced a trader into sprinkling some infected eel scales into his spices, and set up camp while we waited for the illness to set in. I knew someone would fly in to grab some herbs!”
“We’d capture one of them, torture them for information, kill their dragon and feed them the remains…” He shrugged, flippantly. “Y’know, all the good stuff.”
His casual treatment of such morbid topics was unsettling, to say the least.
“But this is so much better!” Dagur cheered, the thrill of the hunt evident in his smile. “Finally, I get to kill a demigod!”
Camilo looked the opposing boy up and down, and he had to say he wasn’t impressed.
“Sorry, pal…” He spoke, sardonically. Fighting off a yawn. “No killing tonight.”
“That’s right!” Mirabel said, looking upon the crazed boy with disdain. “We’re taking our dragons, and we’re leaving!”
And Dagur laughed.
Discordant, howling laughter was launched from his throat. Directed at the skies.
When he was done, he sighed and wheezed. Wiping jovial tears from his eyes.
“Oh…oh that was a good one!” He complimented, voice still quivering with glee. “You should be a comedian!”
“But as you can see…”
He snapped his finger.
On command, even more Berserkers came stomping out of the woods. Snarls on every face.
“There’s fifty of us!” Dagur smirked. “And five of you!”
He reached behind himself, and pulled out his sword. Pointing it towards the Madrigals.
“So here’s what’s gonna happen…”
“First, I’m gonna kill you!” He declared. “But I’ll leave one of you alive, so you can tell me where the rest are, so I can kill them too!”
Isabela summoned an array of deadly plants, all lashing and snapping. Forming a defensive circle around herself and her loved ones.
The Berserkers stepped back a bit, surprised by the magic. But this only seemed to invigorate Dagur more.
“Counter offer…” She proposed, snarling with aggression. “You take your goons and buzz off, before we kick your pasty butt into next week!”
Once again, Dagur laughed.
“I like the attitude!” He cheerfully stated.
His bright eyes were soon overtaken by a maniacal darkness.
“I can’t wait to break it!”
They were surrounded on all sides.
Everywhere they looked, there was a Berserker. Armed with an axe, or a mace, or a hammer.
And they seemed all too eager to use them.
Under the light of the crescent moon, one thing became abundantly clear.
If they wanted any chance of saving their dragons, and getting home…
They’d have to fight their way out.
Chapter 19: Twilight Terror: Part 2
Summary:
The Encanto Riders vs the Berserkers.
Chapter Text
It was a lovely night.
The stars twinkled in the dark sky, dotting the heavens like a marvelous canvas.
Crickets chirped their gentle songs, fireflies tried their bests to mimic the stars above, the breeze provided a pleasant chill…
It truly was a beautiful night.
And it was one the Encanto Riders were going to spend fighting.
A late-night mission to retrieve medicinal herbs for Berk has now turned into unexpected altercation with the Berserker Tribe. Thanks to a trap, set by Dagur the Deranged.
With their dragons captured, they were stranded on a small islet. And with a legion of warriors surrounding them, forcing them all into a tight huddle, their options were limited.
Tired, cold, and more than a little scared, it seemed their only method of escape would be to fight their way out.
Though Hiccup figured it wouldn’t hurt to try some diplomacy, one last time.
Mustering all the intimidation factor his small frame could manage, the young Haddock glared daggers and Dagur.
“Look, we don’t have to do this…” He reasoned, fighting the quiver that threatened to hitch his speech.
His pine green eyes held firm, a deep frown set on his face.
Despite how skinny he was, his attitude almost made him appear larger.
“Attacking innocent people isn’t gonna get you the respect you want, Dagur.” Hiccup said. “We don’t want to fight you.”
The unhinged boy in question dropped his jaw, his eyes widening to unreal degrees. He pressed his palms to each side of his face.
“Oh, really?” He asked, feigning sincerity. “You don’t wanna fight? Aw jeez, that’s too bad…”
Suddenly, his visage of genuineness switched into a bloodthirsty snarl.
“Because I do!”
With a twisted grin, he slashed his sword forward. Directing his men onwards.
“ATTACK!”
And just like that, the Madrigals were in the midst of an all-out brawl.
Bellowing battle cries, and waving their weapons about, the Berserkers stormed forth. Making short work of the distance separating the two groups.
It would only be a few short moments before the front lines were upon them, beating and bashing them to bloody bits.
And the Berserkers knew. With each step, the murderous glint in their eyes grew bigger and bigger.
And just when the first men arrived, ready to hack and slash the teenagers to pieces-
They were eaten.
An group of large and voracious plants sprouted from the dirt, swallowing them whole.
The warriors immediately behind them skidded to a stop, eyeing the blooms with great confusion.
Their brief moment of stillness allowed a certain plant-conjuror to summon a row of cacti, directly under their crotches.
They all jutted upwards, striking their targets with deadly precision and force. Causing them to release simultaneous high-pitched squeals.
Hiccup and Camilo couldn’t help but wince with sympathy.
Clutching their family jewels with immense pain, the men crumpled to the ground. Sniffling the night away, their weapons slipping from their grasps.
Meanwhile, the Berserkers were baffled. Murmuring confusedly amongst themselves.
They knew these were demigods, of course. They’d recently been electrocuted by one.
Magnus still needed physical therapy.
But seeing those soldiers be gobbled up and bashed so quickly, by shrubbery of all things, planted the seeds of doubt into their minds.
Dagur noticed the lack of movement from his men, and he wasn’t pleased with it.
“Uh…correct me if I’m wrong, but did I say stand around like idiots?” He asked.
From his side, his right-hand minion piped up.
“Oh no, sir!” Spoke an oddly cheery Savage. “You said to attack! I remember it quite clearly!”
“Exactly!” Responded Dagur, a manic twitch in his eye.
He abruptly moved behind Savage, and harshly shoved him forwards.
“SO START ATTACKING!”
Stumbling forth, the lackey awkwardly began to charge. A few of the braver men following in his wake.
Their charge was immediately cut short by Luisa, who simply needed to stomp her foot.
The earth beneath their feet rattled and quaked, causing them all to tumble to the ground. Before they’d even gotten to try anything.
Dagur noticed this embarrassing display, and snorted with frustration.
“Aw, come on!”
He began yelling and screaming to his subordinates, demanding they get their acts together. They all looked noticeable more nervous.
While a night spent battling probably sounded fun to others, the Madrigals weren’t too keen on the concept.
They needed an escape plan, as soon as possible.
“So uh…any ideas?” Camilo asked, surprisingly casual given the situation.
He glanced over to Mirabel and Hiccup, an eyebrow raised.
“Come on, you’re our resident geeks!” He grinned, leaning against his eldest cousin’s side. “What ’cha got?”
“Would it kill you to take this seriously?” Questioned Isabela, bumping him off. Her fingers twitched, ready to summon another plant at the slightest provocation.
In response, the shifter just shrugged. His grin growing sufficiently smugger.
Mirabel and Hiccup wracked their brains, trying to figure out just how they’d get out of here.
And they had to think fast, as the Berserkers were rapidly approaching.
One thing was for certain, they needed to get to their dragons.
There were five reptiles scattered about the field, all trapped in bolas. Struggling against their constraints. And unfortunately, there was a significant amount of space between each dragon.
In the time it would take to run over to one, free it, and then try another…the Berserkers would surely catch on. Perhaps even harming their dragons in the process.
In Mirabel’s mind, there was only one option.
“We need to split up.”
Her four companions all turned to her, eyeing her as if she was crazy.
Camilo shifted his gaze to Isabela, his eyes returning to their half-lidded state.
“Never mind, the geeks have lost it.” He mumbled. “You make the plan…”
But Mirabel would not be deterred.
“No, really!” Insisted the girl. “We’ll pair up! We can cover more ground, and get our dragons out faster!”
Her companions all looked to each other, uncertainty in their expressions.
But at this point, they’ve all realized that you should probably do what Mirabel says. Things usually turn out okay when they do.
Determination setting in, they turned back to her.
“Let’s do this!” Luisa grinned.
The girl managed a small smile, happy that she was being trusted. Before filling them in on the details.
“I’ll go with Luisa. Hiccup, you go with Isa. And Camilo- “
But her cousin was gone.
All she saw was a Berserker, identical to another she’d seen before, casually wandering into the fray.
And she knew he was up to something.
Deciding to have some faith in the shapeshifter, the remaining riders broke off. Splitting into two groups.
Before they were gone, Mirabel and Hiccup each plucked one of the fallen weapons on the ground. An axe and a hammer, respectively.
Being both gift-less and dragon-less, it was a good idea to arm themselves.
And so, the two teams set off to complete their missions.
Free their dragons-
And get the hell out of here.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hiccup and Isabela were the first to reach a dragon. Isabela’s Snaptrapper, specifically.
The multi-necked creature was writhing within her trappings, each head fighting to escape.
The lead head, Rosita, hissed orders to her sisters. Trying to get them coordinated. But the other three lashed about wildly, completely panicked.
When they noticed the arrival of their rider, along with her rather scrawny brother, their wriggling increased tenfold.
Isabela sank to her knees, eyes twinkling with sadness for her friend.
“It’s okay, girls. I’m here…” She tried to soothe.
She summoned the thorniest branch she could manage, and was just about to start using it. Before she heard several battle cries, heading straight for them.
“W-We’ve got company!” Alerted Hiccup, as he watched a trio of Berserkers race closer and closer.
With a huff that portrayed annoyance more than anything, Isabela handed the vine to her almost-brother.
“I got this…” She sighed.
He got to work cutting, while she got to work fighting.
One of the warriors raised his mace high into the air, ready to swing it. But a vine shot out from the soil, wrapping itself around his wrist.
It then harshly yanked downwards, causing him to conk his head with his own weapon.
The man to his left lurched backwards, surprised. Giving Isabela enough time to entangle the vine around his feet. He was swung wildly about, knocking into his fellow warrior, before finally being slammed hard into the dirt. Knocking him out.
The remaining Berserker took one glance at her, and decided it just wasn't worth it. He fled without a moment's hesitation.
Rolling her eyes, as if they were merely nuisances, she turned back to her allies.
Ignoring how much it pricked his hands, Hiccup feverishly used the thorny branch to free the Snaptrapper.
As soon as he was finished, he had to step back. As the reptile in front of him abruptly scurried to their feet, elated to be released from their bindings.
Immediately, all four heads bombarded Isabela with nuzzles. Causing the woman to giggle.
“Okay, okay!” She tittered, lightly shoving the heads aside. “I’m happy to see you too!”
Wiping the sweat from his forehead, and removing a few thorns from his palm, Hiccup allowed himself a moment to enjoy the heartwarming sight. Slightly smiling.
That smile dropped immediately, when he saw what was lurking behind them.
“LOOK OUT!”
His shout startled both Isabela and her dragon, who instinctively jolted to the side.
Just in time to dodge an arrow that was flying straight for the eldest grandchild’s head.
Surging with adrenaline, Hiccup chucked his hammer with a strength he didn’t know he had.
Somehow, he managed to pummel the archer square in the gut. He keeled over, wheezing for any ounce of breath.
It all happened in an instant. And now that it was over, Isabela still wasn’t sure if she’d seen what she saw.
Sneaking a glance at the boy, it was obvious he didn’t quite believe it either.
But it was real. He’d saved her life.
Smiling with a sisterly affection she rarely ever showed him, she lightly ruffled his hair. Chuckling as it covered his eyes.
“Nice shot, nerd!” She complemented, making sure to sneak in some teasing as well.
She couldn’t be straightforward with her love for him. She had an image to maintain!
The Snaptrapper sisters all wanted to show their appreciation too, licking his face with their three-pronged tongues.
With Isabela’s dragon saved, it was time to find Toothless.
As they were doing so, Mirabel and Luisa were entangled with their own battle.
Mirabel’s sword made quick work of Hercules’ constraints, snapping through the ropes that held the Goregutter with ease.
Meanwhile, Luisa kept an entire horde of Berserkers occupied.
They were situated near a large group of them, in any other scenario they’d be doomed.
But for Luisa, it was like swatting a bunch of flies.
Effortlessly, she defended against the masses. All it took was a flick of her finger, or a light push. And they were launched several feet away.
She tried very hard not to cause serious injury, she’d never forgive herself if she harmed someone fatally. But they were trying to hurt her, and her family. That couldn’t be allowed.
“You alright back there, sis?” Luisa called out, holding off five Berserkers with just her palm.
Her tongue poking past her lips, a sign of her concentration, Mirabel continued to cut the rope.
But he was a big dragon, so there was a lot of rope to cut.
“Almost done!” She responded.
Hercules was surprisingly calm about the ordeal, not writhing or panicking nearly as much as some other dragons. Perhaps he knew that remaining still would allow the girl to release him faster.
Luisa nodded, happy to know things were going well. But she still kept her guard up. Fully aware that the next threat probably wasn’t too far away.
And she was right, as her next opponent came barreling from across the field.
His manic grin flashing through the night’s darkness, Dagur himself rushed to meet her in battle. Laughing all the way there.
Her brow creasing, Luisa stood her ground.
The unhinged boy was already imagining her demise. The blood spurting from her wounds, the thud that would come as she hit the ground, the stories they’d tell of his mighty victory.
Luisa stood her ground.
Once close enough, he brought his sword out. Thrusting it straight towards her midsection.
Luisa stood her ground.
Dagur’s assault was punctuated by a victorious battle cry, as he went in for the kill.
“GAME OVER, DEMIGOD!”
And he stabbed her.
Or, he tried to stab her.
As soon as his sword made contact with her body, it exploded.
It broke into pieces. Scraps of metal lamely scattering to the dirt below.
Dagur’s smirk immediately evaporated into a look of massive confusion. He gawked at the handle in his grasp, the only remnant of what was once a mighty blade.
Slowly, his gaze shifted up to the hulking woman before him.
Luisa scowled down at her adversary, crossing her imposing arms.
“This is your chance to run.” She informed him, as sternly as possible.
The twitch in the young chief’s eye returned, as his surprised face shifted into an unbalanced fury.
“That’s not how this works!” He shouted, sounding more whiny than threatening. “You’re supposed to be running from me!”
“You’re the runner! I’m the one who makes you run!”
Mirabel peeked up from her work, just for a second.
“Y’know…saying something over and over doesn’t make it true.”
Luisa cracked a snicker.
With an enraged snarl, he reached behind himself to retrieve his axe. Positive that this would work better than the sword.
But as soon as he looked back, he saw that the massive girl was now flanked by an even more massive dragon.
Hercules had been released.
Snorting steam out of his nostrils, the Goregutter bent downwards. Plucking Dagur up into his antlers, before tossing him elsewhere.
The sound he made when he hit the ground was quite amusing.
Luisa’s tough visage melted into a warm smile, as she caressed her dragon’s head.
“Thanks, Herc…” She whispered. The reptile making content croons.
Mirabel found the moment adorable, but she also knew they weren’t quite done.
“Alright, let’s find Mariposa!” She grinned.
Despite the situation they were in, her eternal peppiness was indestructible.
The three rushed off to find their next friend. And as this was happening, a certain shifter was up to mischief.
In the body of a Berserker, Camilo casually strolled through the battle field.
He sauntered up to the warrior who manned the bola launcher. The man could see that some of the dragons had been freed, and was already about to try and trap them again.
But before he could, a finger tapped his shoulder.
“What the-Fergus!?” He asked, his voice gruff. “Aren’t you s’posed to be fighting the demigods?”
Fergus simply pointed to the weapon before them, before pointing to Dagur. Splayed out on the field, still dazed from being tossed.
“The chief wants you on the bolas?” Questioned the other warrior.
Camilo nodded, though this only seemed to raise suspicion.
“…Even though you have the worst eyesight out of anyone in the tribe?”
…That information wasn't ideal.
Remarkably, the shifter managed to keep his features in a neutral state. Even though he was starting to freak out internally. He opted to just nod again.
The other Berserker narrowed his eyes, a distrustful frown on his face. Camilo fought to hold eye contact.
After a moment, the other man shrugged.
“I guess they don’t call him deranged for nothing…”
He moved aside, and went to join the battle himself. Allowing access to the launcher.
Well that was easy.
“Man, I’m good!” The teen thought to himself.
Nets upon nets upon nets were fired at a rapid pace, but not on the dragons.
The Berserkers found themselves subject to their own methods, as Camilo took control of the bola launcher.
The field was soon littered with men, struggling within the nets. The freed dragons felt a sense of schadenfreude.
Ducking under a bola that was flying overhead, letting it trap Savage in his place, Dagur sneered with discontent.
“WHO LET FERGUS MAN THE LAUNCHER!?” He exclaimed, demanding answers.
The man responsible did not take accountability.
The young chief was forced to watch as the entire rest of his troops, those who weren’t already knocked out at least, were captured.
His ambush was crumbling around him.
They hadn’t even put a scratch on the demigods.
And it was pissing him off.
This wasn’t what was supposed to happen!
He was supposed to triumph over the demigods! Songs would be written about him, his tale would be told for generations!
His loss against them last time was a fluke, obviously.
But this? This was wrong.
Wrong, wrong, wrong.
And he couldn’t stand it.
He fumed and steamed and huffed and puffed. Grinding his teeth and clenching his fists so hard his nails threatened to draw blood.
He was so consumed by his anger, he didn’t even noticed as Fergus walked right by him. Morphing into the form of a very smug teenager.
Camilo meandered towards his cousins, who were successful in rescuing all their dragons.
Including a very unhappy Changewing.
Tonta slithered to her rider, hissing her displeasure.
The look in her large eyes seemed to say “You didn’t even try to save me?”
Camilo held his hands up defensively.
“Hey, I was busy!” He argued, gesturing to the multitude of trapped warriors around them.
His dragon rolled her eyes, probably hissing something about excuses.
“Good job, Primo!” Mirabel praised, earning a genuine smile from her cousin.
“I agree!” Added Hiccup, already on Toothless’ back.
“And now that we have our dragons, I suggest we get out of here.”
The Madrigals had no argument there. Hopping onto their reptilian companions, and awaiting the summoning of a magic storm.
But…one of them felt there was still something she had to do.
Mirabel glanced back to Dagur, vacantly sneering at nothing in particular.
She knew he wasn’t done. She knew he’d keep coming after them, and their Berkian friends.
If there was a chance she could talk it out of him, any chance at all…
She had to take it.
Hiccup and the Madrigals watched as she dismounted her dragon, confusion in all their gazes.
“Hermana…?” Luisa tentatively asked, wondering what she was up to.
The bespectacled girl looked back at them, that familiar determination in her eyes.
“I have to try.” Was all she said.
She began to move, and Mariposa, Hiccup and Toothless all made to follow her. But she stopped them, pleading with them to stay put with just her eyes.
They complied, though Hiccup stood a little closer to her than the others.
She approached Dagur, her sisters, cousin, and her boyfriend keeping a close eye on the proceedings. In case anything went wrong.
The unhinged boy finally snapped out of his livid trance, the crunching of leaves and grass filling his ears. He turned around, regarding the girl with a scowl. Ready to jump to violence at any moment.
Mirabel took a breath, and began to speak.
“We don’t want to fight you, Dagur.” She said. “Berk doesn’t want to fight.”
“There doesn’t have to be a war.”
“Please…let this be the end of it.” She all but begged. Her eyes were imploring, and slightly sad.
She wanted the violence to stop. She wanted her family to be safe. She wanted to be able to visit her friends, without lying and sneaking and risking a fight.
And the gatekeeper of her desires was Dagur.
His response would determine how this all played out. The power was solely in his hands.
But of course, his response was anything but reasonable.
“This ends when I say it ends!” He growled, stomping his foot. “And it ends when all you demigods are DEAD!”
Mirabel felt a sinking feeling in her heart, before it was replaced with a fury of her own.
“But why?” She asked, aggravation evident. “We’ve done nothing to you!”
“It’s not about what you did or didn’t do…” Seethed the opposing boy.
He stood tall, chest puffed out. Trying his best to look mighty.
“It’s about power! It’s about getting me the respect I deserve!”
“When word gets out that I killed demigods, everyone in the archipelago will be bowing to me!” He proclaimed, the very thought making him giddy. “I’ll have proven myself as the greatest warrior in Viking history!”
He spoke these next words with a grimace, hatred visible on every inch of his body.
“And I can finally say I’m better than my stupid father…”
Camilo nudged Isabela with his elbow. Once he had her attention, he transformed into Dagur. Twirling a finger around the side of his head, making her silently chuckle.
Mirabel noticed that he mentioned his father again, something he really seemed to do a lot.
For a guy who claims to have disposed of his dad, the man was clearly on his mind still.
And it got her thinking.
“Will killing innocent people really get you what you want?” She asked, trying to keep an even tone.
The crazed boy considered the question for a second.
Eventually, he shrugged.
“It’s a start…” He answered, though he didn’t sound as sure as he did previously.
Mirabel shook her head, denying that statement.
“No, it won’t.” She said, a firm quality to her voice. “Because that’s not what you want.”
“You want to get back at your dad.”
The boy sputtered, utterly shocked by her words.
“W-What?”
Mirabel closed the distance between them, ever so slightly.
“I don’t know your father. I don’t know what he was like, or what your relationship was like.”
“But for whatever reason, you hate him.” She determined. “You hate him, and now you wanna get back at him.”
“That’s why you took over his tribe. That’s why you’re trying to prove that you’re better than him.”
With each word she spoke, the crazed teen looked more and more baffled. As if he couldn’t believe what he was hearing.
Behind her, her companions would quite stunned as well.
“But it won’t work.” Said the girl, softly. “No matter what you do, how many people you hurt, how many wars you wage…”
“The pain you feel inside won’t ever go away. Not until you let it go.”
“I’m not saying it’ll be easy, believe me I’m not.” She chuckled, almost ruefully. “But it can be done.”
“You have to start somewhere. And…”
She hesitated a bit, before looking to him with the sincerest eyes he’d ever seen. It almost made the boy quake.
“You don’t have to do it alone.”
The Madrigals couldn’t believe it. This guy was trying to kill them, and she still wanted to help him.
Hiccup knew that’s just who his girlfriend was.
Dagur stood completely still, not even blinking. His mouth hanging open as far as his jaw would allow.
And for one second, one fleeting instant that might've just been her wishful thinking…
He almost seemed to want to take up her offer.
But a moment later, that unhinged scowl returned.
“What the heck is this?” He asked, incensed. “W-What, are you trying to psychoanalyze me in the middle of a battlefield!?”
“And y’know what? Maybe I am trying to get back at my dad! Maybe he deserves it!”
His breathing grew haggard, as his yelling grew more intense.
“Maybe that’s what happens when you cross me! Maybe that’s what happens when you walk out on me!”
Finally, his shouting reached its apex. As he let out one last infuriated cry.
“MAYBE THAT’S WHAT HE GETS FOR JUST DISAPPEARING!”
The only sounds left were his labored breaths, even the crickets were silent.
Though soon enough…Mirabel had a new question to ask.
“…I thought you said he was dead…”
It was only then that Dagur realized his slip-up, the horrified realization dawning on his once enraged face.
With a furious bellow, he retrieved his axe. Swinging it towards Mirabel without a second thought.
It happened so quickly, the Madrigals and their dragons barely had time to react.
They all rushed to try and intervene, to save her, but they were too far back.
Except Hiccup.
With an unprecedented speed, he dashed forth and tackled her out of harm’s way. Allowing the axe to strike him instead.
And it did.
Right on the foot.
A loud clanging resounded throughout the night air, as his metal leg was mutilated by the axe.
Dagur was shocked, truly not expecting that.
He tried to yank his weapon back, but he found it was stuck. Trapped inside the mangled metal that was Hiccup’s foot.
“Come on!” He grunted. “Stupid axe…”
Mirabel took this moment to scramble to her feet, and punch Dagur right in the nose.
He released a nasally yelp, and stumbled backwards. Holding onto his nose with both pain and surprise.
The axe was still lodged in Hiccup’s foot. Mirabel tried to help by pulling it out, but it was insurmountably stuck in there. So the boy opted to detach the foot entirely.
It was fine, he’d already made a spare.
“Hey, bud?” He called, while Mirabel helped him up.
Toothless bounded to him, already turning to allow easy access to the bag on his saddle. Where the spare leg was held.
As Hiccup equipped it, Camilo spoke up.
“Can we go now!?” He frantically asked.
The young couple looked back for just a second, and saw that Dagur was already recovering.
“Yeah, we can go.” Said Mirabel.
As swiftly as possible, they mounted their dragons. Flying off Healer’s Island for good. Leaving a legion of incapacitated Berserkers behind.
They didn’t miss the absolutely murderous glare Dagur gave them as they left.
They knew this wasn’t over.
Miraculously, all the herbs they’d acquired were intact. So they stopped by Berk to drop them off.
“Did you have any trouble?” Stoick asked, as he graciously took the herbs.
All the riders shared a glance.
“Nope!” Mirabel cheerily responded.
And once they were done, they flew into a storm of golden clouds…
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Now back in the Encanto’s plaza, a pact was formed.
“We tell nobody about what happened tonight!” Isabela whispered, deathly serious. “Nobody!”
“Don’t have to tell me twice.” Camilo stated. “My parents would kill me in ways Dagur couldn’t imagine…”
Luisa stretched her beefy arms out, a powerful yawn leaving her mouth.
“On the bright side, we can finally get some sleep!” She said, exhaustion seeping in. “All that fighting’s got me beat.”
Her cousin smirked up at her.
“Oh yeah, that was so tough for you! Senorita Takes-an-entire-army-like-it’s-nothing!”
Luisa blushed bashfully, averting her gaze.
“I’m not that impressive…”
“Except that you totally are!” Mirabel grinned.
“You make the toughest warriors in the archipelago look as frail as…me!” Hiccup laughed.
“Someone tried to stab you, and the sword literally exploded!” Isabela noted. “You’re awesome!”
Luisa’s face was so red, she was forced to hide it in her powerful hands.
“Cut it out!” She mewled, her flustered voice muffled by her palms.
The other riders laughed, and began the walk back to Casita. Vowing to not let the house know anything that went on earlier.
Though Mirabel stagnated a bit, just staring at her boyfriend.
He noticed her looking, and began to feel a bit awkward.
“Uh…what’s up?” He asked.
She was quiet for a second, before finding her voice.
“…You took an axe for me.”
It hadn’t caused him any harm, thankfully. But he didn’t know that would happen.
Hiccup, unsure of how to respond, managed a shrug.
“Of course I did!” He said, with that lopsided smirk she adored. “I uh…y’know-I…”
A blush of his own formed on his cheeks, while he rubbed the back of his neck.
“I love you.”
Those words made her heart pitter-patter incessantly, a warm and tingly feeling filling her body.
Under the cool night sky, her deep brown eyes sparkled brighter than the twinkling stars above.
God she loved this boy…
And she couldn’t help herself.
She cupped his cheeks with her hands, eliciting a stunned squeak from the boy, and brought him close.
Before he could even realize what was happening, their lips were locked.
But as his eyes fluttered closed, he certainly wasn’t complaining.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Back in the archipelago, a certain someone was complaining.
Dagur had managed to free all of his men, and they were currently on a boat. Approaching the docks of Berserker Island, the shame of defeat hanging over them.
They’d all been beaten, eaten, captured, or had their identities stolen. Not a single one of the demigods was felled.
It was humiliating, to say the least.
Already their leader had sworn revenge. And already they weren’t fond of the idea.
So much so, that they sent Savage to try and talk him out of it.
“Uh…sir?” Said the man, trying to be as polite as he could.
Dagur didn’t speak, simply huffing to acknowledge his presence.
“Um…the men are wondering if pursuing the demigods is truly the best idea?”
Slowly, their young leader turned to face them. Looking ready to snap.
“I mean, we didn’t even kill any of them today!” Savage blurted. “And we know that’s not all of them! Who knows how many there are? How powerful they are?”
“I just think we should focus our efforts…elsewhere.”
As the sun began to rise, so did Dagur’s fury.
“Oh, I’m sorry!” He mockingly apologized. “Did I miss the coronation?”
“Because I don’t remember YOU being the chief!”
He advanced on Savage with threatening steps, the man stepping back with each one.
“Who overthrew my father?” Asked Dagur.
“I-It was you, sir…” Answered an anxious Savage.
“Who's the strongest warrior on this island? In the whole archipelago?” The teen questioned.
“You, sir!” Answered his lackey, now cornered against the ship’s mast.
Dagur had just one more question to ask, and he made sure to ask it loudly.
“WHO’S THE CHIEF!?”
His ears ringing, a thoroughly intimidated Savage squealed out a response.
“Y-You…”
Dagur almost seemed to growl, before finally backing up.
“Yeah, it’s me.”
“So why don’t you SHUT UP, and do what I- “
“CHIEF!”
They’d arrived on the island, and already a Berserker was at the docks. Waving up at them.
Hissing with agitation, the unhinged boy moved to the front of the boat.
“What?” He harshly asked. “What do you want?”
Despite his leader’s aggression, the Viking only grinned.
“We found it!”
This lifted Dagur’s mood considerably.
An eager smile growing, he hefted himself over the front of the ship. Landing on his feet.
He hurried over to the man, rubbing his hands with glee.
“You found it?” Asked the boy, like a child about to receive a present. “You found my Skrill?”
The man nodded. “Indeed we have!”
“But not just any Skrill, sir…” He said.
“We found a Titan Wing!”
Dagur was over the moon.
This was it! This was his ticket to conquering the archipelago, and killing those obnoxious demigods for good.
But the Berserkers, the ones who’ve just returned from an embarrassment of a battle, weren’t so sure.
All of them had reached the same consensus. Trying to fight the demigods was most likely a useless effort.
But it seemed their leader was insistent on this mission. Nothing would sway him.
Even if it got them all killed.
And it really got the Berserkers thinking.
If their leader was willing to throw their lives away over a vendetta with literal superhumans…
Was he truly a leader worth following?
Chapter 20: Lies upon Lies
Summary:
Camilo tries to fix his mistake.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
He was a monster.
A ghastly presence, towering over the populace with his astonishing seven-foot frame. A legion of disgusting rodents, constantly skittering up and down his back.
His horrifying green eyes pierced into your soul, and saw into your very dreams. A fiend so dastardly, he loved to feast on the screams of his victims.
His power was so immense, all he needed to do was call your name. And your fate was sealed.
An agent of chaos. The emissary of misfortune. The sorcerer of darkness. The presence of the Devil himself, infesting their sanctuary.
For the longest time, this was how the people of the Encanto saw Bruno.
Timid, dorky, hopelessly kindhearted Bruno.
And Camilo felt he was partly to blame.
He’d helped to spread these rumors for years. Circulating dastardly tales of his estranged uncle as if he was nothing more than a ghost story.
And he did so with vigor.
Standing under shady trees or dark alleys, to set the mood. Speaking in hushed and mysterious tones. Spending hours and hours getting his Bruno impersonation just right, so he could properly sell just how terrible he was.
It was once a point of pride, for him. Telling a Bruno story would be the highlight of his day at times.
The reactions from curious children, who’d never seen his uncle in person, were always the most amusing. Some kids would be checking under their beds for days.
But he didn’t solely preform for the children. He’d do his act for anyone in town.
Technically it broke the “We don’t talk about Bruno” rule, but that just made it more exciting. He had to find somewhere secluded to put on his show, adding to the sense of danger and intrigue.
It was fun! He got to put his acting and storytelling chops to the test, and the reactions were often hilarious.
It was probably one of his favorite transformations.
Until Bruno came back.
And he learned that the man was nothing like the myth.
Horrifying eyes? They were frightened and meek, more than anything.
A ghastly presence? A dastardly fiend? That man who couldn’t hurt a fly if he wanted to?
Seven-foot frame? He barely looked five-foot!
The rat thing was true. But even then, they were cuter than described.
Everything said about Bruno was wrong. Everything they knew about Bruno was wrong.
Everything Camilo had spread about Bruno was wrong.
And it made him feel terrible.
He didn’t let it show, acting as nonchalant as always. But as the weeks went on, with Casita slowly but surely being rebuilt, the guilt was eating him up inside.
How could he say such things, about such a gentle person?
How could he slander someone who had nothing but love for his family?
How could he portray him as vile monster, when the man had literally sacrificed his own happiness. Presumably forever. All for the sake of his youngest niece.
His own uncle. He’d been so awful to his own uncle.
And he was determined to make up for it.
He may not have had his gift anymore, but he was still a damn good actor.
And he was going to use those skills to tell the townsfolk a story. Several stories, in fact.
Stories about his uncle.
Heroic tales of bravery and adventure, detailing the exciting life he lived in his ten-year absence.
Sure, they were all made up. But the people didn’t know that.
What was the harm in a little white lie?
He was going to single-handedly change the people’s minds on his tío. He’d go from a pariah to a local hero, overnight.
And this way, he could finally make amends for years of tarnishing his name.
Donning his favorite ruana, and settling into his laid-back smirk, the once-shifter sauntered out of his temporary home. Shared by his parents and siblings.
He stretched as he walked into the sunlight, squinting his eyes a bit from the rays. It was a beautiful day, a naturally occurring one at that.
There were still cracks and crevices left behind in the roads, and a few buildings needed repairs. Remnants from the tumultuous events from a few weeks ago.
But the Encanto was still as lovely as ever, thanks in no small part to the people who kept its spirit alive.
And speaking of the people…
It was time he got to work.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Hey, kids!”
The passing group of schoolchildren all stopped in their tracks, turning to the source of the call.
Camilo was leaned against a wall, his arms crossed. His expression aloof, and a little shifty.
It was a classic bit, one he’d refined as his adolescence went on.
The mysterious teenager, telling children secrets their parents probably wouldn’t. It always worked like a charm.
The kids all approached him, wondering what he needed them for.
They all acknowledged him at once, shouting an assortment of greetings. He simply nodded his head in return.
And then, it was time to put his plan into action.
“So…Bruno’s back.” He noted, starting off casually. “Weird, huh?”
Looks of uncertainty crossed the children’s faces.
They’d seen him, here and there. Usually helping rebuild Casita, he didn’t tend to go outside much otherwise.
It was so odd, seeing him in the flesh. As if the spooky stories had come to life.
“Yeah, it is weird…” One boy mumbled, twiddling his thumbs.
“But…he doesn’t look as scary as I thought he would.” Said a little girl.
Camilo grinned.
This would be easier than he thought.
“That’s because he’s not scary!”
Confusion graced the features of every child, who all looked up at the boy with intrigue.
“But you told us he was scary!” Said the same girl, clearly puzzled.
The once-shifter winced, briefly being overtaken by shame.
“Yeah…I did…” He mumbled, before quickly pulling himself back together. “But I was wrong! We all were!”
“Turns out, none of us knew the real story!”
This clearly captured their interests. An assortment of eyes all twinkled with intrigue.
“What is the real story?” Wondered a child.
With a theatrical flourish of his hand, Camilo began his tale.
His completely fabricated tale.
But it was for a good cause!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“Bruno really saved those puppies from a burning building?”
“He sure did!” Camilo nodded, effortlessly keeping up the lie. “And when he was done, he gave each one to the orphans!”
Exclamations of “Wow!” and “Woah!” were released from every child, and they felt compelled to clap as the story reached its end.
However, Camilo denied the praise.
“Hey, hey, don’t applaud me! Applaud Bruno!”
“After all…” He took on a dramatic expression, and spoke reflectively. “If it wasn’t for him, those kids would’ve never gotten Christmas presents…”
And then he heard it, their cheerful cries.
“YAAAY!” “BRUNO!” “HOORAY FOR BRUNO!”
It was like music to his ears.
With Storytime being over, the children ran off into town. Likely to tell the tale they’d heard to other kids.
Then those kids would tell more kids, and so on.
In a matter of hours, every child in the village would regard Bruno as a hero.
Camilo felt that it almost hurt, being this good at what he did.
But he wasn’t done.
He’d successfully enraptured the children, but now came the tricky part.
The adults.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
He’d have to be strategic about this.
Kids were easy, they’d believe almost anything. That’s what made entertaining them so fun.
Adults were inherently skeptical. It took a lot more effort to sell a story of his as legitimate.
Not to say it was impossible, he was a highly skilled actor after all. It was just more of a challenge.
But it was a challenge he’d have to undergo, for his uncle’s sake.
He couldn’t just use one lie for this. He’d have to be tactical about what he said to who.
And he decided he’d start with the moms.
Mothers with young children tended to congregate near the local playground, chatting and gossiping while their toddlers played.
He already had his story prepared, rehearsing the lines in his head as he strolled to the park.
He was greeted warmly, once he arrived. The parents in the village were quite fond of him, thanks to his prolific career in babysitting.
“Hola, Milo!” “How’s it going, Chico?” “Camilo! Cómo estás?”
He waved to them all in turn, plopping himself down on the bench in between the three women.
“Eh, I’m okay.” He responded. “It’s been…really kinda crazy recently!”
The moms all nodded sympathetically. They knew the Madrigals were going through a lot.
“It must be so hard for you…” Said one, with curly hair and dark eyes.
The boy shrugged a bit.
“It’s…an adjustment.” He said, with a small grin. “But it’s not all bad!”
“I got my tío back, after all!”
As he expected, the women began to look a bit uncomfortable.
“Yeah, Bruno’s back…great…” Sighed the mother with the lightest complexion. She didn’t sound very enthused.
Though for one of them, with curious hazel eyes, a question was brought to her mind.
“Where’d he go, anyway?” She asked, with a scratch of her chin.
Camilo’s grin grew significantly.
He knew the true answer. The man had resigned himself to a life of living within the walls of his own home, separated from his family.
But these ladies didn’t know that.
“He had a vision!” Revealed the teen.
“Somewhere, far beyond the Encanto, a baby was in danger!”
He stood from the bench, and moved in front of the three. Gesturing wildly as he spun another tale.
According to him, there was an infant who was trapped in a dangerous situation. Left in the middle of a jungle. Alone…and vulnerable.
His mother had unfortunately passed, lost after defending her child from a Jaguar attack. The father presumed them both dead.
The prophecy didn’t show what became of the child, but it could be assumed that he would surely perish if no one were to step in.
So Bruno decided to step in.
“Tío Bruno left, in search of the baby. There was no time to say goodbye, or even write a note! He just knew he had to save that kid!”
“What a brave man…” The curly-haired mom sighed, her hand placed over her heart.
“He travelled far beyond our home…” Camilo said, mysteriously. “Searching day and night for the baby…”
“He ran into a moody guy and a reformed gangster on the way, and they decided to hang out- “
“BUT WHAT ABOUT THE BABY!?”
The hazel-eyed mom’s sudden burst shocked everyone present. Except for the kids, who kept playing as normal.
“Sorry…” She bashfully said, afterwards.
Regaining his focus, Camilo returned to his lie.
“Eventually, they found the kid. He was cold, and hungry, but he was alive!”
All the mothers exhaled, relief evident.
“But all wasn’t well…”
Their relief turned right back into fear.
“Now that they found the baby…they had to find his papá!”
The story continued. A death-defying quest to return the child to his father.
Bruno and his duo of completely made-up friends were faced with all the perils of the jungle. Dangerous wildlife, hazardous landscapes, far-too thirsty mosquitos…
He even embellished the tale a bit, with ancient ruins filled with booby traps. Or an anaconda that was far larger than what would be considered normal.
But after such an exciting adventure, interspliced with comedic tangents and bonding experiences, the trio happened upon a village.
There the baby was finally reunited with his remaining parent. In a scene Camilo detailed so extravagantly, a few tears threatened to spill from the mothers’ eyes.
“That was b-beautiful!” Sniffled the pale mom.
But through her wet hazel eyes, one woman was still unsure.
“But…that sounds like it’d take a week. Two at the most.” She stated. “What was he doing for ten years?”
Camilo expected this question, and he already had an answer ready.
“He and his buddies went all around the country, using his visions to help people and right wrongs wherever they found them!”
For as captivated as they were with the baby story, this lie in particular was a bit suspicious to them.
“I dunno…” Said the curly-haired one. “The last time he gave me a vision, he said my dog would get diarrhea. And he did…while I was holding him!”
The other moms wretched with revulsion, while the teen adopted a nonchalant expression.
“He didn’t make your dog get diarrhea, he just saw that it would happen. You could’ve prepared for it.”
That was probably the first truthful thing he’d said all day.
He could see that the women still didn’t quite believe him. And honestly, it irritated him.
“Look, my tío doesn’t have a mean bone in his body!” Said the boy. “All he’s ever wanted to do was help people, and all he’s ever gotten for it was crap!”
“Maybe it’s time he got a little respect…”
With that, he trudged off. Leaving the three moms to think on what he’d told them.
The last bit aside, he could tell his fabrication resonated with them.
That was good.
The more Bruno fans he made, the better.
But he still wasn’t done.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
As the day went on, so too did his lies.
To anyone who’d spare him an ear, Camilo told them of something amazing his uncle hadn’t done.
“Bruno once protected a whole village from a gang of bandits!”
“One time, Bruno nursed a tiger back to health!”
“Bruno spent three weeks building a school for blind children. By himself!”
Some of the stories, some didn’t. But all that mattered was that they were out there.
People would talk. Spreading the tales, asking each other what they made of them.
As noon became evening, the boy was positive that he’d hit most everyone in town. Satisfied with a full day’s work, he decided that now was the time to call it. And head back to his temporary home.
On the way, he found himself wandering the outskirts of town. Enjoying the nice weather, fireflies drifting above the swaying grass. The sounds of the distant rainforest both soothing, and a bit disconcerting.
He was feeling pretty proud of himself.
One day wouldn’t make up for years of slander. But perhaps the little bit he’d done would help.
As he walked, he came across a woman. Standing right at the edge of town, where it lead into the woods.
She was tall, and well-toned. Her bronze skin was marked with scars, and her scruffy dark curls were disheveled and rough.
She looked as if she had no idea what she was doing here.
He didn’t quite recognize her, but it wasn’t like he knew absolutely everyone in the village. And Camilo figured telling one more person one more story wouldn’t hurt.
“Hey, lady!”
His call seemed to surprise her, as she jumped with fright. Immediately switching into a combat ready stance.
But the teen was unfazed.
“Did you know that Bruno risked his life to protect a little girl from a pack of rabid wolves?”
The stranger’s brown eyes were overtaken by confusion.
“Uh…no?”
Camilo smirked, and shrugged.
“You do now!”
And then he was off. Whistling a carefree tune all the way back.
Leaving the gruff woman to just stand there, and ask herself one question.
“Who the hell is Bruno?”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Camilo didn’t make it all the way to his temporary home.
A few houses away, he was stopped by a frantic whisper.
“Hey, kid!”
The boy was surprised to see that he was being beckoned by his own uncle, cowering behind an alleyway.
“What’s up, Tío?” He asked, as he approached the jittering man. “Why’re you hiding back here?”
“I’ve learned to find comfort in cramped, dark spaces!” Replied his uncle, surprisingly jovially. “If I hadn’t I probably would’ve…would’ve…”
He quickly decided to change the topic.
“Anyway, that’s beside the point…”
“D-Did something weird happen?” Questioned Bruno.
Camilo tilted his head, puzzled.
“What do you mean?”
“I-I dunno, I just- “
Bruno had to take a breath, to regain control of his words.
“People are talking about me.” He said. “But-But not the way they usually talk about me!”
“They’re saying all this crazy stuff! Like I wrestled a bear, or I won the belt in a boxing tournament, or I was offered the hand of a foreign princess!”
“Obviously none of that is true!” He sputtered. “I-I think someone is lying about me, but I dunno why…”
To his shock, Camilo wasn’t surprised by this. Instead he seemed very smug.
“Wow, somebody’s making up stories about you?” He asked. “That’s crazy!
“I wonder who it could be…”
Bruno’s eyes narrowed, radiating amounts of suspicion.
“…You had something to do with this, didn’t you?”
“Guilty as charged!” Camilo laughed.
This only intensified his uncle’s confusion.
“B-But why?” He blurted. “Why go around telling people lies?”
Immediately, the boy’s relaxed smile fell into a displeased frown.
“They were already lying about you.” He said. “At least now they’re saying good things.”
Bruno sighed, a look of both understanding and exasperation on his features.
“Look, kid, I appreciate the thought. Really, I do…”
“But people have been saying…unpleasant things about me for years!” He said, grinning awkwardly. “Seriously, way before you were born!”
“It’s alright, I’m used to it! You don’t gotta defend me!”
Camilo was unconvinced. In fact, he looked to be quite upset.
“But I made it worse!”
“I told everyone you were awful, for years!” He nearly shouted. “I made you out to be this sick, twisted…monster!”
“All the kids were afraid of you! All the adults hated you! And it’s all because of me!”
Bruno was quite taken aback.
Seeing the guilt, the clear anguish on his sobrino’s face…it was jarring.
For a moment he fumbled around for something inspiring to say. Some speech that would make it all better. But he was coming up with nothing.
So instead, he simply placed a hand on the teen’s shoulder. And looked him directly in the eyes, with what he hoped was his most encouraging smile.
“It’s okay, kid. I forgive you.”
Camilo froze, his eyes impossibly wide.
He was…forgiven?
Just like that?
…
His tío truly was a gentle soul.
To the surprise of both his uncle and himself, he went in for a hug.
It was brief, and light, but it said all that needed to be said.
They parted, and Bruno patted his shoulder one last time. To make sure he was okay.
But then his smile sank into an unamused look.
“You know you’re gonna have to tell everybody you were lying. Right?”
His usual carefree attitude returned, as Camilo began to meander off.
“I have no idea what you’re talking about!” He smirked.
Bruno followed after him, more than a bit flustered.
“Seriously, kid!” He argued. “We can’t have people believing I destroyed entire crime syndicates!”
“Why not?” Asked the boy, as they stepped out into the sun. “I think it’s flattering!”
“Well I think they’re lies!” His uncle shot back. “Lying’s bad, y’know!”
And Camilo chuckled.
“What’s the harm in a little white lie?”
Snickering as his uncle rolled his eyes, the two traded qui[s and taunts all the way back home.
Notes:
Yes, one of those tales was a very blatant reference to a certain film.
This entire series was actually just a vehicle to reference that franchise wherever I could :P
Chapter 21: Speeches and Sparks
Summary:
Hiccup and Mirabel try to convince the town to let the dragons stay, and face their first problem.
Chapter Text
You wake up in the morning, and everything makes sense.
In your magical village, you go out to greet the beautifully sunny day. A bright smile on your face.
With a skip in your step, you cheerily wave to your neighbors. Sometimes you stop and make conversation.
What’s new with you? How’s the wife? Nice weather we’re having!
Then you head to your occupation, though it barely feels like a job. In such a lovely place, even work is a pleasure.
You sell your wares, or work the fields, or craft the items necessary for a comfortable lifestyle. You help your village thrive.
And after a full day of earning an honest living, you make your way back home. Perhaps your spouse is waiting for you, maybe even a child or two.
After a delicious dinner, you go to bed. Still wearing that smile.
Even as you close your eyes, you know that everything makes sense.
Then you wake up one day.
And there are dragons.
The Encanto is suddenly filled with giant, flying, fire-breathing reptiles.
Hiccup, Mirabel, Isabela, Luisa, and Camilo have returned from their journey. Victorious in defeating the monstrous Red Death.
And they’ve brought some unexpected company.
To say you were afraid was an understatement.
Thanks to a certain Night Fury, you already knew that dragons were real. But there was only one Toothless, you could handle that. Now there’s tons of the beasts.
And they don’t exactly look like puppies.
Supposedly, Doña Alma is going to let them stay.
And while you’d never say it to her face, you find yourself wondering if she’s lost it.
Dragons? Actual dragons? Living in the Encanto?
Were they supposed to just…hang around the village? Shooting flame and snapping their jaws wherever they pleased?
Wasn’t this supposed to be a safe haven, protected from any dangers? You weren’t feeling very protected right now!
Suddenly, you had a lot of questions.
How dangerous are these creatures? They didn’t eat people, did they? Could they be tamed, like Toothless?
But above all, one query reigned supreme.
Was it truly possible to live in peace with dragons?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
That was a question Hiccup and Mirabel were out to answer.
Alma had tasked them with ensuring the dragons integrated into the Encanto way of life, and didn’t start any trouble.
It was a job they took very seriously.
The very morning after their return from Berk, they were approached by Alma in the courtyard.
She kept her tone relatively even, and her face betrayed no extreme emotion. But it was clear that she was quite unsure about the recent developments.
She wasn’t the only one. Most of the Madrigals were visibly nervous all throughout breakfast, while distant flaps and screeches sounded from outside.
The old woman tried her best to keep her eyes away from the teens’ new injuries. In a roundabout way, she still felt as if they were her fault.
After clearing her throat, she spoke.
“As I’m sure you know, the people have some…concerns with the dragons…”
“I’ll be holding a town meeting, in an hour.” She announced. “The village needs to know that they aren’t in any danger. That we’re going to try and live in peace with the dragons.”
Hearing the woman say those words was a great relief to both Hiccup and Mirabel. Even though she agreed to the arrangement the previous evening, they were still quite worried that she’d abruptly change her mind.
“That’s awesome, Abuela!” Mirabel cheered.
Hiccup nodded his agreement.
“And if you need any pointers, just let us know!” He said.
Though this seemed to confuse the woman, who looked upon the teens with a baffled expression.
“Why would I need pointers?” She asked, as if it was obvious. “You’re the ones holding the meeting.”
This revelation was certainly unexpected, as was apparent by their stunned faces.
“Wait, what?” Blurted Mirabel.
Alma managed a shrug.
“What, you thought I would do it?” She asked, puzzled. “I don’t know anything about dragons.”
A look of doubt crossed her features.
“Honestly, I’m hoping you can ease my worries…”
She left them with that statement, heading out into the village. Surely to gather the townsfolk.
Uncertainty overtook the teens, who found themselves feeling very nervous.
“…My inspirational speeches are usually meant for a relatively small group of people…” Mirabel murmured. “Not an entire town…”
“Same…” Hiccup mumbled.
But for as anxious as she was, Mirabel was also stalwart in her desire to make this new arrangement work. And she knew Hiccup was too.
With a flaring determination, she turned to her boyfriend with a steadfast expression.
“Hiccup, it’s our duty to unite people and dragons.” She said. “We’ve already done it once, we can do it again.”
“It’s up to us to make the Encanto a paradise, for both kinds!”
Her words seemed to inspire the boy, who’s nervousness dissipated into a similarly resolute look.
Though soon, he added a wry grin.
“As long as we both agree that you’re the one doing the talking!”
Mirabel snickered, before forming a smirk of her own.
“What? And deny the people your dulcet tones?”
She puffed her chest out, and spoke in a nasally tone.
“I am Hiccup Haddock, and I decree- “She couldn’t even finish her mocking sentence before bursting into laughter.
The boy she was imitating laughed as well, before sighing.
“Say what you will about my voice…” He said, slyly. “You didn’t seem to mind it when we were cuddling under the- “
A hand was abruptly shoved over his mouth.
“That’s something I’d like for Dolores not to hear!” She whispered.
Hiccup held his hands up in surrender, and the palm was removed. Revealing his chuckling.
It only increased when he saw her blushing face.
She crossed her arms, and huffed.
“Just for that, you’re making the speech.”
She then turned around, and began briskly walking away. Hiding the slight grin that was tugging at her lips.
“Hey, wait up!” Hiccup cried.
He tried to go after her, but he still wasn’t quite used to his new leg. Being relegated to a clunky limp.
“Come on!” Hiccup awkwardly chuckled, as he scrambled to follow her. “I-I was just messing around!”
Her speed remained consistent, leaving her lover in the figurative dust.
But then Casita decided to intervene.
The tiles under Hiccup’s feet abruptly shifted, and swiftly ferried him along. Zipping past Mirabel, and stopping him just at the front door.
While initially shocked, Hiccup opted to go with the flow.
He leaned against the wall, patting it appreciatively, and shot the girl a smug smile.
“What’s taking so long?” He asked.
Mirabel sent a disgruntled look to the floor below.
“Traitor!”
The tiles jumbled about in an amused manner. It seemed the house was laughing.
Their light squabbling over with, the two finally exited the building. Heading for the square.
They had a presentation to make.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Over the course of his time in the Encanto, Hiccup had taken up teaching as a hobby.
Specifically teaching the children in the village about dragons.
They’d ask him a million questions, whenever they played with Toothless. And he’d answer to the best of his ability. Eventually it evolved into a full-on class he’d teach on the streets.
But it was always to a gaggle of children. Not the entire village.
But in the plaza, under the cloudy sky, things were different.
A massive group of people were gathered, all looking quite uncomfortable. Their eyes locked solely on a pair of teens standing in front of the church.
Having all these people watching, staring, the fright clear in their eyes…it was disconcerting.
They were desperate. Desperate for answers.
Desperate to know that that they weren’t in danger, that their loved ones weren’t in danger. That their very way of life wasn’t under attack.
They could see the Madrigals, at the front of the crowd. Many of them looked fairly nervous as well.
Alma had told them all that Mirabel and Hiccup would have the answers, and so that’s who they looked to.
Even now, a few dragons laxly roamed the village. Meandering here and there, examining their new surroundings. Only serving to intensify the fear in the townsfolk.
And their fear only served to intensify the unease that the young riders themselves they felt.
It was uncomfortable, having so many panicked eyes on them. As if they held the key to their salvation.
But they both knew that this dread would be soon rectified.
Or they hoped it would, at least.
Standing on the church steps, slightly overlooking the crowd, both teens took a breath. Their companion dragons, Toothless and Mariposa, sitting behind them.
Mirabel then nudged Hiccup with an elbow, with a smile.
“You were the first Viking to ever ride a dragon.” She noted. “You should go first!”
With a roll of his eyes, the boy complied.
He stepped forwards a bit, trying to fight the nervousness that was compelling his body to sweat immensely.
“Good m-OR-ning- “
Hiccup cleared his throat, terribly embarrassed from that voice crack, and tried again.
“G-Good morning, everyone!” He started, hoping the casual greeting would lighten the mood.
It didn’t.
“…O-Okay…” He winced, feeling incredibly awkward.
But now wasn’t the time for such emotions. If they were going to convince the people not to be afraid, they had to be confident.
With a shake of his head, Hiccup stood up straight. And spoke with a self-assurance that wasn’t entirely there.
And then he said three words, as clearly as possible.
“We have dragons.”
It was an obvious statement, but it was spoken so boldly that no one could really say anything about it.
“When we returned from Berk, they followed us here. And now they’ve chosen this place as their new nesting ground.”
This seemed to draw the ire of some of the townsfolk, if the contentious murmuring was anything to go by.
Did these things think they could just show up uninvited and move in?
Mirabel stepped forth as well, speaking sympathetically.
“These creatures have spent years as slaves for a horrible monster. They’ve been hurt, and even killed.” She said. “They’re homeless and afraid. All they’re looking for is somewhere to stay, where they can be safe…”
Her compassionate words calmed the growing agitation, as the people couldn’t help but feel that the story sounded awfully familiar.
“The poor things…” Julieta sighed, a hand placed over her heart.
The sentiment amongst the people was much more conflicted.
Some still wrote the reptiles off as dangerous beasts, while others felt saddened by their plight.
From the crowd, a hand raised.
“But…aren’t they dangerous?” Asked the ever-portly Osvaldo.
Several villagers chimed in to back up that question.
“Yeah!” “Aren’t they?” “They’ve got spikes and claws and…eyes!”
Hiccup patiently waited as they did so, letting them get their interjections out.
“I won’t lie to you guys, dragons can be dangerous creatures-”
Before he was even finished, the masses used this as justification for all their worries. Quickly whipping themselves up into a frightful frenzy.
Though a quick stomp from Luisa sent shockwaves through the ground, quieting their quarreling.
“Hear them out!” She sternly demanded.
They were in no state to refuse.
Hiccup nodded to her gratefully, and continued.
“Dragons can be dangerous creatures…but so can horses.” He shrugged. “Or a particularly large dog.”
“I mean, come on!” He said, a slight smile forming. “You’ve been living with a dragon for a year!”
He reached to his Night Fury, and began scratching his neck. Making him croon with delight, and while his tail waggled gleefully.
The sight garnered laughter, as well as coos of adoration.
“Toothless is just as much a part of the village as anyone else!” Said Hiccup.
Mirabel figured now was the time to introduce them to her dragon.
“And this…is Mariposa!”
The Stormcutter tentatively moved forth, trilling with intrigue.
Mirabel lovingly caressed her dragon’s frills, smiling brightly.
“She’s a total sweetheart!” Said the girl. “She wouldn’t hurt anybody!”
Seeing another dragon act like an overgrown pet captured the interests of the townsfolk. Many of them felt their fear melt into a mild concern at worst.
But not all of them.
“Okay, but that’s just two dragons!” Stated another villager.
“Yeah!” Shouted another. “How do we know if any others are like that?”
Mirabel developed a very knowing look.
“Actually…Isabela, Luisa, and Camilo all have dragons too!”
The Madrigals in question fired off three whistles. And from the skies, a trio of dragons descended onto the scene. A Snaptrapper, a Crimson Goregutter, and a Changewing.
Shocked mumbles were had by the crowd, at the appearance of much bigger and more exotic looking lizards. The masses quickly backed away, except for the family up front. Who’d already met these dragons the night before.
Isabela, Luisa, and Camilo all started to interact with their respective dragons. Who each displayed the same puppy-like behaviors.
Even Tonta, who liked making things difficult for her rider, knew that now wasn’t the time.
“Any dragon can be trained.” Hiccup spoke. “All it takes is patience, kindness, and respect.”
“…And fish.” Mirabel quickly added.
Despite their anxieties, a sense of wonder overtook the audience.
It sounded nuts, but…
All these creatures, all of different shapes and sizes, seemed capable of being tamed. Of being docile. Of being…
Friends.
One more concerned hand rose from the horde.
“But…but what about the children!?”
Hiccup took a moment to glance to the left, the people following his gaze.
A group of children were joyously running around a Nadder’s feet, elated to finally meet the creatures they’d been reading about.
The dragon watched them all play with interest, and never moved a talon to harm any of them.
“…I think the kids are gonna be alright…” Hiccup eventually responded, sardonically.
When this morning started, many of the townsfolk were all ready to demand the dragons be relocated. Fearing for their very lives.
But now…they didn’t know anymore.
Mirabel saw their conflicted expressions, and knew it was time to go for the kill.
“The dragons want to live in peace with us.” She said. “That’s all they want.”
She faced her audience with the most sparkling eyes she could manage, and asked them a question.
“So why don’t we give them a chance?”
Those eyes were impossible to deny.
And after a few minutes of deliberation…the people agreed.
It wasn’t a resounding, unanimous approval. More of a collection of resigned shrugs.
But it was an agreement all the same.
They’d give life with dragons a shot.
Throwing all sense of professionalism to the wind, Hiccup and Mirabel shared an energetic high-five. Ecstatic that their mission was a success.
But of course, this was just stage one.
The people had agreed to let the dragons stay. Now they needed to get them properly acquainted with the beasts.
“If any of you have any questions, just come to us!” Said Hiccup.
And as the teens would soon find out, a lot of people had a lot of questions.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
“How do I make him go away!?”
Pepa was frequently in a mildly frazzled state, but today she looked to be at the end of her rope.
And the reason why was the large, black and purple dragon that seemed to follow her around everywhere.
Hiccup and Mirabel immediately recognized him as the Skrill they’d fought back on Berk, though they weren’t quite sure what he was doing with the woman.
“And what seems to be the problem here?” Asked Hiccup.
The fields in which Pepa usually tended to the crops were currently being overshadowed by dark clouds, a result of her frustration.
She pointed an accusing finger at the dragon beside her, and tried to state her issue. Though it was difficult, as the reptile kept poking her bottom with his snout.
Each time he did, a small jolt of lightning discharged from the cloud over her head.
“He won’t- “ZAP “-Stop- “ZAP “-Doing that!” ZAP
After struggling to get even one sentence out, she growled with aggravation. Her fists clenched, and her face nearly turning red.
“He’s been poking me all morning, and I’m sick of it!” She snapped.
The Skrill seemed unbothered by her annoyance. Opting to poke her bottom once more.
It was a rather amusing sight. The teens had to suppress their laughter, lest the woman turn her frustrations onto them.
Though they didn’t miss the fact that each time Pepa’s cloud zapped, the electricity was then absorbed by the Skrill’s metallic spines.
The reason why he was poking her was obvious, to the both of them.
“He’s a Skrill, Tía!” Said Mirabel, knowledgeably. “They like to absorb lightning.”
“Normally they chase after storm clouds, but it looks like he’s found a way to get electricity on demand!” Hiccup chuckled.
Pepa’s eyes widened at this revelation, before they narrowed considerably. A dangerous frown on her face.
“Oh, you’re not even bothering me for me…” She seethed, glaring down at the dragon before her. “You just want my lightning!”
The Skrill sensed her aggression, and narrowed his own eyes. Rearing up on his hind legs, fanning out his wings, and hissing straight in the woman’s face.
Mirabel and Hiccup were just about to jump in, before things could get ugly. But then the strangest thing happened.
Between a giant lightning-discharging reptile, and a much smaller woman…
It was the woman who dominated the confrontation.
“DON’T YOU START HISSING AT ME!” Pepa snapped, in a tone reserved for the naughtiest of children.
“You think I’m scared of you?” She questioned. “You’re just a big, moody lizard!”
The dragon was stunned by her response, but he quickly regained his senses. Snarling at her, with energy crackling all over his body.
This did nothing to intimidate Pepa. If anything, it only upset her more.
“Oh sure, go ahead and threaten me with my lightning.” She groaned. “The lightning you’ve been stealing from me all day!”
She advanced, and the off-put dragon took a startled step backwards.
“Did you ever think of asking nicely, hm?” She questioned. “Maybe I would’ve shared!”
The same accusatory finger was pointed to the now very disturbed dragon’s snout.
“But no! You think you can just get whatever you want, whenever you want!”
“Well not anymore!” She growled. “You’re not getting a single jolt from me!”
“From here on out, it’s nothing but clear skies!”
To emphasize her point, she concentrated really hard. Clearing up the clouds above, and the one floating her head.
It was suddenly a beautiful day.
With one last huff, she placed her hands on her hips and turned away. Her nose pointed towards the clear skies.
Hiccup and Mirabel were very invested in seeing what happened next.
At this point, the electricity coursing through the dragon had all but dissipated. Leaving an awfully confused reptile.
He sank back down, looking up at his poking-victim with eyes that seemed almost frightened.
Experimentally, he poked her bottom again.
But nothing happened. No lightning, no clouds, the weather was unchanged.
“Exactly. No lightning.” Said Pepa, turning only slightly. “And there’s not gonna be any lightning, until you get your act together!”
The Skrill was still quite unsure as to what was going on, but it understood one thing.
For whatever reason, this woman controlled the weather.
And she was making a conscious effort to keep storm clouds from forming.
Ever.
Which was very bad news, for a Skrill.
Nearing a panic, the dragon considered poking her again. To see if it would work.
But she really didn’t seem to like that. That might only make things work.
Wracking his lizard brain for a solution, he opted to do the only other thing he could think of.
Beg.
With a pitiful growl, the Skrill ducked his head low. A show of submission.
Pepa peeped an eye open, and noticed how sad the creature looked.
“What’s his deal?” She thought to herself. “Does he seriously like my lightning that much?”
Hearing the saddened mewls from the reptile only increased her annoyance.
And so, with a roll of her eyes, she sighed. And conjured a teeny-tiny cloud, which dispatched a small jolt of electricity.
It zapped the Skrill right on the nose, and his eyes shot open with surprise. Especially as it felt the meager amount of energy running through his body.
“There.” Said Pepa. “If you keep acting nicely, I might give you another…”
With that, she went to tend to the crops.
Though she didn’t miss how the sulky dragon, after a moment of hesitation, began to slowly trudge after her.
“He better not keep following me…” She thought, with a grimace.
And as the unlikely duo headed further into the fields, Mirabel and Hiccup were left stunned.
Pepa stood up to a Skrill, and won.
She truly was the weather goddess.
“She kinda just solved her own problem…” Said Hiccup, still in slight disbelief.
Mirabel nodded, a small smile forming.
“And I think she just made a friend!”
Hiccup looked to the girl with a befuddled expression.
“Pepa? And the Skrill?” He wondered.
When his girlfriend nodded emphatically, he could only sigh with pity.
“May the Gods help that poor creature…he might not survive…”
Mirabel laughed, and lightly jabbed his shoulder. Making him giggle and wince at the same time.
Their first dragon problem was solved, and they didn’t even have to do anything.
They weren’t fools. They knew they’d have to deal with actual issues soon enough.
But the fact that their first foray into getting the people of the Encanto and their new dragon inhabitants to live together was so easy...perhaps it was a good omen.
And from within them, a hope was instilled.
A hope that maybe, just maybe...
This would all work out.
Chapter 22: Clash with a Titan
Summary:
Dagur takes his new Skrill for a whirl.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It felt like a…
Tingle.
Like an odd tingle, at the base of their necks.
It shouldn’t have meant anything. Just one of those weird things your body does. Something you didn’t even think about.
But somehow…they knew.
They knew what it meant.
They were needed.
Berk needed their help.
But for Hiccup and Mirabel, there was one problem with that.
They were grounded.
Ever since the Madrigals learned that Dagur was targeting them, any and all teleportation was strictly prohibited.
Of course, the teens had already broken that rule. Sneaking out late at night, to check in on Berk’s status.
But what was intended to be a quick visit quickly devolved into a fight for their lives, when they fell right into a Berserker trap.
Since that night, a week ago, they had managed to sneak out a few more times. No other incidences had transpired.
But they couldn’t shake the feeling that this period of silence from Dagur wasn’t a good sign. It meant he was plotting, making moves that they couldn’t see.
And now, all morning they’ve been feeling as if they were being called. As if their presence was required on the island.
It was Dagur, it had to be. He was up to something.
But for as willing as they were to fly off and find out, they were still grounded.
It was a bright and sunny day, not a single cloud was present. A golden storm would certainly be seen by no less than the whole village.
And while they hypothetically could just go anyway, they’d surely be in for the punishment of a lifetime upon their return.
They needed to find a way to get to Berk without being spotted.
And luckily, Mirabel had an idea.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Osvaldo Ortiz. Famous around the village for his pleasantly clueless attitude, loud mouth, and complete lack of tact.
It wasn’t uncommon for him to start what was meant to be a polite exchange, and end up with a supremely pissed conversation partner.
To his credit, he truly didn’t mean to be rude. But the concept of sensitivity was a foreign one to him.
And Mirabel and Hiccup were going to use that to their advantage.
“Hola, Señor Ortiz!”
The cheerful greeting immediately caught the man’s attention, drawing him away from the assortment of sweets he was drooling over.
Turning away from the bakery’s window, Osvaldo saw that a girl was approaching him. And he met Mirabel’s smile with one equally as bright.
“Hey, Mirabel! Nice to see you!”
The two then engaged in some light conversation, remarking on the weather or current events. Stepping a bit to the side, as to not impede the paths of passing people and dragons.
After a bit though, the girl put her true plan into motion.
“So…you knew my Tía Pepa when you were kids, right?” She asked.
The man nodded, nostalgia in his eyes.
“Si, we went to the same school…” He answered. “She’s still just as emotional now as she was back then!”
He began to chuckle, as an old memory resurfaced.
“We used to take bets on if recess would be canceled because of rain, wind, or snow!”
The portly man bent over, laughing uproariously. Even going so far as to slap his knee.
Mirabel patiently waited for him to calm down, feeling immensely awkward.
When his cackling slowed into amused, labored breaths, she asked her next question.
“And what about when you were teenagers?” She wondered, as innocently as possible. “Any funny stories?”
Osvaldo’s eyes sparked with recollection, while he sifted through his memories.
“Oh man…you think Pepa’s moody now?” He asked, rhetorically. “You should’ve seen her when she was your age!”
He began to dive into tales of her adolescent escapades, rather embarrassing ones at that.
And while he did, the other half of her plan was being put into motion.
Not too far away, a woman was walking down the road. Enjoying the pleasant breeze that she was partly responsible for.
Though her stroll was soon stopped by a scrawny teen.
“Hey, Pepa!”
She stopped, and turned to face the source of the call. Smiling fondly at the boy who’d become a strange fixture in her life.
“Hiccup! How are you?”
The teen responded with what he hoped was a casual grin, which came off more awkward than anything.
“I-I’m good!” He said, stiltedly. “But uh…I could really use your help.”
Pepa’s head tilted a bit, a physical show of her curiosity.
“What’s wrong?” She asked.
She didn’t seem to catch how his eyes darted around, as he desperately tried to avoid contact with her own.
“Nothing’s wrong!” He hastily replied. “I just…I-It’s just-uh…”
Hiccup abruptly pivoted, and began to swiftly march onwards.
“This way!”
Pepa, stunned by his sudden movements, hurried to follow him.
“Hey! Slow down!” She cried, before adding a hushed grumble.
“For a kid with a metal leg, he’s pretty fast…”
When she finally caught up to him, she saw that he was standing near Mirabel. Entangled in a chat with Osvaldo.
The man was chortling and chuckling and being his jovial self. Though she was quite surprised at what she overheard.
“You should’ve seen her! Pepa’s acne was so bad, she looked like a pepperoni pizza!”
And suddenly, Hiccup was forgotten.
Mirabel was forgotten.
The only thing Pepa noticed was that her most embarrassing memories were being shared, without her permission.
And she wasn’t a fan.
Hiccup took a nervous step back, already seeing her begin to quiver with rage.
Mirabel kept the composure of a girl who knew her plan was had been executed perfectly.
Osvaldo just kept on talking.
“And don’t even get me started on her braces!”
That did it.
All of a sudden, the clear skies were filled with dark clouds. Rumbling with threats of thunder.
Though the most threatening thing here was Pepa’s fury.
Her teeth grit in a scowl that would frighten the pants off the most barbaric of warriors, and it almost seemed like she was huffing steam.
Various villagers made an effort to avoid the fuming woman at all costs, and dragons took off into the skies. Eager to be anywhere but here.
Though his back was turned, Osvaldo could feel the presence of another behind him. And for as oblivious as he may be, even he noticed the abrupt shift in weather. And it didn’t take much to make the connection.
He froze up, like a rabbit caught in a snake’s gaze, and muttered a squeamish whisper.
“…She’s right behind me, isn’t she?”
Mirabel nodded, almost regretfully.
With a shuddering sigh, the man put on his most amiable smile. Trying to salvage the situation.
“H-Hey there, Pepa- “
He didn’t even get to finish.
“EXCUSE ME!”
Pepa’s infuriated shouts could be heard throughout the whole town, as she made her displeasure known.
“Talking about people behind their back…don’t you know how rude that is!?” She raged.
She then crossed her arms, looking a bit defensive.
“And plenty of kids get braces, for your information!” She huffed. “Some of us-THEM feel pretty insecure about it, and they don’t need you making fun of them!”
She was pretty sure that no one caught her little slip-up.
At least she hoped no one did.
But even if they did, she continued her rant. Letting her irritation run free.
And while that happened, Mirabel and Hiccup quietly snuck away.
Away from the argument, away from the bakery, away from the town. Deep into the humid rainforests that surrounded the village.
Where their dragons were waiting.
This was all a scheme to cover the sky in dark and stormy clouds, in hopes that a few golden ones may be able to sneak in undetected.
Because they felt that they were needed.
And no matter what anyone said, they weren’t going to leave their friends to handle Dagur alone.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Usually, warping from the Encanto to Berk meant a transition from bright and sunny to dark and murky.
Though today things were different.
After leaving their hometown, overcast by a Pepa induced storm, Hiccup and Mirabel arrived on a surprisingly pleasant Berk.
The sun wasn’t being blocked by clouds, the grass gently was gently swaying in the wind, it even felt a little warm.
Mirabel supposed this was one of those “Good days” Berk was supposed to have on occasion. Though according to Hiccup, the chances of encountering one was very slim.
But despite how oddly enjoyable the climate was, the people didn’t seem to be in a good mood.
The teens could barely land their dragons in the plaza, as it was currently being swarmed by a mass of very unhappy Vikings.
They were all looking to the Great Hall, shouting and screaming and waving their fists in the air. But while they certainly seemed angry, there was also a distinct undercurrent of fear in their bellows.
And Hiccup noticed that several of the Vikings weren’t Berkian.
From their marshy choices in attire, lack of the helmets that Berkians loved so much, and the fact that they were all female, it seemed that the Bog Burglar tribe had popped in for a visit.
And he surmised that the reason why probably had to do with all the shouting.
Once they’d descended, moving a bit to the side to avoid the incensed crowd, it wasn’t long before they saw one of their friends.
Or rather, they saw a head of blonde hair creeping behind someone’s home.
Astrid peeked out from the side of a building, and beckoned them to join her. When they followed her instruction, they saw that she was accompanied by the other riders.
Now behind a hut, where it was just a smidgen quieter, Astrid sighed.
“I dunno why you guys are here, but I’m really glad you are…” She said. “I was just thinking that we could use your help!”
Both Hiccup and Mirabel looked to each other, feeling that perhaps this was the reason for that tingly feeling.
Whatever the reason actually was.
“And I was just thinking that I could totally handle this by myself!” Snotlout scoffed.
Ignoring the boy, Mirabel asked a pertinent question.
“But what’s happening? What’s all the shouting about?”
“And this isn’t the usual Viking shouting…” Hiccup noted. “Something’s definitely up here.”
Fishlegs, looking extremely frightened, tried to answer. Emphasis on tried.
“I-It’s a-It’s sort of-It’s really, really- “
Realizing that his words were failing him, Fishlegs raised a quivering finger to the hill where the Great Hall resided.
“Y-You might wanna talk to the chief…”
Confusion overtook Mirabel and Hiccup. They looked to their fellow riders, but none of them seemed to willing to divulge either. They all just glanced at the same hill, warily.
Puzzlement slowly turning into fright, the two heeded the rotund boy’s advice.
They crept out from the building’s backside, and mounted their dragons. Using the power of flight to quickly scale the hill.
Toothless and Mariposa landed just outside the imposing doors. And the teens hesitated a bit.
They had a very bad feeling.
But now wasn’t the time for trepidation, now was the time for action.
Whatever was wrong, they’d find a way to fix it.
And that started with opening those doors.
Together, they moved to enter-
Only for them to quickly have to step back, as the doors were harshly shoved open.
Storming out from within, her face red with fury and her fists clenched with wrath, was a towering and heavyset woman. Equipped with an overly sizeable bosom.
It was Big-Boobied Bertha, chief of the Bog Burglar tribe. And she clearly wasn’t enjoying herself.
“THE WHOLE VILLAGE, STOICK!” She raged, her voice rough and gravelly. “THE WHOLE GODS DAMNED VILLAGE!”
Stoick himself followed after her. Looking much calmer, but concerned nonetheless.
“I know, Bertha.” He replied.
The large woman spun on her heels, facing the other chief with a wild fury.
“Oh, do you?” She asked, rhetorically. “Last I checked, it wasn’t your village that was burned to cinders!”
This made the pair of teens crease their brows, wildly perplexed.
Her village was burned to cinders? They’d ended the dragon raids, things like that shouldn’t be happening anymore.
But they’d have to think on that later. Because right now there was a Viking who wasn’t present for the Red Death’s defeat, and they didn’t know how she felt about dragons.
Meaning they had to hide their dragons.
As quietly as possible, they tried to shuffle their reptiles away before she caught them.
Unfortunately, she caught them.
“Just you wait, Stoick! That little nutjob is coming after you next- “
She stopped her ranting midsentence, when she caught the strangest of movements out of the corner of her eyes.
Two teenagers, one she recognized as Stoick’s son, and one she didn’t know. Who were currently in the middle of trying to shove two dragons down the hill.
“…Hiccup?” She eventually asked, quite surprised. As far as she knew, the boy was still on his little sabbatical.
“Aye.” Stoick confirmed.
Her eyes fell on the girl, who locked gazes with her. She appeared particularly nervous.
Bertha briefly glanced to the Stormcutter, before settling on a species of dragon that was unfamiliar. Though she had an inkling as to what it as already.
“…Is that a Night Fury?”
Stoick nodded, confirming her second question.
“Huh…” She said, greatly intrigued. “So the rumors were true, that boy of yours really did tame a Night Fury…”
Hiccup noticed that she didn’t seem particularly bloodthirsty, and he didn’t know why.
“I-I’ve noticed that you haven’t immediately reached for your weapon…” He commented, feeling like he was tempting fate just by doing so.
Bertha rolled her eyes, and groaned.
“Relax, child. I’m not gonna kill your little pet.”
“Unlike you Hooligan crackpots, we Bog Burglars were never fanatical about dragon killing.” She said, side-eyeing Stoick. “We were just defending ourselves.”
“Honestly, I was relieved to hear that the raids were no more.” She shrugged.
Her brief period of nonchalance was quickly intercepted by even more anger.
“But just when I thought we’d finally get some peace and quiet, in comes a psychopath with a Titan Wing dragon! Laying waste to my whole village!”
Both teens bristled with shock. Titan Wings were very rare.
Mirabel had never even seen one, and Hiccup only once.
There was an extra-large Gronckle during a raid, several years ago. At the time he figured the added size would make it an easy target, but he quickly discovered that this dragon wasn’t just fat.
They were dangerous, unpredictable, and often carried unique quirks that their common cousins didn’t possess.
Not to mention they were just way bigger, which was awfully disconcerting.
“What psychopath?” Mirabel asked. “Who has a Titan Wing?”
Bertha was so mad, she couldn’t even answer. So Stoick stepped in, looking dire.
“Dagur has somehow acquired a Titan Wing Skrill. He used it to devastate Bog Burglar island, and it seems he’s heading to Berk next.”
Hiccup and Mirabel were expecting bad news.
This was far worse.
Before they could voice their shock, quite loudly most likely, a crack of thunder sounded off from the distance.
All eyes turned to the horizon. Where they could see that the clear skies were gradually being devoured by storm clouds.
And if they squinted, they could almost make out the form of an approaching boat.
“…It looks like he’s already on his way…” Bertha seethed.
Dagur, as demented as they come, was in possession of an immensely powerful variation of an already formidable dragon.
It almost made them wish they’d stayed home.
But for as inclined as they were to panic, Mirabel and Hiccup tried their bests remain calm. Losing their minds wouldn’t help at all right now.
“We need a plan.” Said Mirabel, her brow furrowed.
“I agree.” Huffed the Bog Burglar chief. “How’re we gonna teach that Berserker brat a lesson?”
Her scowl was fleetingly replaced with a prideful smirk.
“Personally, I recommend the Bog Burglar Chokehold!”
Stoick glared harshly at the arriving ship. Barely a speck on the horizon, yet it foretold such destruction.
He glanced below, at the Vikings yelling and yammering in the plaza.
They wanted to fight. They wanted to defend their village from Dagur, or exact vengeance in some cases.
But even with all their might, Stoick didn’t know if they could face a Titan Wing Skrill and survive.
Even one casualty was unacceptable. But if they truly squared off against this thing, just how many would there be?
It was a question he didn’t want to know the answer to.
“Dagur must be stopped, a soon as possible.” He declared, almost to himself. “He cannot be allowed to reach the village.”
“Thanks for stating the obvious…” Bertha grumbled. “Now do you have any actual ideas?”
Stoick didn’t, but Hiccup did.
“We gotta get him away from that Skrill.” Said the boy.
“Look…” He pointed to the horizon. “There’s only one boat, not the whole armada.”
“Dagur only brought the Titan Wing, because that’s all he thinks he needs.” Hiccup determined. “It’s a show of strength.”
Mirabel realized where he was going with this, and made the conclusion for him.
“If we go out there and release the Skrill, he won’t have anything to threaten us with!”
The teens, reveling in the knowledge that they were on the same wavelength, smiled brightly at each other.
“Young love…” Bertha sighed, nudging Stoick’s side. “It just rots your teeth, doesn’t it?”
The Hooligan chief wasn’t so sure about this pidea, however.
“Hiccup, he destroyed an entire village with that dragon.” Reminded the man. “I don’t think a few riders can handle him.”
The scrawny teen regarded his father with a steadfast expression.
“What other option do we have?” He asked. “I’d like to not have the village be annihilated, if we can avoid it.”
Surprisingly, even to herself, Bertha agreed with Stoick.
“We threw every Bog-Burglar we had at that thing, and we still lost.” She growled. “What are a couple of piddly dragons gonna do?”
“We wouldn’t be fighting it head on, just finding a way to free it.” Said Mirabel. “We’d get out of there as soon as we could!”
The Berkian chief placed a mighty hand to his red beard, stroking it with thought.
“…It’s risky…” He grumbled.
And Hiccup cracked a grin.
“Hey, we’re Vikings!” He shrugged. “We’re all about risky!”
The two locked eyes, neither of them relenting.
Until finally, Stoick released a heavy sigh.
“Fine.”
“Gather the riders, and try to release the Skrill from Dagur.” He commanded.
“But be careful! If things start going south, I want you flying straight back here immediately!”
“Aye-Aye, captain!” Mirabel cheerily said, hand raised in mock salute.
And so the teens flew off. To round up their friends, and attempt to stop Dagur’s incoming onslaught.
Meanwhile, Stoick and Bertha were left to wrangle a crowd of furious Vikings. And convince them to not try and strangle the Berserkers themselves.
“Oh goody…” Bertha sighed.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
While Dagur was far from the island, it didn’t take very long to reach him. Dragon flying was a very efficient travel method.
The form of his ship was becoming larger and larger, and they had mere minutes before they were in range.
And right at the front, they could see a dragon. Tied to the boat with heavy chains that were tied around its neck.
The beast was familiar in shape, but unfamiliar in detail.
As opposed to the black scales they were accustomed to, streaked with violet, this Skrill was a slate gray. With the occasional patch of electric blue.
Not to mention it was easily double the size of the average Skrill.
Even from a distance, they could see that it was crackling with electrical energy. Just begging to be discharged.
And as the Dragon Riders raced to confront it, it appeared its next targets would be them.
Something Fishlegs wasn’t eager about.
He clutched Meatlug as she buzzed onwards, desperate for some kind of security.
“A-Are you sure we can’t try, I dunno, literally anything else?” He asked his team, desperation in his voice.
Hookfang glided over, a very smug Snotlout on his back.
“Come on, Fish Face! This is nothing!” He said. “We fought the Red Death!”
A grumpy frown was placed on Fishlegs’ pouty face.
“Yeah, and I was hoping we could avoid situations like this after that…”
“The life of a Dragon Rider isn’t for the faint of heart.” Hiccup sighed, with a slight chuckle.
They were soon flying amongst dark clouds, as they found themselves arriving at their destination.
Astrid glared downwards, through the dark fluff.
On the boat, right behind the Skrill, was Dagur. Looking quite pleased with himself, grinning as manically as ever.
The other Berserkers were also in high spirits, no doubt celebrating their victory over the Bog Burglars.
After a quick sneer, she addressed her friends.
“What we gotta do is blast those chains!” She exclaimed. “Don’t worry about anything else, just focus on freeing the Skrill!”
“Oh we’re gonna free him alright…” Tuffnut smirked. “We’re gonna free…his mind!”
“We’ll open his eyes, heart, soul, and various internal organs to the world of slam poetry!” Said Ruffnut.
Mirabel tried her very best to hide her exasperation.
“Can we maybe save this for after the threat’s been dealt with?” She suggested.
It was decided that Fishlegs, Snotlout, and the twins would be the distractions. Drawing the attention of Dagur and his crew.
While they were focused on them, Hiccup, Mirabel, and Astrid would ambush the boat. Knocking the Berserkers around, and blasting the Skrill’s chains.
Once freed, the dragon would fly off. Leaving Dagur unarmed.
Their course of action was set, and the time for planning was over.
Now was the time for action.
Hookfang, Meatlug, and Barf and Belch all descended from the clouds. Screeching, snarling, and drawing attention to themselves. Meanwhile, Toothless, Mariposa, and Stormfly retained their positions.
Dagur’s eyes lit up as soon as the trio of dragons entered his sights. And his grin developed a bloodthirsty quality.
“Ooh!” He squealed, with a clap of his hands. “Look, Skrilly! Look!”
He hooked an arm around the large dragon’s neck, much to its agitation. And pointed to the reptiles soaring above them.
“Look at all those flies!” He said, gleefully.
He pulled the dragon in closer, and whispered threateningly.
“How about we swat ‘em?”
He then stepped back, and took hold of the chains that hung off the dragon’s neck.
“An excellent idea, sir!” Said Savage.
Though his praise was met with an annoyed snarl from the young chief.
“I DIDN’T ASK YOU!”
And then Dagur tugged the chains.
As soon as its restraints were harshly yanked back, the Skrill released a mighty blast of lightning from its maw.
The three dragons made to dodge, allowing the burst to harmlessly whizz past them. But they didn’t do much else.
“Looks like they’re making themselves easy targets, this time!” Dagur chuckled. “Me likey!”
Again and again, he yanked the chains. Forcing the Skrill into firing off several shots in rapid succession.
Each time a Dragon Rider scrambled to avoid his blasts, his laughter only increased.
“Run, run, little Dragon Riders!” Cackled the unbalanced boy.
His fellow Berserkers joined him at the front of the boat, snickering at the spectacle.
Though one of them felt that something was the slightest bit off.
“…It’s weird that there’s only the few of them, isn’t it?” Asked Savage. “There’s usually a couple more.”
While continuing his chain tugging, Dagur turned his head to scowl at his subordinate.
“Why do you insist on ruining my good time?” He questioned.
The man became very anxious, and tried to clear things up.
“I-I’m just saying- “
“Exactly!” Interrupted the teen. “You’re saying things, and I want you to stop saying things!”
With one last snort, Dagur went back to pulling the chains. Leaving Savage to sulk, and the other men to awkwardly try and pretend that didn’t just happen.
But while they were all distracted, they didn’t notice the giant reptile soaring behind them.
Swooping in on four silent wings, Mariposa snatched the nearest Berserker in her talons. Chucking him off the boat with ease.
And that’s when they noticed something was up.
Dagur dropped his chains, and whipped around to face his new guest.
He’d recognize those glasses anywhere.
“DEMIGOD!” He cried, pointing straight at her.
From her position on her dragon’s back, Mirabel rolled her eyes.
“I have a name, you know…”
Hiccup and Astrid entered the fray soon after, their dragons already having flames ready in their throats.
The remaining Berserkers hurried to arm themselves, and square off against their foes. But unfortunately for them, they didn’t have strength in numbers today.
Dagur was so confident in his new Skrill, he only decided to bring a handful of warriors with him. Meaning they were easily dispatched by three winged lizards.
As the last Viking splashed into the briny blue, jumping in himself to avoid a plasma blast, Dagur was left all alone.
Fishlegs, Snotlout, Ruffnut, and Tuffnut joined their friends on the ship. Making it one Berserker against six dragons.
Dagur stepped back, as the riders slowly advanced. His hands held up.
“This is a little one-sided, don’t you think?” He asked, unexpectedly casual.
Hiccup refused to indulge in his banter, and issued a simple command.
“Step aside, Dagur.”
But the crazed teen proceeded as if his question was answered, smirking all the while.
“I agree, it is unfair!” He said, chuckling maniacally.
He then grabbed the Skrill’s snout, and forced it to face their direction.
“For you!”
He tugged at the chains, expecting a blast of lightning to exterminate his enemies…
But all he got was the wheezing of a dragon with nothing to fire.
Devilish joy was turned into pure shock. And that quickly shock turned into anger, when he realized that every teenager on the boat was now laughing at him.
“Every dragon has a shot limit, Dagur!” Mirabel giggled.
The humiliation of looking foolish stinging even more than his failure, the unhinged boy saw fit to return the favor by hacking them to pieces with his axe.
Fishlegs saw what he was about to do, and ensured he wouldn’t be able to do it.
“Meatlug, hug!”
At his word, the Gronckle launched herself at Dagur. Tackling him to the ground, and burying him under her weight.
And now that he was incapacitated, they could free the Skrill.
“That was easier than I thought it’d be!” Said Tuffnut, an optimistic smile on his face.
The smile fell when he was slapped by his sister, who looked very panicked.
“You moron!” She screeched. “You just jinxed it!”
And it seemed she was right.
Just then, the clouds above roared with thunder. And a hefty lightning bolt crashed down onto the ship, fully recharging the Skrill.
“That’s not good…” Mewled Snotlout.
The dragon readied a blast of electricity, shrieking wickedly as it did so.
It looked like it was gonna be a big one.
“EVERYBODY UP!” Astrid shouted.
As quickly as they could, every rider ran to their dragon. Ascending to the skies in record time. Though Fishlegs lagged a bit behind, as Meatlug was slightly farther away.
They evacuated just in time, as the are they were just standing in was son desecrated by a powerful beam of energy. Leaving plentiful scorch marks and smoking holes on the deck.
Now freed from the grasp of a Gronckle, Dagur allowed himself to laugh once more. Standing himself up with a chortle.
“See? This is why we get along!” He said, patting the Titan Wing’s side.
It didn’t look like it appreciated the gesture.
The boy looked into the sky, watching the riders flapping over him. Planning their next move.
He wouldn’t give them the time.
He cupped his palms to the sides of his mouth, and shouted up to them.
“YOU THINK YOU’RE SAFE UP THERE?”
He then unhooked the chains from their hooks on the deck, and wielded them like reigns. Hopping onto the dragon’s back, while taking extra care to step right on its muzzle.
He whipped the chains, and commanded the dragon to fly.
The Skrill complied.
Fishlegs was the first to notice their approach.
“Uh…I-I don’t wanna alarm anybody but…IT’S COMING RIGHT FOR US!”
The riders scattered. Both to avoid the jolt of lightning, and the hulking beast that followed after it.
The air was usually their turf, and they used the power of flight to their advantage against their enemies.
But now, Dagur had joined them.
His eyes fell on Hiccup’s shocked face specifically, and his lips pulled back into a fiendish smirk.
“You’re not the only one who can tame a dragon, brother!”
Hiccup pulled his dropped jaw up, and settled it into a frown.
“You didn’t tame it, you’re controlling it!” Harshly replied the scrawny teen.
“Eh, tomato-tomahto…” Shrugged Dagur.
Before any more words could be exchanged, another burst of lightning was fired straight at them.
And then, the chase began.
Atop his mighty steed, Dagur pursued the riders with a malicious delight. Firing at them when they were far, and snapping at them when they were close.
They tried to retaliate, with spine shots or flames of their own. But the Titan Wing’s resilient scales meant their attacks weren’t doing much of anything.
“Yo, Hiccup!” Called Snotlout. “Didn’t your dad say we should head back if things went south?”
“I dunno about you, but this is looking pretty south to me- “
While he wasn’t paying attention, a bolt of lightning struck him. Directly on the helmet.
He spasmed and twitched as electricity ran through his body, making all manner of strange babbles in the process.
When the sensation finally subsided, a charred Snotlout was all that remained.
Ruffnut leaned over from her side of the Zippleback, mildly concerned.
“You good?” She wondered.
Snotlout tried to respond, but all that came out was an assortment of gibberish. It appeared the electricity twisted his tongue as well.
But Ruffnut was unbothered.
“Yeah, he’s good.”
“We can’t go back!” Hiccup shouted, diving to avoid another blast. “We’ll lead him right to the village!”
“But nothing we’re doing is working!” Said Astrid, while Stormfly launched an ineffectual spine shot.
She certainly had a point.
Despite their best efforts, the Skrill was still in peak condition. And while they were quite adept at dodging, eventually their dragons would get tired.
Once that happened, they didn’t think the following events would be very pleasant.
They needed to buy some time, while they figured out what to do.
Mirabel scanned their surroundings, looking for anything that could be of use.
And then she got an idea. One she hoped was a good one.
“The sea stacks!”
She pointed onwards, towards a collection of tall rocks. Jutting out of the waters.
“We can lose him in the sea stacks!”
Her friends figured it was worth a shot. It wasn’t like they were getting much done currently.
Six dragons whooshed by the Skrill, all heading towards the sea stacks.
As expected, Dagur gave chase. Following them as they approached the rock formations.
But then he revealed a new trick. One none of them were prepared for.
“Ready or not, here I come!”
There was a flash of lightning, coursing through the air until it settled in front of them.
A millisecond later, Dagur and his Skrill appeared in its place. Even though they were leagues behind them moments before.
“Surprise!” Yelped Dagur.
Toothless, who was leading the pack, abruptly halted his flight path. Shrieking with surprise.
The Skrill whipped its massive tail around, and slapped the Night Fury out of the air.
While they fought to regain control, Tuffnut clutched his dreadlocks with fright.
“He can ride the lightning!?”
He took a second to consider this new reality, however. And soon it looked as if his outlook had changed.
“That’s pretty cool, actually…”
Just like before, the riders were left to simply try and evade the Berserker chief at all costs. Which was made even trickier, as he was now hopping around on lightning strikes.
His movements were as unpredictable as the force of nature itself. He’d be here one moment, and gone the next. And he always made sure to get a good hit in before flashing away.
But no matter where he went, his maniacal laughter could be heard at all times.
“Y’know, despite the life-or-death situation we’re in…” Fishlegs began, buzzing around erratically. “I gotta say this is very fascinating!”
“I mean, I knew Titan Wings had advanced capabilities. But this is on a whole new level- “
His geeking was interrupted by a frightened squeal, as Meatlug just barely avoided the dragon that suddenly appeared before them.
Suffice to say, Dagur was having fun. There’s nothing like watching your enemies run and hide, after all.
Though it’d be better if they were pleading for their lives…
He supposed he’d just have to change that.
But that would have to wait for a moment, as his Skrill was out of juice again.
The two flapped upwards, screaming to the skies in search of a recharge.
“He’s out…” Hiccup realized. “Now’s our chance!”
“Our chance to what?” Asked Ruffnut.
“I’ll tell you when I figure it out!” Responded the boy.
Even though Hiccup was a planner, there were also times when he’d stubbornly charge onwards with an almost reckless abandon.
And right now was one of those times.
Deciding to trust his gut, he chased after Dagur. Firing blasts at his empty Skrill on the way up.
He hoped, with the dragon devoid of energy, the hits would actually make an impact. But unfortunately that didn’t seem to be the case.
Both Dagur and the Skrill looked down at their pursuers, and the boy turned his eye to his dragon.
“Aren’t they just pathetic?” He asked. The dragon didn’t have a response.
But while their heads were turned, they didn’t see other dragon that was after them.
Swooping in on four silent wings, a Stormcutter suddenly appeared from the dark clouds.
Mariposa shoved into the Skrill, knocking it off course. And grabbed Dagur in her talons. Flying him elsewhere.
Mirabel looked back to her boyfriend, and grinned.
Hiccup, who hadn’t planned this at all, was stunned.
But when he saw the Skrill crash onto a nearby sea stack, he shook off the surprise.
This was the chance he needed.
Toothless dived after it, landing on the hunk of rock. Marked with a few patches of grass.
The weary Skrill was recovering from its fall, hissing with pain as it stood up.
Hiccup approached it, gently. Trying not to make it any more agitated.
“It’s alright, big guy…” He said, softly. “You’re free now.”
The Skrill looked him straight in the eyes, and the boy could swear he saw some type of turmoil. But it stayed put.
“No, it’s okay! He’s not here anymore!” Reiterated the boy. “Go! You can go!”
He punctuated this by gesturing to the skies, trying to get it to understand that it could just fly away.
But the Skrill wouldn’t budge.
It looked around, seemingly searching for something.
And when it saw the boy dangling from a Stormcutter’s talons, it had found what it was looking for.
Its eyes narrowed, portraying a pure hatred Hiccup rarely saw in dragons. Before it took off to retrieve him.
Hiccup noted that it appeared almost reluctant to do so. But it did so anyway.
However, what mattered now was the dragon it was headed for.
And the girl who sat on her back.
“MIRABEL!”
Hiccup’s shout was enough to warn her of the incoming threat. With a startled cry, she urged her dragon to drop Dagur.
The Skrill caught him, wincing as he climbed the chains to resume his position on its back. And the boy decided that some payback was in order.
A bolt of lightning hit the Skrill, and seconds after that same lightning was fired at Mirabel.
Mariposa positioned herself to take the brunt of the damage, and thankfully her dragon scales meant she wasn’t harmed too much.
But she was still sent careening out of the sky, crashing into the same sea stack Hiccup and Toothless were currently on.
Mirabel was hurled off her friend’s back, tumbling through the sky.
But before she could collide with the rock, Hiccup somehow managed to catch her in his arms.
In a bridal carry.
Even though the scenario was quite dire, a blush still found its way onto their cheeks.
The flustered teens parted, and refocused on the situation at hand.
“What happened?” Mirabel asked. “They were separated, why didn’t it just fly away?”
“I dunno…” Hiccup answered, thinking back to his brief interaction with the creature.
“I-It looked like it wanted to. But for whatever reason it…couldn’t…”
That knowledge only served to perplex the girl.
“…Maybe it’s loyal to him?” She suggested, while her dragon began to rise.
But the scrawny teen vehemently denied that idea.
“You didn’t see it.” He said, shaking his head. “That is a dragon who does not want to be here.”
They were at a loss.
It seemed as if the Skrill wanted to leave, but was being held here. By something other than the chains around its neck.
If they could figure out what, maybe they could solve its problem. Maybe they could get it to go away.
“I wish we could just…ask it what’s wrong…” Mirabel sighed.
And that got Hiccup thinking.
They couldn’t ask it.
But they knew someone who could.
“…You’re gonna hate me for this.”
His sudden statement shocked and confused Mirabel, who regarded him with a raised eyebrow.
“What are you talking about?”
Instead of elaborating, the boy just repeated his previous statement.
“You’re really gonna hate me for this.”
And now he was starting to scare her.
Hands on her hips, she spoke a bit more firmly.
“Hiccup, what’s going on?”
Hiccup sighed, knowing this next interaction wouldn’t be a pleasant one.
“W-We know someone who can ask it what’s wrong…” He said, a nervous hitch in his voice.
It took her a few seconds to realize what he meant.
One to recognize who he was talking about. And a few more to rationalize that he truly was implying what she thought he was implying.
But once it all clicked, she was not happy.
“No.”
Her simple response was almost enough to shut him down entirely, but Hiccup persevered.
“I know, but he can- “
“No!” Mirabel almost shouted. “He’s a kid! He’s a baby! We can’t bring him into this!”
Hiccup knew she’s react something like this.
She loved Antonio fiercely. The very thought of anything happening to him was surely a dreadful one to her.
It was to him, too.
But his gift was incredibly useful in situations with uncooperative animals, especially dragons.
They could really use his help right now.
“Look, you’ve seen him!” Hiccup said, trying to make his case. “He doesn’t just talk to animals, he has this…way with them!”
“Creatures are more inclined to-to listen to him, they’re calmer around him.”
“He hangs out with a freaking jaguar, for Thor’s sake!” Exclaimed the boy.
She was about to argue. To refute everything he’d said, refuse this plan, and come up with another.
But then he grabbed her hands.
And he steered deeply into her eyes, as confident as ever.
“I promise you, no matter what may happen to us…no harm will come to him.”
She was suddenly at a loss for words.
The very concept was horrifying to her. But he seemed so sure that this would work out.
She sputtered to say something, but no words wanted to come out.
Their ears were then subject to incoherent jabbering, coming from above.
Snotlout, still not making any real sense, was waving his fists down at them from atop Hookfang.
He was clearly angry about something. Though as to what, Hiccup and Mirabel had no clue.
“Don’t worry guys, I speak nonsense!” Tuffnut helpfully chimed in.
“He said…Could you guys save your marital dispute for when there’s not a homicidal maniac on our butts?…”
Mirabel felt as if she was fighting herself.
She couldn’t deny that the plan made sense, but every part of her hated that. Because that would mean putting Antonio in harm’s way, something that made her nauseous to even think about.
But the alternative was letting Dagur destroy the whole village, while continuing to use a dangerous dragon as a weapon…
With a deep sigh, she faced Hiccup with an insurmountably harsh glare.
“If Dagur touches a single hair on his head- “
“He won’t.” Hiccup interjected, not faltering from her gaze. “I swear to you, he won’t. I’ll make sure of it.”
She held the stare for a few more seconds, before sighing again. And looking to Snotlout and the twins.
“Keep him busy, and away from the island.” She said, already moving to her dragon. “We’ll be right back!”
Snotlout babbled some more, and Tuffnut listened intently.
“He said…By the time you get back we’ll all be dead…”
“So y’know…no pressure.”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
They located him in the rainforest. Near the same spot they left from, coincidentally.
He could frequently be found here, frolicking with his animal friends. It was always so amazing to see him play with jungle predators as if they were simple pets.
When they arrived, they saw that the sun was out again. Clearly Pepa had calmed down from her tirade.
That wasn’t good for them. It meant their teleporting may be seen.
But they could worry about that later, right now they had a situation.
Gliding down through the canopy, Toothless and Mariposa landed on the soil. Allowing their riders to dismount, and approach the boy.
Their surroundings were picturesque, and they took the briefest of moments to appreciate them.
From the towering trees, the echoing bird songs, or the cool stream that flowed into a quaint little creek. It was a welcome change of pace, from the chaos that was just transpiring.
The sounds of crunching leaves and twigs caught the attention of various animals, causing them all to snap their heads to the source of the noise. Antonio followed their gazes, and grew a beaming smile at who he saw.
“Mirabel! Hiccup!”
The boy scrambled out of the animal pile, clambering over a tapir’s back, and hurried over to his favorite cousins. Arms outstretched, ready for hugs.
Even though there was a storm raging in her belly, Mirabel still grinned warmly upon seeing her darling little primo.
She bent down and gladly met his hug.
“Hola, Toñito!”
Then he dislodged from the girl, and launched himself at Hiccup.
“Hey, kid!” He greeted, while ruffling the boy’s hair.
Now that the hugging was done, the child took on an inquisitive look.
“What are you doing here?” He asked. Before he began to look very excited.
“Are you here to meet my new friend?”
He pointed to a nearby tree, where a positively ginormous anaconda was coiled around the trunk. Ogling the two teens with an almost hungry smirk.
Frozen with fear, Mirabel and Hiccup willed their bodies into motion. So they could shake their heads.
“N-Not particularly, no…” Mumbled the scrawny teen.
Regaining her senses, Mirabel cut to the chase.
“Antonio, we need your help.” She said. “We’ve got a…dragon problem.”
The child perked up immediately, nodding enthusiastically. Always happy to be of assistance.
“Okay, I can help!” He cheerfully responded. “Where is it?”
The teens shared a knowing, anxious look. Before Hiccup spoke up.
“It’s uh…it’s a bit far…”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When they returned, Dagur was gone. So were the riders.
Though they quickly spotted the shapes of five dragons, soaring back towards the island.
Toothless and Mariposa feverishly flapped to catch up, gliding near Astrid.
“Where’s Dagur?” Asked Mirabel.
The shieldmaiden was turned to look at her friend, only for her to surge with shock at her little passenger.
“You brought a baby to a battle?” She exclaimed, referring to Antonio.
“Not one of my safest plans…” Hiccup bashfully stated. “Hope it works out…”
While she was quite confused, and a little disturbed, Astrid answered the question.
“He did that…lightning thing again.” She said. “He zapped straight ahead, towards the village.”
“He said we were boring him, which personally I find very offensive…” Grumbled Tuffnut.
Hiccup, Mirabel, and Antonio looked ahead. And sure enough, they could see the beastly Skrill landing on the Berserker ship. Smoothly sailing towards Berk.
“Alright, we’ll go on ahead.” Said Mirabel, decisively. “If this works, we won’t have to worry about that Skrill anymore…”
From behind her, Antonio gave Astrid a thumbs up.
“Don’t worry, we got this!”
While she was still positive that he shouldn’t be here, the blonde girl felt herself smiling back at him.
And so Toothless and Mariposa stormed ahead, quickly catching up to the ship.
Meanwhile, Dagur was on his boat. Eagerly ogling the sight of his next conquest. Alongside the Skrill, and a few dripping Berserkers.
“There it is, boys!” He announced, gesturing grandiosely. “The isle of Berk!”
He then chuckled, darkly.
“Or as it’ll soon be called…The pile of rubble floating on the ocean formerly known as Berk!”
Those dark chuckles turned into twisted cackles, the thought of his impending victory filling him with elation.
“…It’s not the catchiest name, sir…” Mumbled a drenched Savage, absentmindedly scratching his chin.
And just like that, the laughter died.
Dagur’s fists trembled, as he fought to keep from clobbering his right-hand man.
“Catchiness of names aside…” He spoke, sounding more like a hiss. “In a matter of minutes, this wet heap of rock will be no more!”
“Along with every Viking who stands on it!”
The few Berserkers cheered, all greatly liking this idea.
“And then, we’ll hunt down those demigods!” Proclaimed the unhinged boy.
The cheers died down into awkward coughs and mumbles.
This was an idea they didn’t like.
Though Dagur didn’t catch on, too wrapped up in his dreams of domination.
Though he was snapped out of his fantasizing, when a torrent of flame struck just to his left.
All eyes turned to the skies, to see a Stormcutter soaring above them. The same one that belonged to the bespectacled demigod.
But while she was present, he also noticed her little passenger. A small boy with a head topped with dark curls.
“A new demigod!” He realized, joyfully.
Not only that, this one was tiny. He posed no threat at all.
Sure, a small opponent meant the kill wouldn’t be as glorious. But he was still a demigod.
Besides, at this point he really just wanted to say he’d stabbed at least one of them.
“NEW DEMIGOD!” He restated, sounding like a child on Snoggletog.
He hurried over to his Skrill, grabbed the chains, and hopped onto its back.
But before he could take off, Savage had to voice some concerns.
“Sir, we’re almost to the island.” Pointed out the man.
“Those other dragons can’t beat the Skrill, there’d be nothing stopping us from blowing the village to pieces.”
“Wouldn’t it be more strategic if we just ignore the demigods for now, and focused on- “
“NOPE!” Interrupted Dagur, taking to the skies without a second thought.
As soon as she knew they were being followed, Mirabel swung her dragon upwards. Flying into the dark clouds at top speed.
“Hang on, Toñito!”
The boy did as instructed, clutching her midsection tightly. His curls whipping in the wind.
And then she felt it. The electricity in the air.
He was about to jump, she knew it.
For a split second, she swore she saw a bolt of lightning coursing through the sky. Ending directly in front of her.
Trusting her instincts, she suddenly shifted Mariposa to the right.
A moment later, Dagur and the Skrill appeared right where they were an instant ago. Firing a blast that would’ve been very hard to dodge.
Frantically, she looked behind her. Sighing with relief when she saw her cousin was unharmed.
“That was too close…”
But Dagur wasn’t done.
Again, he jolted in front of her. This time the Skrill snapped at her with its large jaws.
And again, she just barely managed to avoid the strike.
Further and further they climbed into the clouds, until they could make out the world around them. It was all just darkness, occasionally lit up by coursing electricity.
“Dodge as much as you want!” Shouted the crazed teen. “You can’t beat me! Not up here!”
He stood up on the dragon’s back, posturing dynamically.
“Under the shroud of darkness, in the eye of the storm, surrounded by lightning…this is the Skrill’s domain!”
But while he boasted, Mirabel grew a smug expression.
“Oh really?” She asked. “I thought it was the Night Fury’s domain?”
Her question was an unexpected one, and Dagur had to take a moment to figure out how to respond.
And that moment was all they needed.
Racing out from behind the clouds, unseen amongst the dark, Toothless rocketed towards Dagur. Grabbing him in his paws, and ripping him off the Skrill at breakneck speeds.
The Skrill whipped its head around trying to see where they went.
But then a little voice caught its attention.
“Hello?”
Flapping in place, the Titan Wing turned its attention to the small boy on the Stormcutter. Now sitting in front of a nearly petrified looking girl.
The simple fact that her little cousin was right in front of this dangerous beast was kicking her anxiety into overdrive. But Mirabel tried to remain calm, and let the child work his magic.
“Can you hear me?” He asked.
What startled the dragon most, was that this boy wasn’t talking at it. He seemed like he was talking with it.
Like he really understood.
The Skrill released a small, questioning hiss. Its eyes narrowed.
Antonio heard this, and smiled slightly.
“I do! I understand you!”
The Skrill was even more startled.
A look of concern crossed the small boy’s features.
“If you don’t mind me asking…why didn’t you leave Dagur when you had the chance?”
“It doesn’t sound like you're friends…” He uttered.
The Skrill seemed conflicted. Like it wanted to talk, but feared the repercussions if it did.
But there was something about this boy. Something that just made the dragon want to be honest.
So it told him the truth.
And Antonio gasped.
Mirabel jolted with surprise, and a bit of fear.
“W-What? What’d it say?”
Sullenly, Antonio relayed the truth to her.
“Dagur’s got her egg.” He revealed. “He’ll smash it if she doesn’t do what he says!”
Mirabel certainly wasn’t expecting this.
But when she looked to the Skrill, and the despair in its eyes…
She could see the fear of a mother, who’s child was in danger.
And she knew her cousin was telling the truth.
Determination welled up from within her, and the girl made a vow right then and there.
“I promise, we will save your egg.”
The Skrill didn’t seem sure, as if it doubted her word.
“You should believe her!” Antonio reassured. “She has a habit of saving the day!”
The dragon searched the girl’s eyes, and saw only the resolve to make good on her word.
And finally, she seemed to relax. Just a bit.
The Skrill hissed again, and Antonio interpreted.
“She say she doesn’t know where her egg is…but the crazy boy’s man-servant does.”
Mirabel made a funny expression, confused by the odd string of words.
But when she deciphered the message, the true meaning became clear.
The crazy boy was obviously Dagur. So the man-servant must be his main minion!
And said minion was currently still on the boat. So that’s where they were heading.
With her mission set, Mirabel soared to the ship. Intending to finally end this nonsense for good.
On the way she caught up to the other riders, and informed them of the situation.
“Dagur’s an egg-napper now!?” Asked Fishlegs, before he became uncharacteristically angry.
“That rotten, no-good, son of a stink goblin…”
“Fishlegs!” Mirabel snapped, shocking him out of his cursing.
“I need you to look after Antonio while we get the egg back!”
The rotund boy nodded, and plucked the child from her. Placing him snugly on Meatlug’s back.
Now that her cousin was safe, it was go time.
Mariposa, Stormfly, Hookfang, and Barf and Belch dived down towards the ship. But this time, the Berserkers were ready for them.
It may have been one small boat, but it was still heavily equipped with weapons of all sorts.
Including the catapults, that were aiming directly for them.
“FIRE!” Commanded Savage.
Once the word was uttered, a slew of boulders were launched into the air.
The riders managed to dodge most of them. But Snotlout was particularly unlucky, taking a stone straight to the head.
His helmet took the hit, protecting his soft noggin from damage. But it still knocked him out a bit.
When he recovered seconds later, wobbling around dizzily and seeing stars, he realized something miraculous.
“…Stupid boulder, hittin’ me in the face…I’ll hit you in the face…”
His confrontational slurring was ended by a sudden gasp.
“Wait…I can talk!”
Through his stupor, he managed a victorious cheer.
“YEAH! I CAN TALK AGAIN!”
“Dang it.” Swore Astrid. She supposed a nonverbal Snotlout was too good to be true.
Their ammo depleted, the Berserkers tried to reload. But the riders didn’t give them the chance.
They crashed onto the ship, and knocked the Vikings overboard. For the second time that day.
“NOT AGAIN!” One of them cried, before being tossed into the blue.
Savage tried to get away, but the swaying of the boat caused him to trip. And before he could get up, a golden talon pressed down on his chest.
“Where’s the egg?” Mirabel sharply asked, as Mariposa hissed aggressively in the man’s face.
Struggling under the dragon’s hold, the Berserker tried to play the fool.
“I-I dunno what you mean…”
Three more reptiles closed in on him, each one looking ready to burn him to a crisp. While Mariposa pressed down even harder, to the point where he felt like his ribcage would snap.
As the sounds of snarls filled his ears, the smell of smoke filled his nose, and dragon slobber dipped onto his face, Mirabel looked down on him with disdain.
“Don’t make me ask again.”
Fearing for his life, Savage shakily pointed to a barrel in the corner of the ship.
“I-In there…” He wheezed.
Mirabel followed his direction,. And just as he said, she retrieved a darkly colored dragon egg from within the barrel.
“There goes breakfast…” Sighed Savage.
Three more dragons descended from the sky, to join them.
Meatlug, carrying Fishlegs and Antonio. The Titan Wing Skrill. And Toothless, with Hiccup on his back, and Dagur in his paws.
Dagur was unceremoniously dumped onto the deck, and he looked like he’d seen better days.
His skin was pale, and almost seemed to have a green tint. His eyes carried heavy bags, and he was moaning and groaning in a sickly manner.
“What’d you do to him?” Tuffnut asked Hiccup, filled with a morbid curiosity.
“I gave him the Night Fury experience!” Shrugged the boy. “I don’t think he’ll be flying on another dragon any time soon.”
Antonio scampered over to Mirabel, staring at what she held with amazement.
His excitement made her giggle, though her tittering fell when the egg’s mother began to approach.
The massive dragon tromped over to her, looking down on her with eyes that should’ve seemed dangerous. But right now, all she saw was gratitude.
Smiling softly, she offered up the egg.
“Aquí está tu bebé!”
As gently as possible, the Skrill took the egg in her maw. Rumbling sweetly.
“She said thank you!” Antonio interpreted.
“I had a feeling!” Mirabel replied.
Astrid hefted her axe, and used it to break the collar around the Skrill’s neck. Finally releasing the beast from her chains.
After stretching her neck, reveling in the weight that was lifted, she sent one last dirty look to Dagur’s fallen form.
She planted her large foot on his gut, knocking the wind out of him. Before looking to the skies.
Just then, lightning struck.
And she was gone.
The storm clouds cleared, giving way to a lovely afternoon sky.
All the riders looked upwards, enjoying the view. And shielding their eyes from the sun.
“I guess we did it, gang!” Said Hiccup.
“YAY! WE DID IT!” Antonio cheered, hopping around joyfully.
“How come whenever you Encanto nerds show up, we end up fighting a Skrill?” Snotlout wondered.
“Perhaps it is fate…” Mused Tuffnut.
“Or bad writing.” Suggested Ruffnut.
The Titan Wing Skrill was no longer a threat. To Berk, or anywhere else.
And perhaps most importantly, they’d saved an egg. And reunited it with its mother.
It was certainly cause for celebration.
But their jubilation was cut short by an unhinged teen. Who, despite how awful he felt, was beginning to pull himself up.
“W-What did you do…?” He asked, groggily. “Where’s my Skrill.”
His knees were weak, his entire body felt heavy, and he was forced to lean against the mast for support. But he still attempted to look threatening.
Mirabel regarded him with a harsh frown.
“The Skrill is back with her baby. And you’re not gonna bother them anymore!”
Through the haze of motion sickness, Dagur’s confusion only intensified.
“B-But…how’d you know about the…about the egg…?”
“Apparently the little guy can talk to animals.” Grinned Astrid, ruffling the child’s curls. “Pretty cool, huh?”
Dagur grew a groggy scowl.
Of course magic was involved.
Stupid demigods.
“You have no dragon, and it looks like you left the armada back home.” Hiccup said. “It’s over.”
As much as he wanted to argue, his nausea won over. And Dagur slumped over, unconscious.
Meaning there was nothing stopping them from taking him back to Berk, and locking him up.
“I-Is that it?” Pondered Fishlegs, expectantly. “Is it over?”
“I hope so…” Exhaled Mirabel.
She’d really, really like for this to be the end of it.
Snotlout and the twins fished the other Berserkers out of the water, and the Berkian riders took all their new captives back to the island.
Meanwhile, Mirabel, Antonio, and Hiccup were all flying over the sea. In the process of summoning another storm.
“See? I told you it would work!” Said Hiccup, in regards to his risky idea.
Mirabel rolled her eyes, thought she was smiling.
“Alright, alright, I admit it!” She laughed. “You were right!”
All of a sudden, she became deathly serious.
“But we’re never doing something like that again. I almost had a heart attack!”
Antonio hugged her middle even tighter.
“It’s okay!” He said, to relieve her of her fears. “I knew she wouldn’t hurt me!”
“All the dragons say that I’m really fluffy, so I…must be protected at all costs….”
“I don’t really know what that means, though.” He murmured, with a puzzled expression.
“Nah, I get it.” Said Mirabel.
“I completely understand where they’re coming from.” Hiccup added.
Toothless and Mariposa both warbled their agreement.
And as the golden clouds appeared out of thin air, whisking them back to their home, Mirabel and Hiccup couldn’t help but let a spark of hope into their hearts.
The hope that maybe, with Dagur imprisoned, things could finally get back to normal.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Berkian dungeons.
Dark, dingy, and usually, unused.
For as chaotic as life on Berk could be, there weren’t many instances where incarcerations were necessary.
At most, an overly inebriated Viking may be left here for the night to sober up.
But today they were being used for their intended purpose.
Dagur, Savage, and three other Berserkers were being held behind bars. And they’d stay here until the council figured out what to do with them.
Even when a decision was made, it was very likely that they’d remain here.
One of the new inmates wasn’t exactly enjoying himself, and he knew just who to blame.
“This is your fault, y’know…”
Savage’s gripe echoed throughout the cavern where the jail was located, everyone present could hear it.
And Dagur certainly heard it.
“What was that?” He all but snarled, clinging to the bars. “You wanna say that again?”
Savage clung to his own bars, and they both pushed their heads as far as they could go. So they could glare at each other.
“I said this is your fault!” Repeated the lackey.
“I told you we should stay the course! I said we should leave the demigods alone! And now look at us!”
A loud clanging sounded from the other cell, as the teen banged his head against the bars in exasperation.
“That Skrill was untouchable!” Dagur argued. “How was I supposed to know that rug rat could talk to dragons!?”
“THEY’RE DEMIGODS!” Savage shot back. “They capable of anything!”
The other Berserkers began to voice their agreement.
“Which is why we should quit botherin’ with them!” “I say we forget about ‘em!” “We’re never gonna beat them!”
They were sick of the humiliation. Sick of the failure.
They missed the good old days, where they could conquer their enemies with ease.
Savage, a bit calmer now, desperately tried to convince his boss.
“They’re beings of otherworldly power, Dagur…” He said. “It’s time we accepted that we just can’t beat them.”
The unhinged boy couldn’t believe what he was hearing.
The Berserker tribe didn’t want to fight?
“W-What about Berk?” He asked. “After what they did to us? After how they betrayed us?”
“Berk is under the protection of the demigods.” Spoke the lackey. “I think it’d be best for all of us if we let them be.”
“There’s a whole archipelago out there!” Spoke a Berserker.
“Yeah!” Said another. “We can wreck some other islands!”
“Who needs Berk?” Snarked the third.
Savage and the men continued to voice similar sentiments. Of how they should abandon this endeavor, and focus their conquest on the many other islands in the Barbaric Archipelago.
But Dagur did not agree in the slightest.
“I don’t want other islands!” He snapped.
“I want Berk! And I wanna kill the demigods!”
This was about more than glory, at this point.
They’d humiliated him, cost him an invaluable weapon. The dragon of his tribe.
They needed to realize that they couldn’t toy with him. They needed to realize what a fatal mistake crossing him was.
They, just like everyone else, needed to be shown what happened when you turned your back on him.
The men could see that he was dead set on this, they weren’t changing his mind.
They all slumped over, releasing resigned sighs.
“And what do you suggest, oh glorious leader?” Asked a very sarcastic Savage.
To their surprise, Dagur began chuckling. Snickering like a boy who had it all figured out.
“I know those demigods are crafty, same as those Dragon Riders…” He revealed. “I figured there was a decent shot we failed again.”
“Sold I told the fellas back home that if we haven't returned in a week, execute plan B!”
Savage and the Berserkers were quite perplexed, they hadn’t heard anything of this.
“And…what’s plan B?” Wondered Savage.
Instead of answering, Dagur took a seat on the floor. His arms resting behind his head.
“I wouldn’t wanna give away the surprise, would I?”
He kept on laughing, knowing that in just a few days it would all come together.
“All we gotta do is wait, boys…”
“All we gotta do is wait.”
Notes:
Another Dagur chapter? Already? Well I was in a fight scene writing mood :P
Sorry for the wait on this one. As you can see it's a beefy update, but I didn't wanna split it up. I hope you enjoyed it!
And after the next few chapters, I do believe I'll have some interesting news to share...
Chapter 23: Musical Madness
Summary:
Sofia discovers something new about her gift.
Chapter Text
Everyone in Casita was crying.
No one knew why.
None of the Madrigals were in particularly bad moods. It was a fairly pleasant morning, actually.
And yet, as they poured out of their bedrooms to begin their day, every single one of them was sobbing.
A dark drizzle settled over the home, curtesy of Pepa’s wailing. Making the already gloomy atmosphere even more dour. Felix tried to comfort her as usual, but he was seconds away from breaking down himself.
Luisa was on the ground, against the wall. Crying into her arms. All of Antonio’s animals seemed to be whimpering themselves. And Camilo hadn’t even left his room, not wanting the others to see him in such a state.
Despite the tears dripping from her eyes, Mirabel was determined to find the source of this strange phenomenon.
Not only to ease her family’s woes, but also because she could hear all three of her children crying in the nursery. And their strange sense of triplet synchronization meant it was very loud.
The gears turned in her head, working in overdrive as she tried to figure out where to start.
And then her eyes settled on Dolores. Who, through her sobbing, seemed to have focused her ears on the upstairs hallway.
Mirabel lightly pushed through the crowd of wet faces and running noses, having to hear both the softest of sniffles and the most sorrowful of cries, before she reached her cousin. Lightly clutching her shoulder to get her attention.
“D-Dolores…” She began, trying to speak clearly whilst crying. “Do you hear something? M-Maybe something that has to do with…”
She gestured to the depressing scenery before them.
“This?”
Dolores tried to answer, but her shuddering breaths got in the way.
“I-I hear something weird coming from S-Sofia’s room…” She finally managed to say, before the bawling took over once more.
Mirabel looked upwards, towards Sofia’s door.
Behind the shining illustration of the musical girl, she could hear the faintest of noises. And they sounded quite strange.
Deciding the best way to uncover to truth was to go up there themselves, Mirabel and Dolores climbed the staircase. Arriving on the third floor.
Manuel and Diego were present, standing just outside their doors.
Manny, a stoic child, wasn’t emoting much outwardly. But tears were still streaming down his cheeks, and it was clear that he was trying to control his breathing.
Meanwhile, Diego was in shambles. The poor boy was so overcome with misery that he required two clones to keep him from crumpling to the floor.
“I’ve existed for twenty seconds, a-and all I’ve known is pain!” Wailed one of the duplicates.
Before Mirabel could knock, Dolores standing a bit behind her, Sofia’s door opened on its own. Surely the work of Casita.
Though the movement of the door was more sluggish than usual, perhaps an indication that the house wasn’t in the best of moods either.
They entered the girl’s room, resembling a miniature opera house. With seats that could multiply or deplete in number depending on her current audience, a lavish stage, and excellent acoustics.
Her bed was located up a set of stairs, leading to a balcony area. Guarded by a velvet curtain, trimmed with gold.
Now that they were near, the strange sound was perfectly audible. And it was even stranger up close.
A haunting melody sounded from behind the curtain. Somehow managing to sound both discordant, and perfectly harmonious.
It was a morose tune. Bursting out in powerful belts, interspliced with sniffles.
Hearing it up close made the cousins want to cry even harder. But Dolores fought through it.
It was obvious who was making that noise. But that didn’t answer all of their questions.
“S-Sofia?” She called, hand on the curtain’s edge. “We’re coming in, mija…”
The curtain was pulled back, revealing the curly haired girl sitting in her bed.
Tears streamed down her face, a picture book was in her lap, and she was singing up a storm.
That same beautifully melancholy melody poured from her mouth, as saddening illusions appeared around her person. Images of dark clouds, wilting flowers, and ice cream falling off the cone before you could lick it.
Her own sadness ignored, Dolores rushed to her daughter’s bedside. Dreadfully worried.
The moment her hands grasped the girl’s arms, she seemed to snap out of her trance. Blinking the water out of her eyes.
“M-Mamí?” Sofia asked, surprised by her mother’s sudden appearance.
Now that she was talking instead of singing, the sorrow that filled Mirabel and Dolores’ souls seemed to dissipate. Their eyes were wet, and their throats were dry, but they were fine otherwise.
Mirabel tilted her head, fascinated by this development, while her cousin tended to her daughter.
“Sofia, what’s wrong?” The quiet woman quietly asked. “Why were you crying?”
Still a bit startled, the five-year-old pointed to the book that lied in her lap. Opened on the last page.
“I-I was reading this book…” Said the girl. “The ending is ever so sad…the dog dies…”
Dolores formed a slight grimace. She always hated that book growing up.
Mirabel’s curiosity was piqued, at this point. And she felt she needed to ask her own question.
“And…you started singing after that?”
Sofia wracked her brain, trying to recall the morning’s events. But in the end she could only shrug.
“I don’t remember!” She admitted. “I just remember finishing the book, and feeling really upset…”
It was then that she noticed the lines of dried water on the women’s faces, and the redness of their eyes.
“Were…were you crying too?” She asked, gently.
The cousins nodded, before hesitantly revealing a vital piece of info.
“More like…everyone was crying…” Said Dolores.
This knowledge appeared to shock the girl. She sat up straight, her dark eyes shooting open.
“But why?” Questioned the child, concern evident.
Mirabel was working through a small theory, and decided now was the time to voice it.
“I think it’s your gift.”
Both mother and daughter turned to her, silently asking her to explain.
“You know how when you usually sing, all these pretty lights and colors appear, and people feel better?”
After receiving a nod, Mirabel continued.
“That’s what happens when you sing a fun song. And I think this is what happens when you sing a sad song.”
And that’s when Sofia went from shocked to disturbed.
She loved her gift. She loved the beautiful imagery that would appear when she sang, and she loved the smiles she’d bring to people in the process.
She prided herself on spreading joy and happiness, and her gift was her favorite method of doing so.
But now, with the knowledge that the very same gift could be used to bring such sadness…
It certainly wasn’t a very pleasant revelation.
The girl leaned a bit to the side, gazing downwards at her door. Trying to picture the misery that must be ongoing outside.
“Is everyone still out there?”
Her question produced a shrug, from both her mother and her first cousin. Who functioned more as a tía.
Not satisfied with that answer, Sofia wiped the drying wetness from her eyes. And hopped out of bed with a determined frown.
She marched down the stairs, not even slowing down so the two adults could catch up to her, and stormed outside her room.
There she got a full view of her family, and saw that everyone was still weeping. Clinging to each other for support, or sobbing on their own.
The sight was bad enough, but knowing that she’d done this made it feel like her heart was being squeezed until it would burst.
She needed to fix this.
Sofia took a deep breath, tuning out the assortment of wails…
And she sang.
A peppy, upbeat song. About little birds and summer days. An indisputably happy ditty.
The very world seemed to brighten up, thanks to her joyous mirages. Illusions of sunshine and sunflower fields juxtaposed against Pepa’s dark storm clouds.
It took a moment, it was hard to hear over all that crying. But soon enough her beautiful voice won out.
The magically induced melancholy was lifted, replaced with a bubbly cheeriness.
Mirabel and Dolores exited the room just in time to catch the whole family clapping along to the beat, as the song reached its climax.
Sofia of course received a standing ovation, to which she daintily curtsied.
When she rose again, she breathed a relieved exhale.
That was most certainly weird. She had no idea her gift was capable of such things.
Now that the shroud of darkness had been lifted from their hearts, the morning finally got properly started.
And as Sofia patiently waited in line for her turn in the bathroom, she sincerely hoped that no more weirdness occurred.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Later that day, Sofia was in the backyard. Surrounded by a group of identical boys.
Diego was holding a clone meeting of sorts, where he and his doubles discussed their mischief making agenda. As his cousin and best friend, Sofia was considered an “Honorary Diego” and had been invited to attend.
She sat on the freshly trimmed grass, hoping not to get any clippings on her cream-colored skirt, decorated with music notes. And listened to the main Diego make his speech.
Marching back and forth, his arms folded behind his back, the boy addressed his duplicates.
“…Ask not what the Encanto can do for us, but how we can prank the Encanto!”
His conclusion was met with much applause, while Sofia rolled her eyes from within the group.
One of the clones raised his hand, bouncing on his knees with excitement.
Smoothing out his olive-green ruana, the real Diego acknowledged him with a nod.
Elated at being selected, the clone asked his question.
“Why are we holding a meeting when we operate as a hive mind, and already know what each other is thinking?”
Sofia had to admit, that was a good question.
“What is up with that?” She asked, with a slight smirk. “I’m ever so curious!”
The mass of boys were all stumped by the inquiry, each one left scratching their chin. With dopey expressions.
But before any answer could come, disaster struck.
They weren’t alone in the yard. Karla, Pedro, and Peep were present as well. Kicking a ball around farther into the field.
Peep was terrified of running too fast, and somehow tripping into a fatal injury. And Pedro would frequently forget to actually play the game, getting lost in daydreams.
But Karla, as sporty as they come, was dominating the competition.
It was widely agreed that whenever she got her gift, it’d probably have something to do with athletics.
With legs some would think were far too powerful for a toddler, she assaulted the ball with a mighty kick. Launching it skyward.
It sailed through the air, flying so high that Pedro swore it would hit the sun, before beginning to descend.
And when it finally landed, it hit Sofia right on the head.
The girl fell backwards, knocking to the grass with a surprised yelp.
The boys around her all jolted with panic, each one rising to their feet at the same time. While voicing their shock.
“Woah!” “What the-?” “Fifi!”
The true Diego shoved through his crowd of doubles, and bent down to check on his cousin. Overflowing with worry.
“Fifi! You okay?” He asked, already sending a clone out to retrieve some of his tía’s food.
Sofia rose into a seated position, a bit dazed.
Before she could speak, a sudden stinging caused her to place a palm to her forehead. Hissing with pain.
The throbbing jolt of hurt made the usually joyful girl swell up with agitation, her face contorted in a sneer.
And when another sting of pain hit, she couldn’t help but vocalize her feelings.
Through song.
Not a full melody, more of a quick succession of notes. Sung sharply, carrying the full weight of her annoyance. All while flashes of breaking glass and stinging wasps emanated from her.
And a second later, she found herself in the middle of a brawl.
It all happened so fast, Sofia could barely even register what she was seeing. But as soon as her exasperated aria was finished, every single Diego began pummeling each other.
Kicking and punching, and even some biting. Pulling hair and pushing faces into the mud.
One of the boys put a double in a headlock, before another tackled him to the ground. Two Diegos worked together to toss a third into a nearby tree. Another clone had climbed that same tree, and jumped off a branch. Falling elbow first, and slamming several duplicates into the dirt.
It was pure madness.
Sofia was terrified. Even at his most obnoxious, Diego had never acted like this.
And there was something so very disturbing about watching someone try to brutalize their own identical copy.
But perhaps what was the most frightening was the looks on their faces.
Pure, unadulterated fury. A rage that promised total destruction to anyone one or anything that inspired it.
Nothing like the delightfully impish boy she knew and loved.
While horror had gripped her throat tightly shut, the girl eventually found her voice.
“S-STOP!” She cried out. “Please, stop!”
Unfortunately her pleas went unheard amongst the scuffling.
Diego’s doubles had a limited resilience. After taking enough damage, they’d vanish into a puff of smoke.
After all this scrapping, only one clone remained. Squaring off against the real one.
But while Sofia’s words went unregistered, the rumbling of the ground didn’t.
The tussling doubles ceased their quarreling, as they fought to keep their balance atop the quaking earth. Signifying the arrival of the mighty Luisa.
“Woah, woah, woah! Break it up!”
The musclebound woman crouched down, and plucked the boys up in each hand. Keeping them separated.
“What’s going on here?” She asked, greatly concerned and slightly unsettled.
The clone who she’d followed outside, sent to fetch some healing food, just shrugged.
“Don’t look at me!”
Instead, she looked to the real Diego. Squirming in her grasp.
For a second, he looked as hostile as ever. Fighting against his cousin’s hold to clobber his duplicate.
But after a moment, he seemed to calm down. His movements slowed, and his snarl dropped into a confounded expression. The same happened with his clone.
Seeing that he was much calmer, Luisa tried again.
“What happened here, Primo?” She asked. Trying not to sound too harsh, but definitely coming off as stern.
Diego tried to come up with an answer, and looked to his clone for help. But the double knew all the information that he did.
None.
“I dunno!” Said the boy. “We just…kinda started fighting!”
“Yeah!” Agreed the duplicate. “Fifi got hit with a ball, she made a freaky noise, and then BLAM!”
Sofia, who was munching an empanada to heal her bruise, suddenly froze.
She remembered singing a song, a very short one. One that was made manifest by her anger.
She hadn’t meant to. It just…happened.
And because of that, her best friend was beating himself to a pulp.
She looked at him. At his tattered clothes, his bruised face, covered in dirt and grass and scratches…
She did that.
She did that to him.
A deep sense of guilt washed over her, and she could feel the beginnings of tears pricking to her eyes.
Her throat pulsed with a burgeoning sob, but she quickly swallowed it down.
She couldn’t. She might sing.
She might make things worse.
She had to go.
Sofia scrambled to her feet, and hurried back into Casita as fast as she could. Leaving behind a stunned Luisa, and three stunned Diegos.
“Hey, wait!” Called the clone with the empanada. “You forgot this!”
But she was gone, speeding into the house and not looking back. Slamming the back door shut in the process.
The true Diego was released from Luisa’s grasp. He shared a worried look with her, as his clones dissipated. The forgotten empanada dropping to the ground.
The girl looked quite upset.
They hoped she was okay.
And farther into the field, Pedro and Peep watched as Karla ran for her little life.
It was only a matter of time before their mom and dad found out, and she didn’t want to be here when they did.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Sofia was officially freaking out.
Twice.
Twice today her singing had induced extreme and negative reactions in people.
She hadn’t had her gift for very long, only a few months. And during that time she’d never seen anything like this.
It was immensely frightening, but the girl figured that it wouldn’t do her any good to panic. Especially if she started singing again.
Perhaps a walk would calm her nerves. A nice, soothing walk through the town.
Along with her father, Mariano, Sofia embarked on a midday stroll. While trying to keep her mind away from anything musical.
No humming, no whistling, no snapping, nothing.
Though it was a bit hard, when everyone kept talking about it.
In the time since she’d acquired her gift, Sofia had become a constant presence in the town. Gleefully singing to all who would listen.
It was her own idea, and she did so gladly. But unfortunately that created an expectation.
Everywhere they went, the people wouldn’t stop asking one question.
Will you sing for us?
“Sofia, sing us a song!” “Your voice is so pretty!” “Let us here you sing, Princesa!”
On any other day, she’d eagerly accept every request. No matter how sore her throat became by the time she was done.
But today she kept her head down, huddling close to her father. An intense worry in her eyes as she shot down each request.
“I’m ever so sorry, but I can’t sing right now…”
Each time she was called, the poor girl looked more and more troubled.
It got to the point where Mariano, a pleasant and mellow guy, was beginning to grow very agitated.
Couldn’t these people see that she obviously wasn’t in the mood?
It all came to a head when a group of street performers approached the father daughter duo. Instruments in hand, with cheery smiles on every face.
“Hey, Sofia! How about a song? The band’s all here!”
The harmonious girl was greatly disheartened by this. She loved singing with the band.
But she couldn’t. She knew she couldn’t. And that really hurt.
Mariano immediately noticed his daughter’s worsening mood, and decided he’d had enough.
He stepped in between her and the musicians, glaring sternly.
“Sofia isn’t feeling well right now.” Was all he said. All that needed to be said.
But some people just couldn’t take a hint.
“Y’know what’ll make her feel better?” Asked a man wielding a trumpet. “A little música!”
With a grin, the man took a deep breath. And began to play.
Simply hearing any music made Sofia sufficiently more anxious. She stepped back, whimpering slightly.
Bristling with aggravation, Mariano grabbed an apple from a nearby fruit stand.
He made sure to pay for it, of course.
He then jammed the fruit right into the trumpet. Plugging the hole, and stopping the noise.
“What did I just say?” Asked Mariano, in full dad-mode.
Soon the musicians resembled scolded children more than anything, as the perturbed father let them have it.
“If she says she’s not singing today, she’s not singing today! And that’s the end of it!”
Then he gently took his daughter’s hand, and led her elsewhere. Leaving the band to reflect on their actions.
But Sofia still wasn’t exactly looking great, and that was concerning. So Mariano figured he’d try a classic method of improving any child’s mood.
Ice Cream.
Now standing in line, waiting for their turn to purchase some frozen treats, Sofia felt herself calming down. Just a bit.
While the incessant hounding was grating, she’d successfully avoided any type of music-making for a solid hour.
And she was getting ice cream. That was always welcomed.
Perhaps she could keep this up indefinitely. Perhaps she wouldn’t have to worry about hurting people with her songs.
She was feeling hopeful, even. And she had to fight to keep the optimistic hum that was building in her throat from releasing.
But unfortunately for her, fate had other plans.
Buzzing from above, a honeybee descended from the skies. And it clearly believed a certain girl’s nose to be an optimal landing point.
One day, years ago, she’d seen her Tío Augustin in the process of being wickedly stung by an angry swarm.
Ever since then, she’s been deathly afraid of bees.
And the sight of the black and yellow insect on her nose sent a shockwave of fright throughout her entire body.
Overwhelmed with fear, Sofia couldn’t help but scream.
In the form of an incredibly loud G7 high note.
Her frightened shriek reverberated throughout the immediate area, causing everyone who heard it to clutch their ears in pain.
And moments later, chaos ensued.
The fear she was feeling carried through her music, infesting a number of villagers with an extreme sense of panic.
Suddenly, everyone was terrified. Running for their lives, whilst screaming at the top of their lungs.
Though from what, no one quite knew.
They darted into their houses for protection. Or tried to hide behind anything they could find. Some just broke down onto the streets, crying and praying for whatever it was that was scaring them to go away.
Even the dragons who roosted in the area got spooked beyond reason, soaring into the sky with frenzied flaps. Crashing into each other on the way up.
For the third time that day, Sofia was horrified.
She stood, still as a statue. Just watching the madness unfold with horrified eyes.
Once again, she was responsible for such misery.
She was the cause of their suffering.
For whatever reason, she just couldn’t seem to stop harming people.
Before she could dwell on this further, she felt herself being lifted into the air.
Mariano protectively held his daughter as closely as possible, as he took off running. His face wild with panic.
“Come on! They’re after us!” He cried.
“Who’s after us?” Asked Sofia.
Mariano tried to answer, but found that he couldn’t.
So he just kept on running.
He ran and ran, blazing through the town like a madman, until he eventually found himself at the doorstop of his own home.
He panted from the exertion. All that running would take the wind out of anyone, especially while holding a kid.
He set his daughter down, and took a moment to catch his breath. Right as the door opened.
It was Dolores, who rushed over to her husband and daughter. Looking incredibly worried.
“I heard screaming.” She hurriedly said. “What’s happening?”
Mariano felt as if he had an answer ready. He felt as if he knew exactly why he was so scared.
But he didn’t.
“I uh…I-I don’t know…” He admitted, with a shrug.
Dolores was puzzled, and was about to question him further. Until a small voice spoke up.
“I know why…”
Sofia’s sullen muttering caught their attention, as she revealed the truth behind the panic.
“I sang…” She mumbled, morosely. “I sang, and people got hurt…again…”
Both her parents were privy to the day’s previous mishaps, and could see the sorrow she was feeling. So they both crouched down to offer her some comfort.
“Sofia…” Began Dolores, softly clutching the girl’s shoulders. “What happened is not your fault.”
“You didn’t mean for any of that to happen!” Agreed Mariano. “And I think- “
Whatever else they had to say, Sofia didn’t want to hear it.
“I’d really just like to go to my room, please…”
Such a simple request, spoken with such despair.
Dolores and Mariano shared a glance, wordlessly making their feelings known to each other.
They did not like this.
But they didn’t want to push her. IF she needed some time alone, that’s what they’d give her.
“Of course, Mijita.” Said Dolores, planting a small kiss on the girl’s forehead.
It garnered no reaction.
Sofia trudged her way into the house, her head held low. Downtrodden eyes hiding behind her dark curls.
And as she climbed the stairs up into her room, she didn’t know that she was being watched.
By a pair of bespectacled eyes.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
She couldn’t even cry.
No matter how hard she just wanted to let her sorrow out, she couldn’t. Lest she make everyone else in Casita miserable as well.
So Sofia just sat on her bed. Fighting the tears that desperately wanted to spill out.
She didn’t understand.
Her gift was amazing! It used to bring so much joy to everyone.
But now it wasn’t. It was doing the reverse, if anything.
She truly loved her gift. But if all she could do with it now was cause misery, then she’d swear to never use it again.
She was dangerous. Too dangerous to be allowed such magic unrestrained.
It would hurt. But if that’s how it had to be, then so be it.
But as the girl stewed over thoughts if renouncing her magic, there was a knock at the door.
“Sofia? It’s Mirabel, can I come in?”
This was it.
As the leader of the village, Mirabel must’ve heard about the chaos she’d started.
Surely she was here to issue a punishment. Perhaps the banishment of her gift outright.
But Sofia wouldn’t fight it. This was for everyone’s sake.
The girl sighed, and slumped out of bed. Clomping down the stairs as if she was a criminal walking to her execution.
She opened her door, expecting to be met with the darkest of scowls. She was quite surprised to see her cousin smiling warmly at her.
“There you are!” Grinned Mirabel. “I haven’t seen you since this morning!”
The not-quite harmonious girl was unsure of how to react, this wasn’t exactly what she was expecting.
“U-Uh, yeah…” She murmured, fumbling for any sort of response.
Mirabel then entered the room, taking some time to admire her surroundings.
She never got tired of these magical bedrooms. Each one a reflection of its owner’s very soul.
Walking the length of the room, she reached the elaborate stage. Hefting herself over, and taking a seat at the edge.
She looked to Sofia expectantly, lightly patting the spot next to her.
The girl obliged, settling in next to the young matriarch. Though she still kept her head down, refusing to look her in the eyes.
The two sat in silence for a brief moment, nary a sound made between either of them.
But Mirabel didn’t just come here to sit.
“So…” She said, with an overdramatic exhale “Crazy day, huh?”
“There was the frankly depressing morning, the downtown panic in the evening…”
An amused smirk then came to her face.
“And what my husband is calling The Great Diego Wars…”
“I talked to Karla about earlier, by the way.” She said, suddenly stern. “If she doesn’t apologize tonight, I’m taking that ball away.”
Her attempts at humor weren’t very effective, nor was the knowledge that her rascal of a daughter had gotten a talking to.
In fact, Sofia looked more depressed than ever.
“…I’m very sorry for the trouble I’ve caused…” She sniffled, turning away. “I promise, I’ll never use my gift again…”
Mirabel raised an eyebrow at this, and hummed in thought.
“Is that what you want?” She asked. “Do you want to stop using your gift?”
She should’ve just said yes. She should’ve just committed.
It would’ve made things so much easier.
But as she was asked that question, every inch of Sofia’s body shivered as she let out a resounding-
“NO!”
“I love singing! And I used to love my gift!”
“But now it’s not working right, and people are getting hurt, and I’m supposed to make them happy, and I can’t make them happy if I’m hurting them, and I don’t wanna hurt anyone, but I am, and I wish it would just STOP!”
Her rant finished, Sofia breathed heavy breaths. Unaware of just how much air she’d exhausted while getting her thoughts out.
Mirabel sat still, baffled.
“…That was a lot…”
Though she quickly regained her composure.
“Alright, there’s a couple things we gotta touch on, Chiquita.”
Reaching an arm around, Mirabel pulled Sofia first. And did something she found herself doing quite a lot.
Helping her family through their problems.
“First of all, you’re not supposed to make people happy.” She began. “It’s something you enjoy, and that’s awesome! But you’re not obligated to at all, and I don’t want you to feel that way.”
“Secondly…I think your gift is working right.”
This was quite a shock to Sofia, one she fought very hard not to vocalize. Instead she sent her cousin a perplexed look, making the woman snicker.
“You know your abuela, Pepa?” Asked Mirabel. “And her gift?”
Sofia nodded, absentmindedly snuggling closer.
“When she’s unhappy, the temperature gets ever so weird…”
“That’s right!” Nodded the woman. “Her mood affects the weather!”
“It’s sunny when she’s happy, and rainy when she’s sad…”
She was about to bring up what happened when Pepa got mad, but she didn’t want the child to have nightmares.
Mirabel moved her hand to run in through the girl’s hair. “And that has an impact on people.”
“I mean, if she makes it rain then they have to get an umbrella. If she makes it snow, they have to break out the scarves and hats…”
For a brief instance, Mirabel’s eyes flashed with a forlorn nostalgia. Remembering circumstances from years past.
“She used to have to suppress it.” Spoke the young matriarch. “She used to have to control what she was feeling, so no one was uncomfortable. No matter how much she was hurting.”
“But…we changed that!” She said, grin returning. “And in a way, I think you’re the same as your abuela!”
“Your emotions are tied to your singing, and the power of those songs changes with your emotions!”
Mirabel seemed almost geeky, the way she talked about her magical hypothesis.
Though reality always had to rear its ugly head at some point.
“And that means your gift has an impact on people, too.” She sighed, grin fading. “We saw a lot of that today.”
Sofia visibly cringed, clearly ashamed by the day’s happenings.
“But just like your abuela, we have to find a way to work with your feelings. Not fight them!”
Softly, Mirabel placed a hand to the girl’s cheek. Turning her head so she could look her in the eyes.
“Sofia, your gift is amazing! You are amazing!” She said, beaming a smile. “And nothing about that has changed!”
“Your gift is just…stronger than we thought. But that’s okay!”
One of Mirabel’s hands was sued to lift a chin that insisted on staying down.
“All we have to do is find ways for you to feel what you’re feeling, without harming other people.”
Just then, an idea struck her.
“Your abuela’s been doing it for years, I’m sure we could ask her for advice!”
“…You mean…”
Sofia prepared to ask a question, the first bits of hope she’d felt in hours emerging in her soul.
“You mean…I can still sing?”
In response, Mirabel’s smile widened.
“Sofia, you’re gonna be singing your heart out!”
She was still scared.
Scared that her singing would only cause more chaos, and nothing else.
But the thought that she wouldn’t have to give up what she loved most, despite these unexpected developments…
It put a song in her heart.
She smiled, the biggest one she’d worn all day. And tackled Mirabel’s midsection in a hug. One the woman graciously returned.
And Sofia started to hum.
An optimistic, hopeful little melody. One that conjured imagery of blooming flowers and twinkly lights.
She didn’t know what her next song would be.
Maybe it’d be happy, maybe it’d be sad. Or angry, or afraid, or even disgusted.
But she would sing it.
She’d find a way to keep anyone from being harmed, but she’d sing it all the same.
And she wasn’t going to stop singing, either.
Chapter 24: Bonus! Art Attack 2
Summary:
More scribbles! As well as some important news...
Chapter Text
It's this segment again!
Today we'll take a look at one of the oldest OCs. One who's established herself as a staple in the series...
VALENTINA MADRIGAL
Val's been around a while! She was introduced all the way back in chapter 18 of the original story, and has stuck around ever since. I'm sure I've shared this story before, but her creation stemmed from me seeing one of those "He asked for no pickles!" memes. And I thought it'd be pretty funny if Bruno had a girlfriend like that. And I figured...I'm the one writing this thing! Why not?
Writing her is really fun, honestly. She's loud and abrasive, and she doesn't always make the best first impression. But after you get to know her, you find that she's a total sweetheart. She won't exactly be upfront about it, but she's endlessly grateful for the family she's found. Her husband, her sons, her sisters and brothers and nieces and nephews and stick-in-the-mud mother-in-law...
Especially after the hard life she's had, it makes her teary eyed just thinking about it.
She may be seem leaner than some envisioned. I never imagined her as a musclebound warrior of a woman (We have Luisa for that!) I always pictured her as having a more slim and toned figure, to prioritize speed as well as power. She wants to get in, bust some heads, and get out as fast as possible.
Also, I didn't know Mirabel's middle name was Valentina at the time of this character's creation. If I'd have known that, I woulda chosen a different name. But as it stands, I like to think the two find it funny.
I have a pretty funny Val centric chapter I wanna write (I think it's funny, at least) so I hope you enjoy it when it comes!
But on the topic of future chapters...
~~~~~~~~~
Due to external factors, my life is about to get a whole lot busier.
That's not necessarily a bad thing. A lot of the things I've been working towards for a while are coming to fruition, and that's great! But it means my writing time is about to be significantly reduced.
Before that happens, and updates from me probably slow down, I'd really like to have the sequel completed! I've got a lot of great ideas, and scenes I think will be nuts to finally see realized (in a good way!) and I'd hate for it to be impeded by my incoming shift in schedule.
With that said, the next chapters will be wrapping up the Dagur arc. It'd be remiss of me to leave you guys hanging! And then these side-stories will be put on hiatus.
Not forever! We'll be back eventually. there's still more drabbles to be told! But there's some things I gotta take care of, y'know? Sometimes that's just how life works out.
I wanna take some time off to write the sequel (The name of which I'll reveal at a later time) so after the next few updates I'll be quiet for a while. Considering the madness that'll ensue when I return, I'm sure that's alright with everybody ;)
Alright, that's all for now! See you next time, and as always, thanks for reading!
Chapter 25: Plan B: Part 1
Summary:
Dagur puts his final plan into motion.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Dagur hasn’t returned from his mission to destroy Berk.
His orders were very clear.
“If I’m not back in a week, execute plan B!”
So that’s exactly what the Berserkers were doing.
Plan B, or Operation-Annihilation as Dagur liked to call it, was a three-phase scheme meant to render the Hooligan Tribe utterly defenseless from attack.
Weeks ago, to ensure his plot was a success, Dagur had spent a copious amount of time doing something he loathed.
Reading.
Day in and day out, he studied a copy of the Book of Dragons. Trying to learn all he could.
Because if he was going to take out some Dragon Riders, he wanted their demises to be ironic.
Finally, after a whole lot of thinking and a whole lot of reading, a brilliantly vile idea struck him.
Step one was to leave them without their weapons.
The Smothering Smokebreath was a small species of dragon. One with a serious case of kleptomania.
Entire flocks of them would scour the land, looking for metal to steal. And spraying smoke around to make sure their heists went unseen.
The metal was used to build their nests, and protect their eggs. Which would be cute, if they didn’t insist on nabbing anything remotely shiny. And biting anyone who tried to stop them.
And being a bunch of battle-ready meatheads, Berk had no shortage of shiny, metal weapons.
Dagur sent out a group of Berserkers to trap a flock of Smokebreaths, and they’ve been locked up on his island. Waiting for a moment like this.
In the dead of night, they’d be released onto Berk. Stealing all the steel they could get their little claws on, and leaving the Vikings without even a butter knife to fight with.
But that was just step one.
While it was certainly handy to have weaponry to battle with, Hairy Hooligans were no stranger to a bare fisted brawl.
Step two was to ensure they couldn’t fight back at all.
Speed Stingers. A species of raptor-like dragons who made up for their lack of flight with their blazing swiftness.
They got their name from their tails, which ended in exceptionally pointy stingers that were packed with venom. One prick was all it took to leave their victim completely paralyzed for nearly a day.
Despite their hostile nature, they were incredibly loyal to their packmates. Willing to run to the ends of the earth to protect those they considered kin.
And Dagur was going to use that to their advantage.
In preparation for Plan B, he took a group of Berserkers hunting. To where he knew a pack of Speed Stingers resided.
He still had the scar to prove it.
He was hoping to come across a weak or sickly dragon, one who wouldn’t put up much of a fight. And as luck would have it, they soon discovered a young Speed Stinger. Barely a few days old.
Perfect.
They dragon-napped the hatchling, and took off with it. Utilizing as little subtlety as possible.
The pack of course noticed this, and chased after them. But this was all part of the plan, and soon the pack was captured as well.
They’d be set loose on Berk after the Smokebreaths. Already agitated, they’d zip around and sting anyone in sight. Leaving the populace resembling statues more than living things.
Completely immobile, and completely vulnerable.
Finally, they had to make sure that Berk’s dragons couldn’t try anything either.
There was a flower that was known to be insurmountably toxic to reptiles, called blue oleander. Being reptiles, it was of course very dangerous for dragons as well.
One whiff of a single flower would send them flying.
Dagur had tons of them.
A specialized troop of Berserkers were sent to pick as many flowers as possible, not even stopping when their fingers began to bleed.
Now armed with a field’s worth of flowers, dumping only a fraction of them on Berk would ensure their dragon population flew off elsewhere.
Weaponless, dragon-less, and lacking even movement, Berk would be completely susceptible to attack.
And that’s when the armada would strike.
Arriving with the rising sun, the entire force of the Berserker armada would descend upon the island. Bringing with them an unstoppable destruction.
Powerless to prevent their doom, the Hairy Hooligan tribe would be forced to watch through frozen eyes as their painful ends arrived.
It was perhaps Dagur’s most masterful plot yet, and he was more than a bit proud of it.
With this, he’d finally succeed in making those who mocked him pay.
He’d succeed in making an example out of them. An example of what fate awaited all those who dare betray him.
It was foolproof. Positively foolproof, he was sure of it.
Nothing and no one could possibly upend this scheme.
Not even the demigods.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The guards were awfully chatty.
Day in and day out, the Berserker’s stay in the Berkian dungeons was made even more bothersome by the endless prattling of the Vikings assigned to watch over them.
They talked about the inanest of things, constantly. Things that were only interesting to the people conversing, and dreadfully boring to anyone else.
And make no mistake, Dagur was bored.
Bored, bored, bored, bored, bored.
But one night, as he tried to block out the sounds of their babble by banging his head against a wall…
He heard them say something quite intriguing.
“Did you hear what happened last night?” Asked a guard, wearing a bucket on his head. “About all the disappearing stuff?”
“Did I hear!?” Retorted the other, who oddly smelled of mulch. “That smoke cloud ripped the hook straight off my arm!”
He held up a limb, that ended in a stump. Where a hook presumably once resided.
“Whatever that thing was, it had a nasty grip…” Shuddered the hook-less guard, not enjoying his memory of the encounter. A frown was set on his thickly bearded face.
His bucketed friend winced with sympathy, before asking another question.
“And did you hear that the armory’s empty?”
The other Viking sent a sardonic glance to he and his companion’s weapons of choice.
“Well considering we’re guarding the prisoners with mops…I sort of guessed...”
Their conversation continued, saying nothing more that interested the unhinged boy. But that was just fine, he’d heard all he needed to.
So the Berserkers were moving forward with plan B. Ahead of schedule, even. He hadn’t even been locked up a whole week.
It seemed the first step, getting the Smokebreaths to steal the island’s metal, had worked exactly as he predicted.
Dagur grinned, suppressing a sinister chuckle.
He could only imagine the chaos that was going on up there. Sure, the Hooligans would cry over the losses of their favorite knick-knacks and doodads. But once they realized their weapons were gone, and they were unprotected?
That’s when the true fun would begin.
But now, the waiting game would have to continue. The time for Berk to feel his fury wasn’t quite here yet.
But it was coming, he knew this for certain.
It was coming soon.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The next night, there was pure pandemonium.
Or at least, Dagur assumed it was pure pandemonium.
He couldn’t see or hear anything happening above in his cell. But the moment another Viking charged into the dungeons, horror all over her face, he knew something had to be up.
She was dripping wet from the heavy rains outside, which combined with the cold sweat that spawned from her fear.
The guards, enthralled in a riveting game of rock-paper-scissors, both jumped with shock as the woman slammed into a nearby wall. Carried by the momentum of her running.
“Are you okay?” Asked the surprisingly gentle guard, with the bucket on his head.
Breathing heavily, she managed to sputter out a response.
“S-Speed Stingers! A whole pack of them!” She blurted. “We can’t see ‘em in the dark, and we’ve got no weapons to fight ‘em off!”
“They’re out there paralyzing everyone! And the chief says we need all hands on deck!”
The bucketed Viking sighed, disheartened.
“Well that’s no good…” He muttered, gesturing to his fellow guard. “Mulch only has the one hand.”
“I’m gonna ignore that…” Grumbled his friend.
Wielding their mops like the deadliest of battle axes, the two joined the woman in rushing outside. To fight off the threat as best they could.
Leaving Dagur and the Berserkers alone.
“Speed Stingers…” Moaned one of the soldiers, trembling with fear. “Why’d it have to be Speed Stingers?”
Dagur’s sinister snickers echoed throughout the cavern.
“Because everything is going according to plan!” He grinned.
The other Vikings couldn’t see their leader in the other cell, but they just knew he was rubbing his hands together with a sadistic glee.
And that got the gears in their heads turning.
“So…I’m guessing this is plan B?” Pondered Savage.
“Correct-a-Mundo!” Responded Dagur, surprisingly cheerfully. “This is phase two in my ingenious plot, to take this island down once and for all!”
A Dagur plot was always a wildcard. It could be a meticulously crafted endeavor, or it could be an exercise in lunacy.
But considering this new scheme of his seemed to be going off without a hitch, the slightest hints of optimism began to emerge in the Berserkers.
“And might I ask what part of your plan involves us busting out?” Savage wondered, expectantly.
“All in due time, boys…” Coolly responded the young chief.
And as it turns out, all in due time meant just a few more hours.
The night went on, distant sounds of a scuffle being barely audible from the surface world.
But after some time, the noises stopped. It was eerily silent. Even more eerily silent then the dungeons already were.
And Dagur could feel it. The moment of truth was upon them.
Footsteps rang out from beyond the cells. Every prisoner turned to face the sound.
A large shadow was casted on the wall, belonging to a bulky Berserker tromping his way into the cavern. Holding a torch to light his way.
When he happened upon the cells, his eyes lit up nearly as bright as the flame in his hands.
“Chief! There you are!”
But Dagur wasn’t in the mood for pleasantries. He wanted answers now.
“What happened up there?” He asked, bouncing with giddiness. “Did it work? Did my plan work?”
“I mean, I know it worked. But I just wanna hear somebody say it!”
Chuckling darkly, the man gave him what he wanted.
“Those Smokebreaths left them totally helpless!” Answered the man. “And the Speed Stingers have most of them frozen! We’re rounding up the stragglers now, in fact!”
The crazed teen pumped a fist in the air, thrilled at his success.
Though the mission wasn’t quite over.
“And what about the blue oleander?”
“We’re scattering it as we speak, sir!” Replied the Berserker, already opening the cages with the keys he nabbed from the guards.
Dagur opened his mouth, readying another question. But his subordinate beat him to the punch.
“And the entire armada is on their way!” He said, with an amiable smile.
That smile was met with a cold hard fist to the jaw, knocking him to the ground.
“DON’T INTERRUPT ME!” Dagur steamed, his face red.
Though just as quickly as the rage came, he switch flipped back into a casual mood.
“Good work, though! Honestly I’m impressed!”
Now freed from that dingy cell for the first time in days, Dagur eagerly exited the dungeons. Walking out into a cool early morning, stretching as the sun slowly began to rise.
He took a deep breath, savoring the damp air. A remnant of the stormy night before.
It was his first taste of the outside in nearly a week. But he didn’t have time to soak it in.
Instead, he surveyed his surroundings.
The village was littered with Vikings, as stiff as statues. Frozen in action by the Speed Stingers.
And in regards to the swift dragons, they were also littered around the village. Slumbering on the ground, their bodies curled in the grass or hanging from a tree by their tails.
“What are they all doing?” Savage wondered, eyeing them warily as he followed his leader out of the prisons.
“Their nocturnal dragons, idiot!” Snapped Dagur, as if he was the aficionado on dragons.
He went on to explain some Speed Stinger behavior, speaking as if he was trying to teach a particularly stupid child.
“When the sun comes up, that’s their beddy-bye time! Meaning we can get rid of them before they turn on us!”
Savage watched as some Vikings relocated the slumbering reptiles. And ignoring the humiliating patronization going on, he had to admit that he was glad they wouldn’t be tangling with these beasts.
And then he sneezed, as a bushel of flowers was carelessly tossed onto his face.
A group of Berserkers was spreading blue oleander all over the place, and soon the whole village was covered head to toe in the plants.
Looking to the skies, they could already see dragons flying away from the island. The overabundance of flowers assaulted their acute senses of smell, and they knew what they smelled was danger.
The remaining Vikings who weren’t paralyzed watched their reptilian friends leave with fear and confusion. And their dismay only served to increase Dagur’s enjoyment.
“And that’s phase three!”
The armed and ready Berserkers far outnumbered the defenseless Hooligans, and the armada wasn’t even here yet. The able-bodied ones were corralled into the plaza, while the paralyzed ones were physically dragged.
Including a few frozen Vikings in particular that made the boy diabolically happy.
Dagur wanted them all in one place. He had an announcement to make.
“You have no weapons, and no dragons! You’re completely at my mercy!”
“And I’m not exactly known for being merciful!” Said the boy, with a crazed giggle.
His attempts at intimidation seemed to be working, thanks in no small part to the fact that he had a solid fifty warriors backing him up.
But despite that, Hairy Hooligans were a stubborn people. Who refused to back down.
“You won’t get away with this!” Cried one.
“Yeah!” Agreed another. “The chief won’t stand for this!”
But their protests only made Dagur laugh, clutching his belly as he nearly doubled over.
“The chief? THE CHIEF!?” He repeated, howling with elation.
And when his laughing cooled down, he responded with a question.
“You mean…this chief?”
On cue, a Berserker brought out Stoick.
The very paralyzed Stoick.
Locked in the middle of swinging his mighty fists, a ferocious look stuck on his face, the chief of Berk was in no state to protect them right now.
The crowd of remaining Vikings gasped with shock, while the Berserkers snorted at their distress.
“But that’s not all!” Cheered Dagur.
“I’ve even got a whole set of Dragon Riders!”
The gasps intensified, once he revealed a paralyzed Astrid, Fishlegs, Snotlout, Ruffnut, and Tuffnut. All trapped in varying states of fury, fear, or odd mishap.
The gasps only intensified. The remaining Vikings were now sufficiently frightened.
“Don’t you see?” Asked Dagur, fiendishly calm. “There’s nothing you can do! I win!”
“But don’t worry…I won’t kill you yet…”
This revelation caused the crowd to mutter amongst themselves, confused.
His chest puffed out proudly, Dagur made his intentions known.
“I’ll save that honor for my glorious armada! We’ll burn this island to the ground, including everyone on it!”
The Berserkers released battle cries of agreement, all of them delighted at the prospect.
“Until then…how about you guys spend some time in the dungeons!” Suggested the young chief. Though it was much more of an order.
At his command, every Hooligan was ferried to the underground prisons. Paralyzed or not.
And Dagur felt like dancing.
Gods, it felt good to get a win!
But as always, he could never be allowed to just enjoy himself. Someone had to come in and be a downer.
“Uh…sir?” Came the voice of Savage, immediately dampening the boy’s mood.
“Not to say the plan isn’t going well, it certainly is! But some of the men are concerned about the…you-know-whats…”
Dagur did not know what, which was exemplified by his baffled expression.
“The Demigods!” Savage clarified. “They always come in and ruin everything! Who’s to say they won’t do it again?”
“Oh, them…” Dagur replied, a dark snarl on his face. “Don’t you worry about them!”
“Once that armada is here, they’re as good as dead!” He said, bright mood returning.
He began to saunter off, to enjoy his new free reign of the island. But his minion wasn’t quite done.
“Sir, I’m really not sure about that!” He argued. “They’re magic! How do we know if- “
A jab to his nose cut off all further comments.
“I WON’T LOSE TO THEM AGAIN!” Screamed Dagur, overcome with rage.
“I don’t care how magic they are, I don’t care how many dragons they have…”
“This time will be different…this time I’m ready for them…”
In that moment, he made a declaration. More to himself than anything.
A declaration to prove himself superior. To show everyone what happened when you crossed him.
A declaration of al-out war against his most irritatingly persistent enemies.
“I. WILL. NOT. LOSE!”
Notes:
Dagur's pretty much taken over Berk...I wonder how Hiccup, Mirabel, and the rest are gonna handle this?
Guess we'll find out next time!
Chapter 26: Plan B: Part 2
Summary:
Hiccup and Mirabel get grounded.
Chapter Text
Dagur was gone.
He was locked up. Had been for days.
They wouldn’t have to worry about him anymore.
Now came the tricky part for Mirabel and Hiccup.
Telling the family.
They knew that breaking the good news would also be informing everyone that they’d blatantly disrespected the rules and risked their lives.
More than once.
As such, they were definitely expecting some harsh reprimanding. But the scolding they ended up receiving was the stuff of legend.
Not only Alma, but Julieta, Augustin, Pepa, Felix, Bruno, and Valentina were all ripping into the teens with the combined forces of seven disappointed parents. All in the middle of the courtyard, for everyone else to witness.
The other grandchildren weren’t supposed to be watching, but they were. Peeking through their doors for any juicy tidbits.
“WHAT WERE YOU THINKING!?” Shouted, Pepa, ensuring a storm cloud hung over their heads.
“You could’ve been killed!” Agreed Felix. A supportive hand on his wife’s shoulder, and a stern frown on his usually jovial face.
“I mean, I knew you kids were crazy…” Said Valentina. “But this was seriously crazy!”
“Oh this wasn’t just crazy, this was outright suicidal!” Fretted a jittering Bruno, almost pulling at his hair from fright.
For all the looks of fury and terror they were garnering, Alma’s was perhaps the worst. A sharp glare that pierced the hearts of its targets, perfected after decades of parenthood.
“You deliberately disobeyed me…” She noted, the weight of the situation present in her tone. “But more than that, you put yourselves in danger! You put our family in danger!”
“Isabela, Luisa, Camilo, even Antonio…you all could’ve been murdered at the hands of that brute!”
The mention of her youngest son in such a dreadful scenario sent a burst of rage through Pepa’s body, exemplified by the crack of lightning that flashed from her cloud.
Alma let her words settle for a moment, watching both teenagers closely. They both kept their heads down, trying to appear as small as possible.
After a few more seconds, a hint of agitation worked its way into her voice.
“Well? Do you have anything to say for yourselves?”
A displeased Casita rattled the tiles under their feet harshly, ordering them to speak.
The young couple spared a nervous glance to each other. And not seeing any other option, they complied.
“Listen, I know you’re upset…” Began Mirabel. “And you can totally ground us- “
“Oh we will!” Interrupted a very disheveled looking Augustin.
Hiccup tried to inject some humor into the situation.
“Does anyone here have the right to ground me?” He jokingly asked, cracking an awkward smirk.
Julieta crossed her arms, intensifying her gaze on him specifically.
“You called me mom. You gave me that power.”
He cowered under her powerful stare, and didn’t make any more attempts at levity. Giving Mirabel the opportunity to continue.
“I know what we did was risky, and dumb, and a whole lot of other things…”
After a brief exhale, her nervousness was replaced with a look of great confidence. Confidence that she did the right thing.
“But I don’t regret it.”
This seemed to shock the adults a bit, who all gawked at her as she spoke.
“Dagur’s locked up now!” She said. “We stopped his plans! He can’t bother anyone anymore!”
“You could’ve died in the process!” Pepa argued, clutching her braid tensely.
“But we didn’t!” Hiccup shot back.
To which Bruno responded “That’s not the point!”
The arguing continued on from there. With the teens desperately trying to explain their actions, and the adults desperately trying to get them to understand the ramifications of those actions.
From above, the others watched the proceedings with a morbid interest. And varying levels of fear.
“Are they gonna get in trouble?” Asked Antonio, deeply concerned for both his cousins.
This earned a chuckle from Isabela, leaning laxly in her doorway.
“They’re already in trouble.”
Camilo didn’t share in her amusement, looking just as anxious as the teens that were downstairs.
“Question is…are we in trouble?” Wondered the shifter.
He’s been on the receiving end of way too many groundings this past year, he didn’t need any more.
After an extended amount of chastising, the type of admonishing that cause the mightiest of men to crumple, it seemed it was finally time to dole out punishment.
And Alma made sure there were a lot of punishments.
“There will be no flying, no teleporting, no embroidering, no inventing, no dancing, no singing…I don’t even want to see you leaving your rooms!”
The terms of their sentence were so severe, it was actually pretty amusing to Hiccup.
“What about breathing?” Asked the boy, sardonically. “Can we still do that?”
“We’re thinking about it…” Sternly answered Augustin.
Unlike her sarcastically-inclined boyfriend, Mirabel met her punishment with tenacity. Not faltering for even a second.
“That’s fine.” She said, her voice steady.
Hiccup didn’t exactly think it was fine, but he didn’t say anything.
Mirabel then met her grandmother’s eyes, with an imploring gaze.
“But please, Abuela. You have to believe us when we say that Berk is safe now!”
“Y’know, for whenever we’re allowed to leave the house again…” Mumbled a scrawny teen at her side. “In like, fifty years…”
Alma’s harsh visage softened a bit. And when she spoke again, she did so more gently.
“I believe that you’re not lying…” Sighed the woman, sounding weary. “But I don’t know if I can believe what you’re saying.”
Bristling with determination, the bespectacled girl stepped forth.
“Then let us prove it!” She proposed, with a bright smile. “We can fly there right now, and you can see that everything’s okay!”
The idea garnered mixed reactions.
Some, such as Pepa and Bruno, were staunch in their refusal. Believing the archipelago to be a death trap.
But others, like Julieta and Valentina, saw some merit in the thought. It’d be good to know if the island was truly safe.
And upstairs, the grandchildren were also considering the idea.
“It’d be kinda lame, but…maybe it’d be better for us if we just didn’t go back to Berk?” Wondered Isabela.
Camilo faced her with a mischievous glint in his eye.
“What? And leave Snotlout all alone?”
Her disgusted look was enough for him to burst with laughter.
Antonio tried to vouch for them.
“But it is safe!” Insisted the child. “I saw them taking Dagur away!”
“Besides, do you really think those two would stop trying to go?” Asked Dolores, gesturing to the teens in the courtyard.
“Good point.” Mariano said, from beside her.
Camilo, laughter dwindling, regarded his brother-in-law with a smirk.
“You’re just agreeing with her because you’re- “
Right before he could finish his sentence, he remembered his baby brother was nearby.
“Hugging!” Blurted the boy. “You’re just agreeing with her because you’re hugging…”
Luisa had already come to a decision.
She believed it would be best if they did have solid proof that Berk was safe, whether they chose to keep going there or not.
And she also believed it would be best if she was around to protect the teleporting teens from anything that could go wrong.
“I’ll go!”
All eyes turned to the hulking girl, as she made her way down the stairs.
“I’ll go with them, see if Berk is safe.” She decidedly said, standing tall behind the pair.
While most looked to her with uncertainty, Hiccup and Mirabel grew relieved smiles.
“See?” Asked Hiccup, pointing behind himself. “With Luisa around, we’re basically invincible!”
“Count me in!” Added Camilo, slinking down the stairs. “Whenever these dorks get into stuff, it’s always interesting!”
Isabela heaved a deep sigh, before following after him.
“And someone’s gotta make sure they all come back in one piece…” She grumbled, already resigning herself to her fate.
Antonio grew a wide grin, and was revving up to join them. But a soft hand from Dolores stopped him.
“Not you, Mami would have a heart attack…” Whispered the quiet woman.
Now all lined up in the courtyard, the Encanto riders were ready to depart.
“I appreciate it, but this isn’t gonna be some crazy adventure!” Spoke Mirabel. “We’re just dropping in for a second!”
“With you guys, it’s never that simple.” Shrugged Camilo.
Alma looked conflicted, some nagging part of her screaming to deny this request.
But she realized that this was crucial information. And with all of them together, as well as their dragons, they could defend themselves.
With another sigh, she made her decision.
“Very well, you may go.”
Before the teens could start celebrating, she made one more thing abundantly clear.
“But you’re only going for a moment!” She reminded them, strictly.
She then pointed to Hiccup and Mirabel specifically. “And as soon as you’re back, you’re staying in your rooms until you’re as old as I am!”
The other parents glared the two down, letting them know they’d enforce this rule with every bone in their bodies.
And yet, the teens’ moods weren’t diminished.
Because they knew it was over.
Dagur was taken care of, and they’d be allowed to visit their home away from home whenever they wanted.
See their friends whenever they wanted.
Everything was going to be fine.
Once they were finally let off the hook, that is.
With their objective decided, the five began to head out back. Where their dragons resided.
Though they were quite surprised when Pepa joined them.
Upon receiving a myriad of puzzled looks, she made her intentions known.
“I can’t trust you two right now!” Huffed the weather woman, directing a glower to the young couple. “You need an adult to keep an eye on you!”
Both Isabela and Luisa shared an awkward glance.
“Uh…we’re adults…” The mighty woman pointed out.
With a toss of her braid, Pepa stormed past them into the back yard.
“A REAL ADULT!” She called back.
It was clear that she’d made up her mind, and none of them were very interested in trying to change it. They figured there wasn’t any harm in letting her come along, anyway.
And now that their party was complete, it was time to go.
For what was definitely going to be a quick and uneventful trip to Berk.
Surely.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This isn’t the first time they’ve arrived to find Berk completely barren. The fact that it’s happened more than once is actually pretty bizarre.
Led by Hiccup and Mirabel, the riders soared over the island through a burst of golden clouds. And were quite surprised to see it completely devoid of life.
Well, not entirely.
Despite the lack of any Vikings or dragons in the village, there was one type of life that seemed to be overly abundant. Plant life. The whole town was positively covered in blue flowers.
From his Changewing’s back, Camilo shot Isabela an accusatory glance.
She caught this, and bristled with irritation.
“I just got here!” She shouted back, all four of her Snaptrapper heads sharing in her emotion.
Mirabel observed these flowers from above, scrutiny in her bespectacled gaze, and came to the conclusion that her sister definitely wasn’t responsible.
“Isa didn’t do this. The flowers, they aren’t actually growing.” She noted. “They’re just…lying there.”
“Someone put them there…” Hiccup realized.
But that begged the question of why? And what did it have to do with the population’s disappearance?
There was only one way to find out.
The group of six landed their dragons onto the island, in the middle of the village. But as soon as the reptilian feet touched the ground, their companions began acting strangely.
The very sight of the flowers that surrounded them seemed to insight panic amongst the dragons. Tonta’s scales shifted to a frightened bright yellow. Hercules released a startled grunt, rearing up on his hindlegs. Moody began to hiss and snarl, as if he was being provoked.
The odd behavior of the dragons was very worrying to their riders, who tried their bests to soothe them.
“Girls! W-What’s wrong?” Asked Isabela, trying to handle four panicking heads.
Mirabel, still on her dragon’s back, reached over to calm her down. Placing a gentle hand on her frills.
“It’s okay, Mariposa…it’s just some flowers…” She tenderly whispered.
Her gentle words seemed to work, as the Stormcutter managed to relax a bit.
The other dragons were beginning to relax as well, though they all still appeared very frightful. Each one eyeing the flowers with dread.
“So uh…that was definitely weird right?” Camilo asked, looking around to the others. “I’m not alone on this?”
Pepa nodded, before shooting a concerned glance to her usually cantankerous Skrill. Now appearing so small at her side, so afraid.
“They look so scared! What’s happening?”
Hiccup pondered her question, while running a soothing hand down Toothless’ head. But unfortunately the answer was eluding him.
“I-I dunno…” Said the boy.
Just one more thing to add to their list of questions for the day.
But for as strange as this was, that still wasn’t even the strangest thing going on.
“We can worry about this later.” Mirabel decided. “We need to find out what happened to everyone!”
They all set out, skittish dragons included, to search the village. Looking for any hints as to the whereabouts of the Hooligans.
Every hut was checked, but no one was home. From the cliffs to the cove, the island was empty. No yak was left unturned, but there were no Vikings to be found.
During their search, they noticed that there was a distinct lack of metal present. Only increasing their ever-growing assortment of questions.
They also noticed an assortment of footprints, both human and reptilian, stamped all over the ground. Signs of some sort of scuffle, perhaps.
The quietness of the seemingly abandoned village was starting to unnerve Luisa quite a bit.
“Alright, this is kinda freaky…” Chattered the girl, huddling close to her massive dragon while they scoured the farm.
Inside the empty blacksmith’s shop, with no sign of Gobber, Mirabel sent an uncertain look to her boyfriend.
“You don’t think this is another treaty signing thingy…do you?” She asked, remembering the last time the village was vacant.
The sheer oddity of town’s current state led Hiccup to believe the answer wasn’t so simple.
“Somehow I doubt it…” He nervously answered.
Eventually, they’d investigated all they thought there was to investigate. With no trace of any Vikings anywhere.
“Maybe everybody moved?” Camilo questioned, hands in his pockets.
“If that was the case, why’s all their stuff still in their houses?” Countered Luisa.
“But where is everyone then?” Huffed Isabela. “We checked everywhere!”
Her statement sparked a realization in Hiccup.
Because for as thorough as their search was, it wasn’t completely thorough.
“…Not everywhere…”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Berk’s dungeon was so rarely used, Hiccup didn’t even consider searching it. It totally slipped his mind.
But there were prisoners now. And prisoners meant guards. Maybe one of them knew what was going on.
Leaving their skittish dragons outside, the six descended into the murky cavern. The stuffy smell assaulting their nostrils.
Isabela’s face contorted into a disgusted sneer. “Ugh, it smells worse down here than it does up there!”
“Well, it’s a prison!” Mirabel chuckled. “They aren’t supposed to be pleasant!”
Deep into the dark depths they ventured, their way being lit by torches that were all too scares. Until finally they arrived at the cells.
One problem, there were no guards.
“Are you kidding me?” Hiccup groaned, visibly deflating.
Well, there went his idea.
But they weren’t entirely stranded. It was a long shot, but maybe Dagur and the other prisoners knew what was going on.
Not that he was the most cooperative person, but they were willing to give it a try.
The prison they were facing was dimly lit, and they could just barely make out the body of a Viking within. A large and powerful form, standing in the back of the cell in a strange pose.
It was hard to tell thanks to the poor lighting. But back there in the shadows, it almost looked like he wasn’t moving at all.
Either way, they had a question to ask.
“Hey, buddy!” Called Camilo, leaning against a rough wall. “We got a question for you!”
The Viking was unresponsive. In fact, he hadn’t moved an inch.
Something was off here. Very off.
Hiccup grabbed a nearby torch, affixed to the wall. And brought it closer to the cell.
Only for him to drop in in horror, letting out a strangled gasp.
“D-Dad!?”
Standing there, behind the bars, was his father. Completely frozen, his face locked in rage.
The Madrigals shared similar terrified reactions, a harsh breeze blowing through the room. Signifying Pepa’s fear.
The fallen torch settled near Mirabel’s feet, and she bent down and grabbed it. Raising it back up, she moved further down the hall. To illuminate the other cells.
To their terror, it wasn’t just Stoick in this condition. Astrid, Fishlegs, Snotlout, the twins, and Gobber were all paralyzed. As well as an assortment of townsfolk.
Their friends. Hiccup’s dad.
All of them, locked in various states of fear or terror. Looking as if they were perpetually in the middle of a struggle for their lives.
A menagerie of living statues.
It was like something out of a horror story.
“W-What happened here?” Luisa asked, her voice far too small for one so big.
None of her companions had an answer.
But someone else did.
“Hello? Is someone there?”
Following the echo, they found a gentle looking Viking sitting politely in his cell. A bucket placed on his head.
He was someone that Hiccup recognized.
“Bucket?” Questioned the boy. “W-What are you doing in there?”
“And why’s everyone frozen?” Asked Mirabel.
The appropriately-named Viking shuddered with fright, unfortunate memories springing to his simple mind.
“Oh, it was awful!” He moaned, before beginning his recollection.
“The whole tribe was attacked by a pack of Speed Stingers!”
“We tried to fight them off, but all our weapons were stolen by these freaky smoke clouds!”
“We still did our bests, though…” Sighed the man, glancing behind him to the paralyzed Viking he shared a cell with.
“Poor Mulch…”
His answer was a shocking one, but it only raised more questions.
“Wait, wait, wait…Speed Stingers?” Said Hiccup. “How? They don’t live anywhere near here, and they can’t fly!”
“And how’d you guys end up in cages?” Asked Camilo.
Bucket was a soft-hearted man, but their inquiries brought forth a hidden anger form within.
“It was Dagur!” He spat. “This was all part of his plan to break out of prison!”
…
…No.
No way.
Dagur couldn’t have gotten out.
He was locked up. Had been for days.
They wouldn’t have to worry about him anymore.
…Right?
It was then that they realized that the cell Bucket was in used to be Dagur’s cell.
And they all went from shocked, to mortified.
“Dagur escaped!?” Mirabel gasped.
An even stronger wind burst through the cavern, ruffling clothes and tousling hair.
“You said he was locked up!” Pepa all-but shrieked.
“He was!” Hiccup shot back, raising his voice over the wind.
“Well clearly he isn’t anymore!” Isabela argued.
This was bad. Very bad.
If Dagur was on the loose, the family wasn’t safe.
Again.
“We have to go.” Isabela stated, authoritatively. “We have to go back, now.”
She immediately turned on her heels, marching back towards the exit with haste. Camilo was seconds from following her.
“WAIT!”
Mirabel’s call stopped her in her tracks, while the bespectacled girl addressed another issue.
“Where is he?” She asked Bucket. “Where’s Dagur?”
Stroking his beard, the bucketed man tried to supply an answer.
“…I remember…when he put us all in here, he was gloating...” He began. “He really likes gloating…”
“You’re telling me…” Mumbled Hiccup.
“He said he was gonna make a quick trip to Berserker island, and put on his victory undies…”
“I didn’t need to hear that…” Isabela grimaced.
Bucket continued. “He said he’d return with his entire armada, and storm the island! Killing everyone while we’re still paralyzed…”
“Hey, hold on…” Said Camilo, squinting his eyes. “How come you aren’t paralyzed?”
Bucket perked up, happy to answer a more casual question.
“When they brought us here, they started stinging everyone else. To make sure we couldn’t fight back.”
“But I just stood really still, and they couldn’t tell the difference!”
To illustrate this, he suddenly jerked into a motionless position. Not even blinking.
To his credit, it was actually pretty convincing.
“Not bad.” Praised Camilo, honestly impressed.
So Dagur wasn’t here right now, but he would be soon. Backed by the full force of his tribe’s warriors, to raid a defenseless Berk.
Not good at all.
If they were to do something about this, they needed more information.
“When did he leave?” Asked Mirabel. “When will he be back?”
She received no response. Bucket stayed as still as ever.
“…You can unfreeze now…” Instructed the girl, an annoyed grumble in her voice.
Finally breathing and blinking again, Bucket told her what she wanted to know.
“He left just a bit over…” He thought really hard, to figure out the exact time. “Three hours ago!”
“And considering Berserker Island is around two hours away, I’d say he’ll be back in…”
“Less than an hour…” Whispered a horrified Hiccup.
They had less than an hour to unfreeze the Hairy Hooligans, and find a way to stop the armada.
That was no small amount of pressure.
But Hiccup and Mirabel weren’t about to just sit by and let this happen.
“Don’t worry! We’ll take care of Dagur!” Swore Mirabel.
Her cousin sent her a very skeptical glance.
“Okay, but…how?”
That was a very good question.
“First things first, we need to fix everyone up.” Hiccup settled. “Even if we have to evacuate, we need the people to be able to actually move.”
Mirabel was in full agreement.
“We’ll go pick up some of mamá’s food, and bring it back. That should heal everyone.”
Isabela however, was not on the same page.
“What we need to do, is avoid the island’s worth of people that are out to kill us!”
“We’re going back home, and we’re staying there.” She snapped. “We can’t be here when the Berserkers show up!”
Both teens stared at her as if she’d said something horrible.
“B-But…” Hiccup sputtered. “But what about- “
“She’s right!” Pepa butt in. “We can’t fight an armada! All we’d be doing is getting ourselves killed!”
“She has a point!” Bucket dopily chimed in. “Fighting an armada sounds very tough!”
Mirabel’s shock gave way to frustration.
“And are we supposed to just leave these people to die?”
“That doesn’t sound very nice, no…” Bucket mumbled.
“It’s awful…” Luisa sighed, inner conflict clear on her face. “But what can we do? If we go, everyone here dies. If we stay, we die with everyone!”
“It’s kind of a lose-lose situation…” Noted Bucket.
Camilo shot him an incredulous expression.
“Do you think you’re helping?” Wondered the shifter.
The inmate just shrugged.
“Honestly, I really don’t know.”
Mirabel and Hiccup wouldn’t accept this.
The idea that the only way this could end was in blood, and they just had to decide if it was going to be theirs or someone else’s, it was incomprehensible to them.
There was another way. There had to be.
“We can figure something out.” Hiccup said, determinately. Mirabel standing firmly beside him with an identically steadfast expression.
It was obvious that they weren’t backing down.
On the one hand, Isabela admired their tenacity. She was secretly a little jealous of just how heroic these kids could be.
On the other hand, their stubbornness could get really annoying. Especially in these life-or-death situations they increasingly found themselves in.
With a heavy sigh, she conceded just a little.
“Fine, you can try to figure it out…”
A swift finger was pointed in their direction, as she started speaking as sternly as possible.
“But you’re doing it at home, where we’re a million times safer!” She ordered. “If you can work something out, we’ll come back.”
Mirabel and Hiccup decided that was good enough for them.
They all began to leave the dungeon, ready to ride their dragons into the clouds. While Bucket waved them off.
“Good luck, everyone!” He cheered, so pleasantly you wouldn’t think he was incarcerated. “I hope you save us from certain death!”
“Oh, and watch out for the blue Alexander!”
“Alright, man!” Camilo awkwardly grinned, with a thumbs-up. Having no idea what the man was talking about.
He then leaned over to Hiccup, whispering into the other boy’s ear.
“Yo, who’s Alexander…and why is he blue?”
Hiccup didn’t have a response.
On the way out, they of course passed the cells where Stoick, Gobber, and the other riders were held.
They faltered a bit, displaying a range of dismayed expressions.
Except for Camilo, who chuckled upon seeing Ruffnut and Tuffnut. Frozen in the middle of pulling each other’s hair, and biting each other’s limbs.
“Just what I expect from my minions!” He grinned.
Mirabel walked closer, and while she was unsure if they could hear her, she had something to say anyway.
“I promise…we’ll get you out of here!”
Hiccup met his frozen father’s gaze specifically. And while the eyes were unmoving, he almost felt like they were boring into him.
Silently screaming at him. Begging him for something.
He already knew what.
“I’ll protect Berk, dad.” He assured. “Nothing will happen to these people, I swear it.”
Strangely, the motionless eyes seemed placated by this response.
Finally they exited the dungeon, relishing in the fresh air that filled their noses. And a distinct, floral scent.
A scent that was driving their dragons crazy.
During the time they spent in the dungeon, their lizard friends had been going crazy. Their sensitive nostrils being bombarded by the smell of that abhorrent flower.
And just as their riders arrived, was when they hit their breaking point.
With terrified screeches and roars, they took to the skies. Eager to be anywhere but where the flowers were.
Being without his friend, Toothless simply opted to run. Run until the smell was gone.
Leaving their companions to watch them go.
“Hey, wait!” Pepa frantically cried out, looking to the skies.
“Where are you going!” Luisa asked, cupping her hands over her mouth.
“Did they just ditch us!?” Questioned an indignant Camilo.
While the others continued to helplessly call after their friends, Isabela focused her attention to the flowers that surrounded them. Plucking one from where it lied, completely disconnected from the ground.
She examined it, turning it over in her hands.
She wasn’t paying attention to them, when they first arrived. Occupied solely with returning home as fast as possible.
But now that she was looking at it closely, her extensive botanical knowledge helped her identify it swiftly.
“It’s blue oleander…”
The name was alien the most of them. But to Hiccup and Mirabel, who lived and breathed dragons, it was terrifying.
Mirabel shakily looked over to the scrawny teen, a mortified question on her tongue.
“I-Isn’t blue oleander the plant that- “
“Kills dragons…” He finished for her, deathly quiet. “Even smelling it scares the daylights out of them.”
And that explains why their dragons were so skittish earlier.
That explains why they flew away in a panic.
Though it didn’t explain what it was doing here.
“…Dagur!” Mirabel realized, slamming a palm into her fist.
All eyes turned to her, as she delved into an explanation.
“Dagur must’ve put all these flowers here, to scare the dragons away!”
Luisa saw where she was going with this.
“So the Hooligans couldn’t fight back at all…”
A chill shot through their spines.
“What a prick…” Camilo groaned.
They had their answer.
But now they were faced with another problem.
Without their dragons-
“How are we supposed to get home!?”
Pepa began to pace, a whirlwind whipping up around her.
“The armada’s coming! The armada’s coming and we’re stuck here! We’re stuck here and they’re gonna kill us and I’ll never see my husband again! Or my daughter or my son or my sister or my brother or- “
Seeing that she was beginning to spiral, Camilo rushed through the winds to help his mother. Trying anything he could to soothe her.
Though he was fairly frightened himself.
Isabela tried to take charge of the situation, despite the dread squeezing at her heart.
“W-We can’t just stand around! We have to find them!”
She began to march off in the direction they flew towards. Though she quickly found herself being lifted off the ground.
“What the-?”
Luisa shushed her, and continued to carry her behind a nearby statue. Tailed by the others.
After everyone was huddled and hidden, she was set down. And finally allowed to ask what the heck was going on.
“What the heck is going on?” She asked. Thankfully quiet.
Luisa didn’t answer with words, instead pointing over the side of the statue.
When she looked, she had to suppress a gasp.
A pair of Berserker soldiers were wheeling a catapult down the path, making idle chatter as they did so.
“Victory undies…have you ever heard something so stupid?” One of them scoffed. “Why’re we following this kid again?”
“Because he’s nuts.” Answered the other. “And if we talk back to him, he’ll cut off our nuts.”
The first one gulped, not enjoying the visual that came to his mind.
“…Fair point.”
They continued their wheeling, unaware that they were being watched.
“Is the armada here already!?” Asked Pepa, trying to balance the urge to scream with the need to whisper.
Hiccup shook his head.
“I don’t think so…we would’ve seen them coming if they were that close.”
“Dagur must’ve left a few goons behind, to keep an eye on everything.” Camilo deduced.
But Luisa saw something else. Something that led her to a different conclusion.
“Or prepare for the invasion…”
Following after the catapult duo, even more Berserkers waked by. All armed with an assortment of heavy weaponry.
It certainly looked like they were readying themselves for war.
Pepa was nearly hyperventilating at this point.
“No, no, no, it’s okay!” Camilo whispered. “We’ve fought more guys than this!”
“But then we’re wasting time! Time we could be using to find our dragons, before Dagur gets here!” Isabela hissed.
The Madrigals were slowly and silently becoming overcome with panic, desperately trying to figure out what they were going to do. All without being detected.
But Hiccup and Mirabel were just tired.
These last few weeks have been a hassle, to say the least.
And they didn’t even have any warning for it. They woke up on a normal morning, and suddenly there was an unhinged boy out for their heads.
And then they had to sneak, and lie, and hide, and fight. Nothing that they actually wanted to do. Just to keep themselves and their loved ones alive.
Even now, as they struggled to come up with an escape plan, they could feel the fatigue overtaking their bodies.
It was exhausting, plain and simple.
Despite the direness, Hiccup grew a wry smirk. And looked over to his girlfriend.
“All this because Dagur was dumb enough to think Bruno was a god.” He snarked, wearily.
She released hushed snickers, happy to have even a bit of levity.
But then, a thought struck her.
He thinks they’re gods.
He thinks they’re divine beings. The whole Berserker tribe does.
A plan was already formulating in her mind, and she just knew she had to say it.
“…Let’s show him a real one…”
This caught the attention of her family, as a smile of inspiration spread on her face.
“Uh…what?” Asked her morphing cousin.
“Dagur thinks we’re gods. So let’s show him a real one!”
The looks she was getting let her know that she should probably explain more.
“We’ll convince the whole tribe that they’ve made an actual god angry! And if they don’t want us to smite them, they’ll leave us and Berk alone!”
It was an…interesting idea.
Blasphemously interesting.
“Okay, and how’re we supposed to pull that off?” Isabela inquired.
Grin growing, Mirabel hooked an arm around her cousin’s neck. Pulling him close.
“Who better suited for an acting role than our resident actor?”
Camilo struggled in her grasp. He’d never admit it, but she was stronger than him.
“What? The Loki bit?” He asked, while squirming.
And then Mirabel’s grin faltered.
“Uh…well I haven’t figured out the specifics yet- “
“Thor.”
It was Hiccup’s turn to garner the attention of his companions.
“We’ll give them Thor. No one’s gonna mess with the god of thunder.”
The shifter raised an eyebrow, highly skeptical.
“I need to see someone before I can shapeshift into them, dude.” He pointed out. “How exactly am I gonna see Thor?”
To his surprise, Hiccup grew a grin of his own.
“I’m glad you asked!”
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
They’d officially transitioned from a stuffy prison to a stuffy attic.
After sneaking through the village, avoiding the sights of any Berserkers, the Madrigals followed Hiccup into his home.
The one he didn’t live in anymore.
Wasting no time, they ascended the stairs and climbed up into the attic. Where Hiccup promptly began digging through an old box, full of dusty items.
Rummaging through the box caused dust to scatter everywhere, making all his companions cough and sneeze. But he was unbothered, single-minded in his search.
“What are you-ACHOO-looking for, anyway?” Camilo attempted to ask, interrupted by a sneeze.
The scrawnier of the boys didn’t even look up as he answered.
“You said you needed a visual…I’m finding you a visual…”
The vagueness of his statement sparked their curiosities, and they all leaned in a little further.
Until the dust made them reel back again.
Finally Hiccup found what he was looking for. Pulling it out of the box with a triumphant grin.
It was a portrait, clearly an old one. Of a burly and mighty looking Viking.
“This is my great-great-grandfather.” Said Hiccup. “Thorvald the Magnificent.”
“They say he was the spitting image of Thor himself, even from the day he was born!”
“Explains the name.” Isabela uttered.
Camilo took note of the impressive figure depicted in the portrait, and donned a smug grin. Elbowing Hiccup’s side.
“Everyone in your family is huge except for you, huh?”
He was met with an unamused stare, and a shrug.
“Well there were two other Hiccups before me, so…”
Supplied with a visual to base his transformation on, Camilo successfully managed to shapeshift into Thorvald.
With a majestic blonde beard and hair that seemed to shimmer like gold. An imposing physique, packed with muscle and towering nearly seven-feet. And wielding a hammer that put all others to shame, the resemblance to depictions of a certain god couldn’t be denied.
But while Camilo flexed his new muscles, Mirabel couldn’t help but feel like something was missing. An otherworldly element, to truly sell the god guise.
“…Hey, Milo?”
At his name’s calling, the shifter looked down. Internally remarking on just how tiny his cousin appeared in this form.
“Do that thing you did when you shifted into Bruno…with the eyes!”
He heeded her suggestion, and soon Thorvald’s eyes were glowing an eerie green. As if overflowing with a heavenly power.
“That’s perfect!” Cheered Mirabel.
Luisa had to admit, he looked convincing. However, she was still unsure.
“But…is it enough?”
This earned a shake from her little sister’s head.
“It’s not.” She said. “That’s where you come in!”
She pointed to Pepa.
“We can’t have the god of thunder without thunder, Tía!”
Then she gestured to both her sisters.
“And we’ll need you on special effects!”
It was nuts, but it wasn’t like they had many other options at this point.
And honestly, for a family as overdramatic as the Madrigals, putting on a little production should prove easier than fighting for their lives.
Though of course…they were risking their lives with this plan as well…
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
It was a beautiful day for death.
Now packing his victory undies, because it was his conquest and he was going to wear what he wanted, Dagur couldn’t help but hum a pleasant tune as the isle of Berk got closer and closer.
This was it.
The island was completely and utterly defenseless. There was positively nothing stopping him from raining fiery destruction upon it.
And to his delight, he didn’t see any golden clouds.
A pity. The demigods would miss the destruction of their friends.
He’d be sure to mock them for it, whenever they crossed paths again.
But that was for later. Now was the time for sweet, sweet retribution.
Dagur took a deep breath, savoring the scent of the salty sea, before looking back to his crew.
“You smell that, boys?” He grinned. “That’s the smell of triumph!”
The Berserkers raised their fists and cheered uproariously. Not only were they ready to do some damage, they were just happy that things finally seemed to be going their way.
The island was getting closer and closer, and Dagur was getting giddier and giddier.
The docks were in sight, and he could see some of his other subordinates getting things ready.
It was almost showtime.
But first things first, they had to get the paralyzed prisoners out in the open. They were placed in their as a precaution, just in case any of them regained mobility earlier than expected.
But now that the moment of truth had arrived, he wanted them to be present for their obliteration. Even if they were helpless to stop it.
Especially if they were helpless to stop it.
The ship he was on, leading his overly massive armada, arrived at the docks first. He dismounted, along with Savage, and commanded his troops top wait for his word.
Dagur wanted to drag his victims out himself, kicking and screaming.
Figuratively, of course.
“It’s a good day to die!” Dagur announced, confidently strutting up the hill.
“Well, it’s a good day for other people to die!” He cackled.
Tentatively, the men behind him laughed as well. And he was in such a good mood, he let them.
Wringing his hands with a fiendish glee, Dagur was the first to enter the village. Stepping into the square, and preparing to march towards the dungeons.
Finally, it was all working out how it should.
Finally, he was winning.
Finally, it was payback time.
But just then, lightning struck.
The sky was suddenly filled with dark and stormy clouds, rumbling with thunder.
The plaza was filled with an unsettling red haze, obscuring their view of anything beyond the immediate area.
From behind Dagur, Savage and the other Berserkers huddled together for protection. But the boy held his own ground.
He knew what this meant at this point.
Whenever something weird was going on, it was because of the demigods.
And he was not going to let them ruin things for him. Not this time.
“I KNOW YOU’RE THERE!” He shouted, voice shrill. “SHOW YOURSELVES, COWARDS!”
He brought out his axe, gripping it tightly. His lackeys followed his example, brandishing their own weapons.
His yelling was responded to, by a voice.
But instead of the nasally tones he’d expect from Hiccup, or the sickening peppiness of Mirabel, it was an entirely different voice.
One booming with an otherworldly power.
“DAGUR THE DERANGED.”
From deep within the red haze, a pair of eerily glowing eyes shined through. Sending shudders through nearly every Berserker.
Dagur tilted his head, examining the eyes as best he could. He felt like he recognized that voice, but he couldn’t quite place it.
And how did it know his name?
“Do I know you?” He asked.
The voice spoke again, so loudly that it didn’t feel like they were hearing it. It felt like they were experiencing it.
“YOU SHOULD.”
A figure began to step out from the haze, matching a silhouetted body to the glowing eyes.
A positively massive Viking, wielding a mighty hammer. Who’s entrance was punctuated by a crack of lightning.
“I…AM THOR!”
Dagur was unmoved, but his mooks were suddenly shivering.
“I-It’s Thor!” Squealed Savage, teeth chattering. “It’s really Thor!”
The unhinged teen rolled his eyes, before smacking his minion upside the head.
“It’s not Thor, idiot!” Snapped the boy. “This is obviously some kind of trick!”
The god before them didn’t seem to like that, sending a bolt of electricity to strike right in front of them. Far too close for comfort.
“YOU DOUBT YOUR OWN EYES?” Asked the god, an almighty strength in his tone.
The Berserkers all jumped back, quaking in their boots. While Dagur stared on defiantly.
“Alright then, Thor…” Dagur uttered the name with a clear disbelief, complete with air quotes. “What are you doing here?”
Those glowing eyes narrowed just a bit, and that was all it took to have one of them falling to his knees.
“YOU HAVE ANGERED ME, DAGUR. YOUR WHOLE TRIBE HAS.”
This revelation caused another warrior to drop his weapon out of fright.
“THE DEMIGODS YOU WISH TO KILL, THEY ARE KIN TO ME. YOU HAVE THREATENED MY OWN FLESH AND BLOOD.”
And this caused the Berserkers to nearly soil themselves. Savage was the only one who could manage a coherent sentence.
“W-W-We were trying to kill…Thor’s family!?”
“No! We weren’t!” Dagur shouted. “Because they aren’t Thor’s family!”
Thor quirked an eyebrow, a gesture that seemed entirely too threatening.
“FOR THERE TO BE DEMIGODS, THERE MUST BE GODS FOR THEM TO HAVE COME FROM. WOULDN’T YOU AGREE?”
Dagur was getting sick of this.
He came here to wreck an island, and now some divine wannabe was getting in his way.
“This is all just a bunch of yak crap!” Snarled the young chief.
Another crack of lightning hit the ground, this one mere centimeters from where he stood. The other Berserkers, abandoning all pretense of looking intimidating, yelped with shock.
“YOUR BELIEF IS IRRELEVANT!” Thor bellowed, sounding as if the thunder itself had gained a voice. “IF YOU CONTINUE TO PERSECUTE MY RELATION, YOU WILL FEEL THE WRATH OF THE GODS!”
He raised his axe into the air, letting the electricity dance around it. Meanwhile, the ground crackled and quaked. A display of his power.
His lackeys were all praying at this point, to the very God they were talking to. But Dagur refused to stand down.
“Oh yeah? Then how about this…” He said, preparing a question. “What are you doing on Berk?”
“THE ISLAND IS UNDER THEIR PROTECTION, THEREFORE YOU ARE NOT TO SET FOOT ON IT FROM HERE ON OUT.”
Oddly enough, a sly grin worked onto the god’s bearded face.
“IT SEEMS ONE OF MY OWN HAS TAKEN A LIKING TO A HOOLIGAN BOY, ONE OF PARTICULALRY SCRAWNY STATURE. I DON’T REALLY GET IT, BUT WHO AM I TO JUDGE- “
Another lightning bolt struck, this one too close to Thor. Cutting off his tangent.
It was almost like the heavens themselves were telling him to stick with the script, with the force of an agitated mother.
“A-Anyway…”
The almighty Thor took a second to clear his throat. Thankfully, his little slip-up seemed to go unnoticed.
“LEAVE THIS PLACE! LEAVE AND NEVER RETURN!” Roared the god, backed by the fury of the storm.
“ONLY THEN WILL YOU BE SPARED!”
The winds howled, rain crashed onto the earth, lightning flashed, thunder screamed…
And one thing was for certain.
The Berserkers really wanted to be spared.
“We’re sorry!” Cried Savage, sinking into the post pathetic of begging postures. “We won’t bother them again, I swear it!”
“Just please, don’t smite us!”
The other three warriors joined him in this plea, maintaining identical poses. And crying out all at once.
“DON’T SMITE US!”
Dagur thought it was pathetic. Truly and deeply pathetic.
“WHAT’S THE MATTER WITH YOU!?” Screamed the crazed boy. “We’re Berserkers! We don’t cower!”
“We make an exception for gods!” Squealed a lackey, muffled by the dirt his face was planted in.
He was tempted to get down there and strangle the man himself, but the god captured his attention again.
“YOU’D DO WELL TO LISTEN TO YOUR SUBJECTS, BOY…” Thor warned.
He was being talked down to.
Dagur hated a lot of things, but not being taken seriously was near the tippy-top of his lost.
“Fine!” He growled, reaching for his axe. “I’ll show you morons how it’s done!”
With a ferocious battle cry, he charged forth. Swinging his axe out, fully intending to go for the head.
Or that’s what would’ve happened, if a bolt of lightning hadn’t struck his feet.
Howling with pain, Dagur leaped back. But he ignored the stinging in his foot, and tried to charge again.
Once more, his attack was thwarted by electricity. But nevertheless he tried again.
And again, after that.
Each time, he wasn’t making it anywhere near his target. And all the while, Thor watched him with a neutral expression. As if he wasn’t even worth the effort.
Which infuriated Dagur.
He looked back at his men, watching with dropped jaws.
Their inaction just pissed him off even more.
“Don’t just stand there! DO SOMETHING!”
His shouting spurred them out of their stupefied states, but they didn’t move to assist. They just stood around, unsure of what to do.
“I said help me you dolts! Grab your weapons, punch him or something, FIGHT!”
They almost looked like they were about to do as commanded, reaching for their weaponry ever so slightly. But that was before Thor tried to reason with them.
“YOU HAVE TWO OPTIONS, BERSERKER TRIBE…”
“FLEE, AND LIVE TO SEE ANOTHER DAY. OR FORFEIT YOUR LIVES FIGHTING A BATTLE YOU CANNOT WIN. THE CHOICE IS YOURS.”
They were clearly considering their options.
Now sufficiently enraged, Dagur turned around. Momentarily forgetting about Thor to address his men.
“IF I TELL YOU TO FIGHT, YOU FIGHT!” He shrieked, punching a Viking in the face.
“IF I TELL YOU TO KILL, YOU KILL!” Raged the boy, slamming another in the gut.
“AND IF I TELL YOU TO DIE, THEN GUESS WHAT?” He asked, headbutting the third.
Finally, he stood in front of Savage. Fist reared back and ready to punch.
“YOU DIE!”
His fist flew with an unprecedented speed and might, aiming solidly for his minion’s nose.
But it never made it.
Savage caught the fist with his hand, which startled Dagur. He was even more surprised by the fury in the man’s expression.
“No more!”
Savage shoved Dagur away from him, and glared down at him rebelliously.
“I’m done!” He shouted. “I signed up to conquer islands, not fight gods!”
“I told you! I told you messing with the demigods was a bad idea! But you didn’t listen, and now look at us!”
Dagur was still so surprised by the lack of obedience, he was actually listening to what his subordinate had to say.
“If you want to throw your life away fighting the god of thunder, then be my guest!”
He moved to assist his fellow Berserkers up from the ground, all while glaring at his leader.
“But I want no part of it! I’m not dying for this nonsense!”
Surprise finally wearing off, Dagur seethed with anger.
“Who do you think you’re talking to!?” He asked. “I’M YOUR CHIEF!”
Savage shared a weary look with the other Berserkers, before they all turned their cold gazes to the boy.
They were sick of this.
No more bothering with the divine. They didn’t even know if they wanted to conquer and pillage anymore. They might just try and reestablish a treaty or two, just to avoid any further altercations.
And they’d do it without Dagur.
“Not anymore.”
Those two words rocked the unhinged teen to his very core.
“W-What…” He asked, in a quiet tone.
Before he found his outside voice again.
“You’re mutinying against me? You LEAVING me!?”
He voiced these questions as if they were impossible scenarios. But they were exactly what Savage had in mind.
“Yes, we are.” He said. “I will lead the Berserker tribe, seeing as how you’ve proven time and time again that you can’t.”
Dagur stopped and started multiple sentences, the rage making it hard for him to even speak.
“B-But you’re not even a Berserker!” He screeched. You’re an outcast! From Outcast Island! YOU GOT OUTCASTED FROM THE OUTCASTS!”
The other Berserkers moved in front of Savage, defensively.
“He’d still be a better leader than you!” One growled.
“We’re done with you, Dagur!” Sneered another.
The last one spared a glance to Thor, before looking back to his former leader.
“You wanna play with gods so bad? Do it by yourself.”
While the teen incomprehensibly sputtered, Savage looked to the god one last time.
“I-I promise, your thundery-ness, we’ll never bother Berk or the demigods again!”
Thor nodded, just slightly. But even that was a massive relief.
The ground quaked again, lightning crackled above, and Thor pointed his hammer out towards the horizon.
“NOW GO!”
They didn’t need to be told twice.
Dagur watched.
He watched as the men who were once his lackeys ran back towards the docks.
He watched as the ships that were once his armada began to turn around, nobody interested in picking a fight with the mighty Thor.
He watched as his own tribe left him.
Abandoned him.
He didn’t even feel angry, or hurt.
He was oddly…numb.
The sting of failure didn’t pierce his heart. The fact that he was rebelled against didn’t inspire any fury from his soul.
He just stood there, blankly staring at the ships. Already sailing away.
He probably would have stayed like that for a while, were it not for a godly voice speaking out from behind him.
“LOSERSAYWHAT?”
The question was asked so quickly, Dagur couldn’t even comprehend it.
He turned around, facing Thor with a puzzled expression.
“What?”
And Thor burst with laughter.
Laughter in a very different voice. A voice Dagur recognized.
“I can’t believe you fell for that!” Camilo hooted, not even bothering to hide his real voice anymore.
He fell backwards onto the grass, holding onto his stomach. He was laughing so hard, he shifted back into his normal form.
A form that was very familiar to the unhinged boy before him.
“You’re Thor!?” Asked Dagur, not believing what he was seeing.
His laughter coming to an end, Camilo breathed a heavy sigh. Placing his arms behind his back, and resting on the grass.
“Something like that.” He smirked.
From behind some nearby bushes, more familiar faces appeared.
“Great work, everyone!” Praised Mirabel, smiling brightly. “That went perfectly!”
With a thrilling performance from Camilo, authentic storm from Pepa, atmospheric red pollen from Isabela, and some well-timed ground shaking from Luisa, the girl couldn’t have asked for a better show.
“I can’t believe that actually worked…” Mumbled Isabela, wearing a disbelieving look.
Pepa grinned to her, pointing to her youngest sister.
“With Mirabel? Anything’s possible.”
Isa wasn’t going to deny that.
Luisa slapped Hiccup’s back, making sure to do it as lightly as possible.
“We’re lucky your great-great-grandpa was so ripped!”
“Yeah…” Nodded the boy, with a shaky smile. “Remind me to thank him in the afterlife.”
Their plan had been executed flawlessly. The Berserkers would bother them no more.
Berk truly was safe now.
But not all of them were happy.
“I KNEW IT!”
Dagur shot an accusatory finger toward all of them, his eyes wild with anger.
“I knew it was a trick! I knew you demigods were behind it!”
Mirabel’s smile quickly fell, and was replaced with her own fury.
Demigod.
Demigod, demigod, demigod.
She was sick of that word.
So very sick of it.
Every time she heard it, someone she loved was being attacked. Or kidnapped. Or threatened.
But no more.
The Berserkers were gone, they were no longer a part of her life.
And she wanted that word removed from her life as well.
“WE’RE NOT DEMIGODS!”
Mirabel marched up to Dagur, getting right into his face. Nearly snarling herself.
“It was a lie! A lie we made up to protect our family from psychopaths like you!”
“I guess it didn’t work.” Camilo noted. “We probably have to come up with a new one…”
“Got it?” Mirabel harshly asked, poking the boy right in the chest. “We. Aren’t. Demigods!”
“We’re La Familia Madrigal! And we’re not taking any crap from you anymore!”
Her relatives backed her up, all of them glaring the crazed boy.
Thoroughly disturbed by her hostility, Dagur pondered this new information.
Had he truly done all this work, suffered humiliating losses, lost his entire tribe…
Based on a lie?
Red hot rage well up from within, his body tensed up, veins bulged out of his forehead, and it looked like Dagur was ready to lunge for Mirabel and beat her into the dirt.
But a plasma blast just to his left sent him hurtling to the ground. Dazed by the shockwave.
Surprised by the sudden fire, the group turned around to thee their dragons returning to them.
Toothless ran straight up to Hiccup, bumping his nose into the boy’s stomach. While the other dragons arrived from the skies.
“How nice of you to stop by.” Hiccup snarked, petting his friend. “Y’know, when all the action is over with.”
But when Toothless gave him those puppy dog eyes, the boy just couldn’t stay mad.
“But why’d they come back?” Wondered Luisa, stroking her dragon’s antlers. “I thought the flowers were…”
The flowers were gone.
A few stray ones lingered around, here and there. But the bushels that were scattered all over the village were nowhere to be seen.
“The wind!” Mirabel realized, looking to her aunt. “Your wind must’ve blew them all away!”
“Well in that case, you’re welcome!” Pepa smugly said to Moody, who grumbled with mild annoyance.
With their dragons back, there was really only one thing left to handle.
Bring some of Julieta’s food back, so they could heal everyone up. And then everything would be fine.
Well, Hiccup and Mirabel would still be grounded. But after that everything would be fine.
Dagur, on the other hand, was not fine.
He felt awful. Not only from the blast, but from everything else going on.
He couldn’t let this stand.
He couldn’t let them get away with this.
They made a fool of him. A mockery.
They had to pay.
His body fueled solely by the desire for vengeance, Dagur began to rise. Pounding the dirt, and standing on his feet with an awful scowl.
They were all to busy celebrating. Patting themselves on the back for doing such a good job of screwing him over.
But that was good.
They wouldn’t see him reaching for his axe.
They wouldn’t see him split little miss curly hair’s head open.
Not until it was too late.
His weapon in hand, Dagur began to silently creep forth with the stealth of a predator.
Knowing that he was outnumbered. Knowing that they’d surely kill him for this.
And not caring.
As long as he got one. As long as he got just one of them, he’d count himself victorious. And triumphantly enter the world beyond.
He was ready.
But what he wasn’t ready for, was the heavy thud that sounded behind him. Accompanied by the sounds of a very large creature’s breathing.
It startled the Madrigals too, who all looked up to see what was going on.
A Rumblehorn had suddenly arrived, his scales a slew of magenta and purple.
On his back sat a woman, a rather gruff looking one. Who looked to be halfway through a pregnancy. Munching a papaya with a disinterested expression.
Dagur didn’t know who she was, but the Madrigals did.
“Valentina?” Voiced Mirabel, shocked by her abrupt appearance.
Valentina didn’t acknowledge her, her eyes settling on Dagur as she dismounted her dragon.
Dagur was getting pretty sick of the surprises today, so he wasn’t too happy to see another one.
“Who the heck are you- “
His question was cut off by a finger, being held up by the woman.
She was still chewing her food.
The crazed teen watched, baffled, as she continued to eat.
And eat she did.
She wasn’t finished until she was finished.
Which made Dagur feel incredibly awkward.
It was awkward for the Madrigals too, who wondered just what she thought she was doing.
Even as Dagur’s eye began to twitch, she kept going.
The boy decided that enough was enough, and started to shout his demands for answers.
“WHAT ARE YOU- “
But once again, a finger was held up to his face again. Silencing him once more.
Finally, she swallowed. And asked her own question.
“You Dagur?”
His screams dying in his throat, the crazed teen stiltedly nodded.
“U-Uh…yeah?”
It was barely noticeable, but Valentina’s gaze grew just a bit colder.
“You’re the guy who kidnapped my husband?”
Dagur tried to recall any recent kidnappings, and remembered his run in with the oracle a few weeks ago.
“I guess…?”
Valentina gave a hum of mild acknowledgement. Before she looked him up and down, seeing all she needed to see in a second.
Then, she tossed her half-eaten papaya high into the air.
Perplexed, Dagur followed the fruit’s movement. Questioning why she did that.
And when he brought his chin back down, his face was met with a rock-solid punch.
Dagur staggered backwards, more surprised than anything. And he found himself teetering over the edge of the cliff overlooking the docks.
Valentina grabbed his shirt, and pulled him close. Just so she could knee him in the gut, knocking the wind out of him.
His axe fell out of his grasp, and she quickly retrieved it. Swinging it like a bat, and conking him on the side of his armored head with the broad side of the blade. The reverberations rattled his brain, greatly disorienting his sight.
Tossing the axe aside, Valentina swept her leg out. Knocking Dagur onto his front, his backside facing her.
And she took this opportunity to literally kick his butt.
With an almighty swing, she struck his rear end with her foot so hard he was sent flailing off the hill. Crashing into the docks below with an undignified scream.
“Hands off my Rat Man!” She yelled down to him.
And now that she was done, Valentina placed a hand on her hip. And held her other palm out.
The papaya landed snugly in her hand.
Taking another bite, she casually made her way back to her family. Who were all staring at her like she was a superhero.
“That was awesome!” Squealed Camilo, bouncing on his heels. Tonta waggled around like an excited puppy.
“Eh, the kid needed his butt kicked.” Valentina shrugged, finishing her fruit. “I was just doing my civic duty.”
“You gotta teach me how to do that!” Isabela basically begged, looking like an eager child.
“Maybe when she’s not so…full…” Pepa said, gesturing to her prominent belly bump.
She then grew a bashful smile, and looked to her sister-in-law imploringly.
“But once the niño’s out…could you teach me too?”
“Hell yeah!” Val replied, already excited at the prospect. “Everybody’s gonna be kicking ass!”
“Woops!” She squeaked, when she realized her mistake.
She placed a hand on either side of her belly, as if she was plugging a child’s ears.
She had promised to watch her vocabulary around the baby.
“Sorry, kid!”
“So uh…how’d you get here?” Asked Hiccup.
“Me and Brute followed you guys into those clouds.” Answered the gruff and expecting woman. “We figured you could use some extra muscle!”
“It took us a while to find our way out, though.” She mused, scratching her chin. “I guess it’s because it was our first time…”
“That’s what she said!” Camilo chirped, which earned him a pluck from his newest aunt.
“No innuendos around the baby!”
While Valentina’s abrupt entrance was certainly unexpected, it wasn’t unappreciated. She gave Dagur a well-deserved beatdown.
In fact, it was such a good thrashing that Camilo wanted to go find wherever the nutjob was licking his wounds. And rub it in his face.
But when the shifter made it down to the docks, he was surprised at what he saw.
Nothing.
Dagur was nowhere to be found.
He of course informed the others, and they spent a few minutes searching up and down the docks for him. But their efforts were fruitless.
“He couldn’t have just disappeared!” Said Hiccup.
Camilo pulled his Changewing-scale cloak over his head, and used it to appear invisible.
“Are you sure about that?” He asked, out of thin air.
Isabela didn’t want to expend any more brain cells on Dagur today, voicing her annoyance with a huff.
“We can look for him later! Let’s just go home, and get these people some food!”
“And tell everyone the good news!” Mirabel smiled.
Dagur was missing, and that was concerning. They’d have to keep an eye out for him.
But the Berserker tribe was no longer after them. And without the armada backing him up, Dagur was a lot less threatening.
Whenever he decided to start making trouble again, they could handle him.
Finally, after a very tumultuous few weeks, Mirabel and Hiccup were overjoyed that things could truly get back to normal.
They could visit Berk whenever they wanted. Meet up with their friends, go on adventures.
The Encanto was their home, no doubt about it. But Berk was a part of them too. They were so glad they didn’t have to leave it behind.
Everything was going to be fine.
Once they weren’t grounded anymore, at least.
Chapter 27: Beyond the Sea
Summary:
Dagur gets lost at sea, and makes a new friend :)
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Dagur was quite surprised with himself.
He had no idea he could hold his breath for this long.
After getting wrecked by a pregnant woman, just one more thing to add to his list of humiliations, Dagur was given a golden opportunity.
No one was watching him.
He could hide, and wait until they’d left
So that’s what he did. He jumped into the water, and he hid.
It was hard before a minute had even passed. It was even harder hearing them looking for him, their footsteps thumping above him, all while fighting the urge to pass out.
But he did it. They’d left. Disappearing into those golden clouds, as they liked to do.
He wondered what lied on the other side of them.
Now wasn’t the time for idle thoughts, though. He didn’t know if they’d return in two minutes, or two weeks. But he wasn’t taking any chances.
Considering it was just him on the island now, he very seriously considered just rushing to the dungeon and killing some of the Hooligans. Just to stick it to them.
But he couldn’t.
That wouldn’t be big enough.
To truly achieve his revenge, he’d have to pull off something monumental. Something that would make his enemies wish they’d never met him.
Something that would make them with they were never born.
But he didn’t really have any ideas, right now.
That was fine though! There was plenty of time for brainstorming!
Right now, he only had one objective.
Escape.
Luckily for him, he was on a dock. Several boats were lines up, calmly floating on the water. And there was no one around to stop him from stealing one.
He hopped onto one of the ships. A small one, to avoid detection.
He was a wanted man now, he had to be careful.
Both the Hairy Hooligans and the Bog Burglars, the most prominent tribes in the immediate area, were out for his arrest. And if the Berserkers, the third most prominent tribe, caught him…he was sure they’d have no qualms about turning him in. As a peace offering to “Thor” most likely.
The very thought of those traitors made Dagur grind his teeth, but he quickly refocused on his task.
Setting sail on his little ship, the crazed boy set a course for…
Nowhere.
He knew where he shouldn’t go, but he had no idea where to go.
He was directionless. Aimless. And homeless.
All he knew, was that he wanted revenge.
So he kept that hatred in his heart, using it as a fuel source for this new excursion.
Where would he go? What would he do? How long would it take before his plans came to fruition?
He didn’t know.
All he knew, was that he needed revenge.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
One week.
Sailing for a whole week, with no destination in sight.
Dagur really wished he’d brought a book to read or something. Because with no one to boss around, he was growing incredibly bored.
But at least being bored was better than being hungry.
He could barely get any food. News of his crimes had spread fast, and even the tribes further out knew he was a wanted man. And they were more than willing to hand him over for a reward.
When he saw the price Big-Boobied Bertha had put on his head, he was horribly offended. He was worth far more than that!
Unfortunately, that meant the places where he could stop for supplies were limited. At least around the Berkian area.
He could keep sailing, find some villages that hadn’t heard of him. But would he last without food that long.
Would he last without entertainment that long?
He wasn’t sure.
He needed something to do, anything to do. Anything to stimulate his brain.
One day, on a whim, he decided to start doing some push-ups.
And maybe some sit-ups. His dinky ship’s mast could be used for some pull-ups. And you can’t forget leg day!
Dagur poured his energy into exercise, giving him something to focus on to ignore the hunger and boredom.
Maybe he’d get super buff. Maybe he’d be able to crush the puny little heads of all the ingrates who’ve wronged him.
It was pleasant thoughts like these that kept him going.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The weeks went on.
Every once in a while he’d come across a small, uninhabited island. He’d stop by, kill a boar or some fish, and get some food in his system.
But even though he wasn’t starving anymore, he still wasn’t having a good time.
The lack of human contact was beginning to take an effect on his already unhinged mind. And the constant smell of saltwater certainly wasn’t helping.
He began speaking to his axe, now named Axel. Confiding in it all his new plots and plans.
“Here’s what I’m thinking, Axel!” He giggled, madly.
“So, magic is real right?”
His question of course received no response.
“I’M GONNA NEED AN ANSWER!” Screamed the teen, shaking the axe as if he was choking it.
Once again, no response.
“Fine, be that way…” He pouted. “I’ll just say it anyway!”
“Magic is real, we’ve established this. So what if we find ourselves some magic, and use it to turn all our enemies into chickens?”
“And then-and this is the best part-then…we can eat them!”
Dagur raised his head to the skies, cackling like a madman. Surely this was his best evil plan yet.
But apparently, Axel didn’t agree.
“WHAT!?”
Seething with rage, the teen brought the weapon to his face. As if staring it down.
“What do you mean, it’s a stupid plan!?”
Axel had nothing to say, but Dagur seemed to grow more offended.
“Oh yeah? Well y’know what I think is stupid?”
With a savage smirk, he flung the axe as far as he could into the open sea.
“YOU!”
As soon as the axe hit the water, Dagur chortled with sadistic glee.
But that glee turned into terror, when he saw what happened next.
“A-Axel?”
The waves were carrying the axe away, ferrying it to parts unknown.
“Wait, Axel!” Cried Dagur. “Hold on!”
He tried desperately to reach out to it, but to no avail.
“Where are you going!? Don’t leave!”
The axe continued to drift away, unbothered by his pleas.
As the distance between them grew larger and larger, so did the pit in Dagur’s heart. Watching as his last and only friend left him alone.
“Axel, please! We can work this out!”
The axe was barely visible amongst the blue waves, now. But Dagur continued to beg, in a frantic hope that it’d come back.
“NOT YOU TOO, AXEL! NOT YOU TOO!”
It was too late.
Axel was gone.
Dagur was all alone.
Again.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A storm broke out.
A rough one. So rough that his little ship hadn’t made it.
Thrashed by the waves, the ship barely survived in one piece. Resembling a mangled chunk of wood more than anything. With the mast gone, he had to rely on a dislodged wooden slab to function as an oar.
But he could still sit on it. He could still sail with it. That’s all that mattered.
It was all he had now. He needed it to get to where he was going.
This hunk of junk was meant to take him where he was headed. Wherever that was.
It was laughable. He couldn’t even have a proper boat, even that needed to be taken away from him.
It might’ve just been a trick of the light, but Dagur swore up and down that the storm that wrecked him featured golden clouds.
He was wrong. But he chose to believe it.
And so, he continued his journey. Drifting through the seas on a single plank of wood.
Occupying his time by dreaming of his vengeance.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Vengeance.
Gotta focus on the vengeance. Vengeance keeps you going.
Stay alive. Stay alive so you can exact vengeance. Gotta get that vengeance.
Sweet, sweet, vengeance. Vengeance is a part of this balanced breakfast. It’s best served cold, you know?
I say vengeance, you say vengeance, we all say vengeance…
Vengeance vengeance vengeance vengeance vengeance vengeance-
Dagur was starting to lose it.
More than he already had.
Months at sea, just him and this trash heap of a ship.
It’s a wonder he hadn’t sank to the bottom of the ocean.
Maybe he should-
NOPE.
Can’t think like that gotta focus on the vengeance.
Nothing like the smell of vengeance in the morning. It’s vengeance out there. Hi honey, I’m vengeance.
Dagur focused himself on his mission, on his cause.
Getting revenge on everyone’s who turned their backs on him.
His fellow tribes, colluding to build a dragon army. And throwing him out like trash when he called them out on it.
His own tribe, rebelling against their own chieftain. And being awfully unsupportive when he needed them.
The demigods, who weren’t demigods at all, for lying to him. Wasting his time, and causing him all this anguish in the first place.
Hiccup, the boy he thought was his childhood friend. The boy he once considered a brother. He threw his lot in with the dragons, and those Madrigals. Choosing to get snuggly with the four-eyed one than stay true to his own bro.
His mother, for dying on him.
His baby sister, for just disappearing one day without a trace. Even babies were out to get him.
Axel, for ditching him.
And his own father, for walking out on him without any warning. Leaving him to lead his ungrateful tribe, and leaving him without any remaining family.
Completely and utterly alone.
So many people, wishing for his downfall.
So many people who’d rather see him suffer than stand by his side.
So many people who think he deserves to be alone.
He’d show them
He’d show them all.
When they’re on their knees, begging for their feeble lives, then they’d know.
They’d know they made a mistake in betraying him.
Dagur didn’t know what he did. He didn’t know why everyone left him, eventually.
But he knew they’d regret it.
He would have his vengeance.
Vengeance vengeance vengeance.
Vengeance vengeance vengeance vengeance vengeance vengeance-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Dagur barely stayed awake anymore.
After months of drifting, he could feel it.
No matter how much he tried to fight it, he could feel it.
His body giving up.
His mind was already on its way out the door, too.
It seemed like this was it.
This was the end for Dagur.
It was a grey, rainy day on the seas. Certainly not the type of day one would like to die in, but that was par for the course at this point.
Dagur didn’t get a dignified death. Surrounded by loved ones, lamenting your loss, but celebrating the life you’ve lived.
No. No one loved him. Everyone would be happier with him rotting away at the bottom of the deep. No more than fish food.
And he didn’t have the energy to try and kill them for thinking that. Not anymore.
This little ship he was in already sort of looked like a coffin. He supposed it was apropos.
Each time he blinked, it lasted a little longer. It took more effort to open his eyes again.
Soon enough, he figured he’d close them for the last time.
And he wouldn’t even get to die knowing that he went down making his enemies suffer.
It was a crying shame.
But Dagur didn’t have the energy to complain about how unfair it all was.
In his current state, lying unmoving on his back, he supposed it was what it was.
And what it was, was the end.
The end of Dagur the Deranged.
His eyelids feeling as heavy as steel, he finally allowed them to drift shut…
For what may be the final time.
…
But then they opened back up. Just for the most fleeting of moments.
And Dagur saw something.
A form, towering over him. It almost looked like…
A ship?
A very large ship.
But whatever it was, he was too tired to question it right now.
Dagur closed his eyes…
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
And when he woke up, he was in a bed.
…That was weird.
He was in a room, lit by a single lantern placed on a small table by the bed.
From the subtle swaying of the room, he could tell it was located on a ship.
He was lacking his armor, draped in simple brown clothes that were not his own. He knew this because they didn’t smell like the ocean.
But what he did smell, was something delicious.
On the table, next to the lantern, was a bowl of soup.
Real food.
The first he’s seen of it in months.
Immediately his mouth started watering, and his stomach began growling like a wild beast.
He needed that soup.
But he didn’t know who’s it was. He didn’t even know where he was.
What if he grabbed the soup, and someone chopped his head off for it? What if it was poisoned?
…
He didn’t care.
If he died, at least he died with flavor on his tongue.
Throwing caution to the wind, Dagur reached for the bowl with reckless abandon.
But before his fingers could make contact, he heard a voice.
“So, you’re awake…”
It was a deep, gravelly voice. Yet it spoke softly.
And apparently this person moved softly too, because he hadn’t heard him come in.
The soup forgotten, Dagur jumped onto his bare feet. Ready to strike, and facing the intruder.
In doing so, he got a good look at his visitor.
He was a man, a large one at that. Standing as tall as Stoick the Vast, perhaps even taller. And packed with muscle.
His tan skin was marked with many scars, some from weaponry, some from reptiles. Long dreadlocks framed his face, and made up his beard.
He wore grey armor, seemingly made from dragon-scale. Except for his fur boots, and the ornately designed belt around his waist. A long and scaly cloak covered his body, completely shielding his left arm from view.
Despite his imposing appearance, he was smiling down at Dagur. Completely unbothered by the boy's hostility. Though there was something off about the smile, something he couldn’t quite place.
“I didn’t expect to see you up so soon. You were in quite the state, when we found you…” Said the man, courteously. “But I left you a little something, just in case.”
He gestured to the soup on the table, the one Dagur was seconds away from taking for himself.
“I-It’s…” Dagur cleared his throat, having barely used it recently made talking tough. “It’s for me?”
The large man gave a little nod, waving him towards it. Inviting him to enjoy the meal.
Dagur was immediately skeptical.
On the one hand, never accept food from strangers.
On the other hands…
Gods was he hungry.
He decided to accept the offer, sitting back down on the bed and taking the bowl into his hands.
But he didn’t start sipping after a few experimental sniffs. And even then, he kept a close eye on his visitor the whole time.
Though he also felt uncomfortable, because his visitor was also keeping a close eye on him.
Just…standing there, watching him eat. With eyes that seemed like they expected something of him.
“Is it good?” Asked the stranger.
Dagur was so caught off guard by the question, he instinctively answered honestly with a nod.
The stranger didn’t react much to this, simply humming in acknowledgement.
And then there was silence. Except for the slurping of soup.
As much as he just wanted this creepy guy to leave, Dagur figured he was sticking around. So he might as well get some answers.
“So uh…” He began, voice smoother after drinking the broth. “Where am I?”
The strange visitor’s imposing features lifted a tad, as if he was excited to be asked that question.
“To answer that, I’ll have to ask you something…” He said, vaguely.
“Tell me…what were you doing out there? Drifting at sea…”
A deep hatred crossed the boy’s features, and he nearly crushed the empty wooden bowl in his hands.
“I was betrayed…” Dagur snarled. “Betrayed by everyone I’ve ever known! Sent to rot at sea!”
The visitor exhaled with sympathy, but it was a sympathy that didn’t quite feel authentic.
“A shame…” He sighed. “Betrayal…treachery…disloyalty…all symptoms of the illness that rots this world…”
Dagur had know idea what he was talking about.
“Oh that’s not the shame!” The crazed boy said, invigorated by his anger. “The real shame is that I’ll never get to make them pay for what they’ve done!”
And this made the stranger smile. A real smile.
Which made it feel all the more threatening.
“What if I told you…that you could?”
This certainly captured Dagur’s interest.
He sat at full attention on the bed, as his visitor continued.
“Where we are isn’t important…” He spoke, with a dismissal wave of his right hand. “What matters…is where we are going.”
“I run an…operation, far beyond the boundaries of the Barbaric Archipelago. Known as the Northern Alliance.”
The already tall man stood even taller, as his voice took on an almost fanatical quality.
“We are devoted to righting the wrongs of this world, and seeking a better future for mankind!”
Those predatory eyes turned back to Dagur, making him suppress a shiver. It was even harder with that smile flashing at him.
“I see potential in you, boy…great potential…”
And it was here that the teen was made an offer.
“Join the Northern Alliance. Devote yourself to furthering our cause, and I promise…”
His right hand was extended, aimed right for Dagur.
“Everyone who has wronged you will get what they deserve!” Swore the stranger, with a crooked grin.
Dagur knew one thing for certain.
He didn’t trust this guy.
He just met him, and he gave off the skeeviest of vibes.
But if there was another thing that Dagur knew, it’s that he wanted vengeance.
Vengeance, vengeance, vengeance.
And if this guy was offering to help him with that, who was he to say no?
It wasn’t like he was doing anything else.
Besides, he was totally gonna betray him later.
But keeping that last bit internal, Dagur tried his most amicable smile.
“I say you’ve got a deal, buddy!”
Reaching his proportionally much smaller hand out, he grabbed the stranger’s. Giving it a firm shake.
That crooked grin became even more slimy. The man knew he’d just gotten another useful pawn in his mission.
Dagur tried to smile even brighter, attempting to be seen as just a useful pawn. So his future treachery would go unnoticed.
“The name’s Dagur! And what about you, big guy?” Asked the boy.
With a light bow, the stranger finally introduced himself.
“I am Drago Bludvist, a man of the people.”
Drago Bludvist, huh?
That’s a dumb name.
But Dagur didn’t say that.
Instead, he leaned back on the bed to appear casual. All while wearing that deranged grin.
“Y’know what, Drago?” Asked the unhinged teen, already plotting on how to betray this guy and take over his operation.
“I think this is the start of a beautiful friendship!”
Notes:
Woah, woah, woah! Was that a teaser for the sequel? Yes. Yes it was.
You thought we were done with Dagur? Not even close. And now he's working with Drago, which can only be bad news!
But with that said, it's time for a little hiatus! Like I said, my schedule is about to be packed. And It'll likely stay that way for a while. Before that happens I wanna have the sequel ready to go, so I'll be taking some time to write it.
But don't worry! I'll pick this side-story up again, I won't leave it to die!
I've thought a lot about the sequel. I always said that I wouldn't implement Drago into this series unless I had a really good idea, and quite frankly I think I have some really good ideas on what to do with him now. It's gonna get crazy, not gonna lie. I can't wait for you all to see what I'm cooking up!
So before I go, I'll leave you all with this. The summary:
One year after the rather hectic gift ceremony of their triplets, Mirabel and Hiccup Madrigal have enjoyed peaceful lives with their family, and their dragons. But that tranquility is about to be destroyed.
From the depths of the archipelago arises a new threat. A tyrannical madman with aspirations of godhood, looking to seize control of both the dragons and the magic.
His machinations could spell disaster for both their worlds. And when he threatens everything they hold dear, including the youngest members of their family, Madrigals and Vikings alike must fight to end his reign of insanity.Before he ends them.
The adventure continues in...The Dragon and the Butterfly: Whiteout
See you then! And thanks for reading, all of you!

Pages Navigation
alexthe8t on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 08:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 08:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
ReviewerDWJ2 on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 08:54PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
childatheart28 on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 08:54PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
Bolbi2024 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:04PM UTC
Comment Actions
Selena (Guest) on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
InformalFallacy on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:45PM UTC
Last Edited Fri 29 Apr 2022 09:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 10:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
GreenTagg (Guest) on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 10:10PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 29 Apr 2022 10:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
lunaparker on Chapter 1 Sat 30 Apr 2022 03:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Sat 30 Apr 2022 04:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
I_Love_Writing on Chapter 1 Sun 01 May 2022 04:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Sun 01 May 2022 04:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
Spooky1008 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 01 May 2022 09:18PM UTC
Comment Actions
Spooky1008 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 01 May 2022 09:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Sun 01 May 2022 09:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
Spooky1008 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 02 May 2022 12:18PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Mon 02 May 2022 04:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
Matthew Gemm (Guest) on Chapter 1 Tue 03 May 2022 05:59AM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Tue 03 May 2022 06:42AM UTC
Comment Actions
Sammael29 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 07 May 2022 09:10PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Sat 07 May 2022 09:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sammael29 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 08 May 2022 08:19AM UTC
Comment Actions
gwencarson126 on Chapter 1 Sat 14 May 2022 02:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Sat 14 May 2022 04:17PM UTC
Comment Actions
Isabelle (Guest) on Chapter 1 Thu 19 May 2022 10:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
AltheaSirius on Chapter 1 Wed 01 Jun 2022 11:22PM UTC
Comment Actions
katzoo12 on Chapter 1 Thu 02 Jun 2022 11:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 03 Jun 2022 12:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
katzoo12 on Chapter 1 Fri 03 Jun 2022 05:23AM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Fri 03 Jun 2022 07:03AM UTC
Comment Actions
Ultimatrixbearer on Chapter 1 Mon 15 Aug 2022 05:34AM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Mon 15 Aug 2022 06:37AM UTC
Comment Actions
lukamarcin on Chapter 1 Wed 22 Mar 2023 02:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Wed 22 Mar 2023 05:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
lukamarcin on Chapter 1 Wed 22 Mar 2023 07:31PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 22 Mar 2023 07:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 1 Wed 22 Mar 2023 07:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
InformalFallacy on Chapter 2 Wed 04 May 2022 04:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
HotPatooty on Chapter 2 Wed 04 May 2022 05:51PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation